Myagdi Khola EIA - 1569484079

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)
OF
MYAGDI KHOLA HYDROPOWER PROJECT (57.30 MW),
GANDAKI PROVINCE, MYAGDI
SUBMITTED TO:
Ministry of Forests and Environment
Through
Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation (MoEWRI)
And
Department of Electricity Development (DoED)
Submitted by: Prepared by:

Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Technoquarry Consults Pvt. Ltd.
Subidhanagar, Kathmandu Lalitpur, Nepal
Email: info@hydrovil.com Email:technoquarryconsults@gmail.com
July, 2019
Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project (57.30 MW) EIA Report
sfo{sf/L ;f/+fz
!= kl/ro
!=! k|:tfjs
xfO{8«f]len]h k|f= ln= DofUbL vf]nf hnljB't cfof]hgf -%&=#) d]= jf=_ sf] k|:tfjs xf] . k|:tfjssf] 7]ufgf
lgDg adf]lhd /x]sf] 5 .
k|:tfjssf] 7]ufgf M
xfO{8«f]len]h k|f= ln=
sf=d=kf–#@, ;'ljwfgu/, sf7df8f}+
;Dks{ g= M)!–%!(()&#
O{d]n M info@hydrovil.com
!=@ k/fdz{bftfsf] gfd÷7]ufgf M

6]Sgf]Sjf/L sG;N6 k|f= ln= DofUbL vf]nf hnljB't cfof]hgfsf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg cWoog ug]{
k/fdz{bftf xf] . k/fdz{bftfsf] 7]ufgf lgDg adf]lhd /x]sf] 5 .
k/fdz{bftfsf] 7]ufgf M
6]Sgf]Sjf/L sG;N6 k|f= ln=
gVv', nlntk'/
;Dks{ g= M (*!*$)*&!$
O{d]n M technoquarryconsults@gmail.com
@= cfof]hgfsf] ;+lIfKt ljj/0f

k|:tfljt cfof]hgf DofUbL lhNnfsf] wjnflu/L ufpFkflnsf, j8f g+= $ df cjl:yt /x]sf] 5 . o;
cfof]hgfsf] ef}uf]lns cjl:ylt cfIff+; @*) #&’ $(” pQ/b]lv @*) #$’ !*” pQ/ ;Dd km}lnPsf] /
o;sf] b]zfGt/ *#) @%’ ))” k"j{b]lv *#) @!’ %)” k"j{ ;Dd km}lnPsf] 5 . DofUbL vf]nfdf ;+rfng x'g]
o; cfof]hgfsf] afFw :yn wjnflu/L ufpFkflnsf j8f g+ $ sf] bf]efg glhs /x]sf] 5 eg] ljB'tu[x ;f]xL
ufpFkflnsfsf] h]nt'ª glhs /x]sf] 5 .
cfof]hgfsf d'Vo ;+/rgfx?df ;fdfGo afFw h;sf] prfO{ $ ld6/sf] x'g]5, jfn'jf lyu|ofpg] kf]v/L, kfgL
k|jfx ug]{ sl/a %^$$ ld6/ nfdf] ;'?Ë, kfgL hDdf ug]{ kf]v/L, sl/a !)^( ld6/ nfdf] k]g:6s kfOk,
ljB't u[x / kfgL lgsf; ug]{ s'nf] /xg]5g . cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf] qmddf kfgL 8fO{e;{g ug]{ ;+/rgf klg
/xg] 5 . cfof]hgfsf] cGo ;xfos ;+/rgfdf kx'Fr dfu{, sd{rf/L cfjf;, 9'+uf, lu§L, afn"jf ;ª\sng ug]{
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page i
:yn, Uof/]h, lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L e08f/0f ug]{ :yn, ;'?Ëaf6 lg:sg] df6f] y'kfg]{ :yn, lj:kmf]6s kbf{y
e08f/0f :yn /xg]5g\ .
DofUbL vf]nf hnljB't cfof]hgf gbL k|jfxdf cfwfl/t cfof]hgf xf] h;sf] axfj !@=%! 3g ld6/ k|lt
;]s]08 / hl8t Ifdtf %&=#) d]= jf= /xg] 5 . DofUbL lhNnfsf] wjnflu/L ufpFkflnsf eP/ aUg] DofUbL
vf]nfsf] kfgLnfO{ sl/a $ ld6/sf] prfO{sf] afFw lgdf{0f ul/ !@=%! 3gld6/ k|lt ;]s]08sf] kfgL O{G6]s
dfkm{t e"ldut afn'jf lyu|ofpg] kf]v/Ldf k'/\ofO{g] 5 . hDdf ePsf] afn'jfnfO{ ˆnl;ª ;'?ªaf6 kmfn]/
;kmf kfgLnfO{ sl/a %^%$ ld6/ nfdf] ;'?ª dfu{ tkm{ k7fO{g]5 . tt\kZrft pQm kfgLnfO{ sl/a $!
ld6/ prfO{ / * ld6/ Jof; ePsf] ;h{ 6]+s x'b} h]nt'ªdf k|:tfljt ljB't u[xdf hl8t @ j6f 6/jfO{gdf
v;fln %&=#) d]= jf= ljB't pTkfbg x'g]5 / tt\kZrft pTkflbt kfgLnfO{ lgsf; gx/ dfkm{t k'gM DofUbL
vf]nfdf g} 5f]l8g] 5 .
o;/L pTkflbt ljB'tLo phf{nfO{ ljB'tu[x glhs} agfO{g] :jLrof8{df k'–ofO{ sl/a !& ls= ld= nfdf] !#@
s]= eL= Ifdtfsf] ljB't k|zf/0f nfO{g dfkm{t g]kfn ljB't k|flws/0fsf] 8fF8fv]t ;j:6]zg;Dd k'–ofO{
/fli6«o k|zf/0f nfO{gdf hf]l8g] 5 .
sf7df8f}+af6 DofUbL ;b/d'sfd a]gL ;Ddsf] ;8ssf] s"n nDafO{ sl/a @*@ ls= ld= /x]sf] 5 eg]
a]gLaf6 b/jfª sl/a #) ls= ld ofqf kl5 k'luG5 . b/jfªaf6 ljB'tu[x sl/a @) ls= ld= 6f9f /x]sf] 5
. o; afx]s cfof]hgfn] sl/a * ls= ld kx'Fr ;8s lgdf{0f ug]{5 .
@=! Jfftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg cWoogsf] cf}lrTotf
jftfj/0f ;+/If0f lgodfjnL @)%$ sf] cg';"rL–@, sf] lgod pmM hn;|f]t / pmhf{ If]qsf] pk lgod -@_
adf]lhd %) d] jf= eGbf a9L hnljB't pTkfbg cfof]hgf lgdf{0f ug'{ k"j{ Jfftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg ug'{
kg]{ sfg"gL k|fjwfg /x]sf] 5 ;fy} ;f]xL cg';"rLsf] lgod -c_ jgIf]q sf] pklgod !@ cg';f/ jg;+u
;DalGwt ;/sf/L lgsfo afx]s cGo lgsfox?af6 sfof{Gjog x'g] k|:tfjsf] nflu % x]S6/ eGbf a9Lsf]
jg If]q s6fg ug'{ kg]{ ePdf Jfftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg ug'{ kg]{ sfg"gL k|fjwfg /x]sf] 5 . k|:tfljt
cfof]hgf %&= #) d]= jf= hnljB't pTkfbg ug]{ ;fy} % x]S6/ eGbf a9L jg If]q pkof]u ug]{ x'gfn] o;
cfof]hgfsf] Jfftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg cWoog ul/Psf] 5 .
#= cWoogsf] d'Vo p2]Zo
o; jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg cWoogsf] d'Vo p2]Zo o; cfof]hgfn] jftfj/0fdf kfg{ ;Sg] gsf/fTds /
;sf/fTds c;/x?sf] klxrfg u/L gsf/fTds c;/x?sf] Go"gLs/0f / ;sf/fTds c;/x?nfO{ clej[l4
ug'{ /x]sf] 5 .
$= cWoog ljlw
8]:s cWoog tyf :ynut cWoog o; k|ltj]bg tof/ ubf{ ckgfO{Psf ljlwx? x'g . 8]:s cWoogsf]
qmddf o; cfof]hfsf] ;DefJotf cWoog k|ltj]bg, 6f]kf] gS;fx?sf] cWoog, o; cfof]hgf ;+u ;DalGwt
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page ii
sfg"gL b:tfj]hx?sf] cWoog ul/Psf] lyof] . o;sf cltl/Qm r]sln:6 tyf k|ZgfjnLx?sf] tof/L ul/Psf]
lyof] . cWoog 6f]nL4f/f ldlt @)&%÷)(÷)* b]lv @)&%÷)(÷!^ ;Dd :ynut cWoog ul/Psf] lyof] .
:ynut cWoogsf] qmddf :ynut lg/LIf0f, ;d"xut 5nkmn, k|ZgfjnL, If]qut cWoog, gd"gf ;+sng,
3/w'/L ;j]{If0f cflb ul/Psf] lyof] . o;sf cltl/Qm k|:tfj sfof{Gjog x'g] If]qdf ldlt @)&%÷!!÷!( df
;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{ ul/Psf] lyof] . ;fj{hlgs ;'g'jfO{sf qmddf p7fg ePsf ;jfnx?nfO{ o; k|ltj]bgdf
;dfj]; ul/Psf 5g\ .
o;/L ;+sng ul/Psf tYof+sx?nfO{ /fli6«o jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg lgb]{lzsf @)%) adf]lhd
k|efjx?sf] cfsf/, k|sf/ / k|s[ltsf] ljin]if0f ul/Psf] 5 . ;f]xL cg'?ksf] jftfj/0fLo k|efj clej[l4 tyf
Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox? k|:tfj ul/Psf 5g\ .
%= jt{dfg jftfj/0fLo cj:yf
%=! ef}lts jftfj/0f
k|:tfljt cfof]hgf g]kfnsf] kxf8L If]qdf kb{5 . oxfF le/fnf] r§fgx?n] ag]sf kxf8x? /x]sf 5g\ .
DofUbL vf]nf lxpF kUn]/ ag]sf] gbL xf] . of] vf]nf sflnu08sL gbLsf] ;xfos vf]nf xf] . o; vf]nfsf]
hnfwf/ If]q afFw lgdf{0f x'g] :yn;Dd sl/a #)^ ju{ ls= ld= /x]sf] 5 . o; cfof]hgfsf] afFw /
kfj/xfp; gbL / gbL lsgf/df /xg] 5g\ eg] %^$$ ld= clwsf+; efunfO{ pQm :yfgdf cjl:yt kxf8sf]
d"lgaf6 ;'?ªsf] lgdf{0f u/L hldg d"lgaf6 hfg]5 h;df ljz]ift lkmnfO{6 h:tf vlghn] ag]sf] r§fg
leqaf6 ;h{ 6]+s ;Dd k'Ub5 . o; If]qsf] r§fg tNnf] / dflyNnf] lxdfnL s'~h ju{sf] r§fg kb{5 . h;df
d'Vou/L l;:6 tyf Sjfhf{O{6 r§fgx? kfO{Psf 5g . kfj/xfp; :yn gbLsf] bfofF lsgf/fdf /x]sf] 5
h;df 9'Ëf ldl>t df6f] kfO{Psf] 5 .
k|:tfljt cfof]hgf pkf]i0fb]lv l;tf]i0f xfjfkfgL kfO{g] If]qdf kb{5 . o; If]qdf cf};t clwstd tfkqmd
!%) ;]= b]lv @)) ;]= ;Dd / cf};t Go"gtd tfkqmd dfO{g; )) ;]= b]lv @=%) ;]= ;Dd /]s8{ ul/Psf] 5 .
k|:tfljt If]q g]kfnsf] bf];|f] ;]l:ds hf]g cGt{ut kb{5 eg] e'–pkof]u sf] cfwf/df ;j}eGbf a9L jg If]q
$)=(% k|ltzt / ;j}eGbf sd s[lif If]q )=@# k|ltzt /x]sf] kfO{Psf] 5 .
%=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f
o; If]qdf pkf]i0f tyf ;dl;tf]i0f jgx? /x]sf 5g\ . cfof]hgf afFw If]q j/k/ d'Vo u/L l7ªu|] ;Nnf,
tfln;kq, uf]a|] ;Nnf, nflnu'/fF;sf jgx? kfO{Psf 5g\ . To;} u/L kx'Fr ;8s j/k/ uf]a|] ;Nnf, s6';,
lkm/lkm/], cf]v/, c:kn], plt;sf jgx? /x]sf 5g\ . cfof]hgf If]qsf] ljB't u[x, ;h{ 6]+s tyf k]g:6skfO{k
If]qdf plt;, sfpnf], enfof], b'lwnf] k|hfltsf ?vx? kfO{Psf 5g\ . k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] ;'?ª If]qdf
uf]a|] ;Nnf, s6';, lkm/lkm/] k|hfltsf ?vx? kfO{Psf 5g\ . cf]v/ k|hfltsf] ?v g]kfn ;/sf/sf] ;+/lIft
jg:klt /x]sf] 5 .
cfof]hgf :yn j/k/ kfO{g] jGohGt'x?df !# k|hftLsf :tgwf/L k|f0fL /x]sf]df * k|hflt CITES
cg';"rLdf ;'lrs[t tyf !@ k|hflt IUCN ;'lrs[t 5g\ . To:t} %@ k|hfltsf r/fx? dWo] lxdfnL lu4
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page iii
IUCN sf] ;+s6fkGg ;"rLdf ;'lrs[t 5 . k|:tfljt If]q j/k/ !$ k|hfltsf ;l/;[k tyf !# k|hfltsf
k'tnLx? kfO{Psf 5g\ . o; cfof]hgfsf] afFw :yndf df5fx? g/x]tfklg tNnf] hnfwf/ If]qdf $ k|hfltsf
df5fx? kfO{Psf 5g\ .
%=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;fF:s[lts jftfj/0f
cfof]hgf k|efljt DofUbL lhNnfdf s"n hg;+Vof !!#^$! /x]sf 5g\ hxFfsf] cf}ift 3/w'/L kl/jf/ cfsf/
$ 5 To;} u/L k|efljt wjnflu/L ufpFkflnsf j8f g+ $ sf] s"n hg;+Vof @%)# /xsf] 5 eg] cf}ift
3/w'/L kl/jf/ cfsf/ $=%^ 5 . du/, sfdL, bdfO{, ;fsL{, o; If]qsf] jfx'Notf ePsf hfthfltx? x'g\ .
o; If]qsf] cf}ift ;fIf/tf ^)=)^ Ü h;df k'?if ;fIf/tf ^&=^( Ü tyf dlxnf ;fIf/tf %#=%% Ü /x]sf]
5 . To; If]qdf lxGb' / lxGb', af}¢ b'j}, wd{ dfGg] dflg;x? kfOG5g . oxfF d'Vou/L g]kfnL efiff dft[efiff
tyf af]nLrfnLsf] efiffsf ?kdf k|of]u ul/G5 . s[lif, k;'kfng, Jofkf/, /f]huf/L o; If]qsf k|d'v k]zfx?
x'g\ . o; cfof]hgfsf] ;'Vvf x'g] If]qdf Pp6f tftf]kfgL s'08 /x]sf] 5 .
cfof]hgfaf6 hDdf % 3/w'/L k|ToIf k|efljt x'g] b]lvG5g h;af6 hDdf @=@^ x]= lghL hUuf clwu|x0f
ul/g] 5 . k|efljt 3/w'/Lsf] cf}ift 3/w'/L cfsf/ ^=$ 5 . pQm 3/w'/Ldf ^@= % k|ltzt dlxnf tyf
#&=%) k|ltzt k'?if /x]sf 5g\ . k|efljt x'g] 3/w'/Lsf] cf}ift ;fIf/tf b/ ^*=$* k|ltzt /x]sf] 5 .
k|efljt 3/w'/Ldf du/ hflt *)Ü / blnt @)Ü /x]sf 5g\ . ^) k|ltzt k|efljt 3/w'/LnfO{ jif{e/L
vfgf k'Ub5 . k|efljt kl/jf/sf] k|ltaif{ cfo ?= !$(#%)=&% /x]sf] 5 . pQm kl/jf/sf] afli{fs vr{ ?=
@$),))) /x]sf] 5, .
^= jftfj/0fLo k|efjsf] klxrfg
cWoogaf6 ;+sng ul/Psf Jfftfj/0fLo k|efjx?nfO{ tL k|efjx?sf] cfsf/, k|sf/ / k|s[ltsf] ljin]if0f
ul/Psf] 5 . /fli6«o jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"Nof+sg lgb]{lzsf @)%) n] lglb{i6 u/] cg';f/ k|efjx?sf] ljin]if0f
ul/Psf] 5 .
^=! ;sf/fTds k|efjx?

cfof]hgf ;+rfng kZrft o;n] /fli6«o:t/df ljB'lto pmhf{ ;+s6 sd ug{ ;xof]u ug]{ 5 eg] /f]oN6L
dfkm{t :yfgLo ljsf; lgdf{0fdf ;xof]u k'/\ofpg]5 . :yfgLo :t/df o; cfof]hgfaf6 /f]huf/L ;[hgf x'g],
Jofkf/ Joj;fodf j[l4, z]o/sf] k|fjwfg4f/f :yfgLo nfeflGjt x'g] b]lvG5 .
^=@ gsf/fTds k|efjx?
^=@=! ef}lts tyf /;folgs jftfj/0f
 e"–pkof]u tyf e"–agf]6df kl/jt{g
 e"–Ifo tyf e"– :yfloTjdf c;/
 kxF'r ;8s lgdf{0f sfo{n] kg]{ c;/
 sDkg tyf Wjlg k|b"if0f
 gbL s6fg tyf k|b"if0f
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page iv
 qm;/ tyf j]lrª KnfG6af6 x'g] c;/

 lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L e08f/0fn] x'g] c;/
 ;+Defljt kfgLsf d'xfg ;'Sg] c;/
 w"nf] tyf w"jf lgisfifg tyf jfo' k|b"if0f
 kmf]x/d}nf pT;{hg tyf Joj:yfkgsf c;/
 :kf]O{n tyf ds pT;{hg tyf Joj:yfkgsf c;/
 u|L;, t]n tyf n'la|s]G6;x?sf] e08f/0f tyf r'xfj6sf c;/
 glbsf] ;'Vvf If]qdf kfgLsf] jxfjdf sdLsf c;/
 ljB't u[xdf Wjlg k|b"if0f
 gbLsf] ;'Vvf If]qdf ;'Id hnjfo'df c;/
 c:yfoL SofDkx?sf] Joj:yfkg
^=@=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f
 %=^) x]= jg If]q Iflt
 %!! j6f ?vx?sf] Iflt x'g]
 jGohGt' tyf ltgsf jf;:yfgdf x'g] k|efj
 hnr/df kg]{ k|efj
^=@=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;Ff:s[lts jftfj/0f
 % 3/w'/Lsf] sl/a @=@^ x]= lghL hUuf clwu|x0faf6 x'g] c;/
 % 3/w'/Lsf] g]= ? !^$%%) d'No a/fa/sf] s[lif pTkfbgdf :yfoL ?kdf kg]{ c;/
 k]zfut :jf:Yo tyf ;'/Iffdf c;/
 b}lgs pkef]Uo j:t'dfly rfk
 ;dfhdf j9g ;Sg] c;dflhs ljs[lt
 :jf:Yo tyf ;/;kmfO{df c;/
 ;Defljt b'3{6gf
 b}lgs pkef]Uo j:t'sf] c:jfefljs d"No j[l¢
&= jftfj/0fLo k|efj Go"gLs/0f tyf clej[l4sf pkfox?
&=! ;sf/fTds k|efj clej[l4sf pkfox?
cfof]hgf lgdf{0f tyf ;+rfngsf qmddf klxrfg ul/Psf ;sf/fTds k|efjx?nfO{ clej[l¢ ul/g] 5g\ .
h;sf] nflu lgDg pkfox? ckgfO{g] 5g\ .
 cfof]hgf k|efljt If]qsf hgftfsf]nflu Ifdtf clej[l4 ug{ ljleGg vfnsf tflnd k|bfg ul/g]
5g\ h;df l;nfO{, a'gfO{, 8«fOleª, KnlDaª, jfol/ª cflb /x]sf 5g\
 :yfgLo hgtfnfO{ bIftf cg';f/sf] /f]huf/Ldf k|fyldstf lbO{g]5
 :yfgLosf] nflu z]o/sf] k|fjwfg /xg]5
 :yfgLo pTkfbgsf] k|of]u u/L :yfgLo Joj;fo k|j{4gdf ;xof]u k'Ug]5
;sf/fTds k|efj clej[l4sf nflu g]= ?= !&,$&,)))÷– -;q nfv ;trfln; xhf/ _ ljlgof]hg ul/Psf]
5.
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page v
&=@ gsf/fTds k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox?

&=@=! ef}lts tyf /;folgs jftfj/0f
&=@=!=! lgdf{0f r/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] c;/x?sf] ;fdfwfgsf pkfox?
e"–pkof]udf cfpg] kl/jt{g
 pTvgg\ ul/Psf] :ynx?sf] :t/Lotf sfod ul/g]5
 jfof]O{lGhlgol/ª4f/f le/fnf] :yfgdf e"–:vng tyf e"–Ifo lgoGq0f ul/g]5
 c:yfoL ;+/rgfsf] nflu clwu|x0f ul/Psf] hUuf ;DalGwt JolQmnfO{ x:tfGt/0f ul/g]5
 d'Vo pTvgg\ ul/g] If]qdf j[If/f]k0f ul/ e"–pkof]udf cfpg] kl/jt{g sd ul/g]5
kxF'r ;8s lgdf{0fn] x'g] c;/
 e"–:vng tyf e"–Ifo lgoGq0fsf] nflu jfof]O{lGhlgol/ª k|ljlw k|of]u ul/g]5 ;fy} le/fnf] :yfgdf
u]ljog jfn, l/6]lgª jfn lgdf{0f ul/g] 5g\
 ;8s lsgf/fdf kfgL lgsf;sf] nflu s'nf] lgdf{0f ul/g]5
 pTvgg\ ePsf] df6f], 9'ËfnfO{ ;8s k'g{sf] nflu k|of]u ul/g]5 eg] aFfls /x]sf] df6f], 9'ËfnfO{ 9'Ëf
,df6f] lj;h{g ul/g] If]qdf Joj:yfkg ul/g] 5 h;n] ubf{ pQm 9'Ëf ,df6f] jiff{tsf] kfgLn] aufP/
nfg ;Sg] 5}g
e"–:vng tyf e"–Ifo
 e"–:vng tyf e"–Ifo lgoGq0fsf]nflu cfof]hgfsf] d'Vo ;+/rgf lgdf{0f ul/g] If]q j/k/
jfof]O{lGhlgol/ª k|ljlw k|of]u ul/g]5 ;fy} le/fnf] :yfgdf u]ljog jfn, l/6]lgª jfn lgdf{0f ul/g]
5g\
 cl:y/ k|sf/sf le/fnf] hldgnfO{ ;se/ le/fnf] cg'kft ldnfO{ pTvgg\ ul/g]5
lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L e08f/0faf6 kg]{ c;/
 lgdf{0f ;fdfu|Lx? Tff]lsPsf] 7fpFdf dfq e08f/0f ul/g] 5g\
 lgdf{0f ;fdfu|Lx?nfO{ kfgLaf6 hf]ufpgsf]nflu 9fs]/ /flvg]5
 lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L e08f/0f :yn s[lif tyf gbL, vf]nfaf6 6f9f /flvg]5
sfdbf/ SofDk lgdf{0f tyf pT;lh{t kmf]x/d}nf Joj:yfkg
 sfdbf/ SofDk tf]lsPsf] 7fpFdf lgdf{0f ul/g]5
 sfdbf/ SofDkaf6 pT;lh{t kmf]x/d}nf nfO{ k'gM k|of]luo tyf k'gM rlqmo ug{ ldNg] ul/ 5'6\ofO{g]
5
 s'lxg] vfnsf kmf]x/d}nfsf] h}ljs dn agfOg]5
 sfdbf/ SofDkaf6 pT;lh{t t/n kmf]x/nfO{ SofDk leq g} km"n au}rfdf k|of]u ul/g]5
pT;lh{t ds÷:KjfO{n lj;h{gn] hldgdf cfpg] c;/
 pT;lh{t ds÷:KjfO{n ljB'tu[x, kxF'r dfu{ tyf cGo lgdf{0f sfo{df k|of]u ul/g]5
 pT;lh{t ds÷:KjfO{n tf]lsPsf] 7fpFdf lj;h{g ul/g]5
 pT;lh{t ds÷:KjfO{n lj;h{g ubf{ plrt cfb{tfsf ;fy vflbg] 5 h;n] o;nfO{ l:y/ u/fO{ w"nf]
sd ug]{5 / jiff{sf] ;dodf aUgaf6 arfpg]5
 lj;lh{t If]qnfO{ k|s[lt ;'xfpFbf] agfpg h}ljs O{lGhlgol/ª k|ljlw k|of]u u/L :yfgLo k|hfltsf
la?jf /f]k0f ul/ ;f}Gbo{tf sfod ul/g]5
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page vi
lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L pTvgg\af6 gbLsf] agfj6df cfpg] c;/

 lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L tf]lsPsf] 7fpFaf6 dfq ul/g]5
 gbLsf] cfsf/ kl/jt{g x'g] ul/ lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L pTvgg\ ul/g] 5}g
 gbL leqaf6 lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L pTvgg\ ul/g] 5}g
 gbL lsgf/f s6fg /f]Sg l/6]lgª jfnx? lbO{g] 5g\
 lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L pTvgg\ sfo{ ;dfKt ePkl5 pTvgg\ sfo{n] ePsf] gbLsf] morphology tyf
gradient k'gM :yflkt ul/g]5
WjgL tyf sDkgaf6 x'g] c;/
 lgdf{0f ;fdu|L h:t} h]g]/]6/, oftfoftsf ;fwgx? lgoldt dd{t ;Def/u/L ;xL cj:yfdf /flvg]
5g\
 Ps} rf]l6 7'nf] kl/df0fdf ljikmf]6g ul/g] 5}g
 Gflhssf] jl:tdf ljikmf]6g ul/g] ;dosf] k"j{ hfgsf/L lbO{g] 5
 sfdbf/x?nfO{ cfjZos JolQmut ;'/Iffsf ;fwgx? pknAw u/fOg] 5g
 /fltsf] ;dodf ljikmf]6g ul/g] 5}g
t]n, u|L; / /;fog r'xfj6af6 kg]{ c;/
 oftfoftsf ;fwgx?af6 t]n, u|L; O{TofbL r'xfj6 /f]Sgsf] nflu oftfoftsf ;fwgx? lgoldt
dd{t ;+ef/ ul/g] 5g
 k]6«f]lnod kbfy{ ebf{ jf e08f/0f ubf{ ljif]z k"j{ ;fjwfgL ckgfO{g]5
 k]6«f]lnod kbfy{sf] e08f/0f :yndf k'j{ ;fjwfgL ckgfO{g]5
 t]n, u|L; / /;fog kbfy{ el/Psf ;fdfu|L hyfefjL lj;h{g ul/g] 5}g
jfo' k|b'if{0f
 jfo' k|b"if0f sd ug{ oftfoftsf ;fwgx? lgoldt dd{t ;+ef/ ul/g] 5g
 w"nf] p8gaf6 /f]Sg lgoldt kfgL 5ls{g]5
 pT;lh{t kmf]x/d}nf kfgLsf ;|f]tx?df ldl;g lbO{g] 5}g
hldgsf] dflyNnf] ;txsf] df6f] gf]S;fg x'g] ;Defjgf
 s'g} klg pTvgg\ sfo{ ug'{ eGbf cufl8 ;txsf] df6f]nfO{ ;+/If0f ul/g] 5, ;+/lIft df6f]nfO{ ;dfg
?kn] k'g{:yflkt ul/Psf] hldgdf km}nfO{g]5
 pT;lh{t ds÷:KjfO{n lj;h{g ug]{ If]qsf] df6f]nfO{ lj;{hg ug'{ cufl8 g} ;+/If0f ul/ /flvg]5
o;/L ;+/If0f ul/Psf] ;txL df6f]nfO{ lj;h{g ug]{ If]qdf ;dfg ?kn] km}nfO{g]5
kfgLsf d'xfgdf kg]{ c;/
 o; DofUbL vf]nf hnljB't cfof]hgfn] ;'?Ëdfu{ lgdf{0f ubf{ :yfgLo kfgLsf d"nx? tyf
vf]N;fx?df kfgLsf] dfqf sd x'g uO{ xfn e}/x]sf] vfg]kfgLdf sdL ePdf j}slNks vfg]kfgLsf]
Joj:yf ul/g] 5
&=@=!=@ ;+rfng r/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] c;/x?sf] Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox?
gbLsf] tNnf] t6Lo If]qdf kfgLsf] jxfj sd eO{ kfgLsf] u'0f:t/df sdLaf6 x'g] c;/
 o; c;/nfO{ Go"gLs/0f ug{sf] nflu cfof]hgfn] ;'Vvfx'g] If]qdf )=$#^ 3g ld6/ k|lt ;]s]G8
kfgL 5f]8g]5
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page vii
gbLsf] ;"Id hnjfo'df x'g] c;/

kfgL 5f]8g]5
gbLsf] lsgf/f s6fg tyf cfs[ltdf x'g] kl/jt{g
 cfof]hgfsf] d'Vo ;+/rgf h:t} afFw If]q / kfgL lgsf; ul/g] s'nf] j/k/ tf/hfnL tyf cGo
;'/Iff k|ljlwsf] k|of]u u/L gbL s6fg lgoGq0f ul/g]5
 pTvgg\ ul/g] If]q j/k/ l;len ;+/rgf tyf h}ljs O{lGhlgol/ª u/L k|efj sd ul/g]5
 k|To]s jiff{ofd kZrft gbL leqsf] k|efljt efusf] cWoog u/L ;fdfwfgsf pkfo cjnDag
ul/g] 5
ljB'tu[xdf Wjlg k|b"if0f
 ljB'tu[x leq operator x? sfd ug]{ sf]7fnfO{ sound proof agfO{g]5
 ljB'tu[xdf k|of]u ul/g] oGqx? जेनेरेटर, 6/jfO{g cflb nfO{ lgoldt dd{t ul/ rfn" cj:yfdf
/flvg]5
c:yfoL SofDkx?sf] k'g{:yfkgfsf] c;/
 lgdf{0f r/0fdf :yfkgf ul/Psf ;Dk"0f{ c:yfoL ;+/rgfx? k'g{:yflkt ul/g] 5g h;df c:yfoL
?kdf clwu|x0f ul/Psf] lghL hUuf ;DalGwt JolQnfO{ k"j{ cj:yfdf kmsf{O x:tfGt/0f ul/g]5
&=@=@ h}ljs jftfj/0f
&=@=@=! lgdf{0f r/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] c;/x?sf] ;fdfwfgsf pkfox?
cfof]hgfsf] d'Vo ;+/rgf / kxF'r ;8s lgdf{0fn] ubf{ jgh+unsf] Iflt
 /fli6«o k|fyldstf k|fKt cfof]hgfsf] nflu jg If]q k|of]u ug]{ ;DaGwL sfo{ljlw, @)&$ cg';f/
Iflt ePsf ?vx?sf] Ifltk"lt{ :j?k @!,$^) lj?jfx? - !M@% sf] cg'kft_ /f]k0f ul/g] 5 ;fy} %
jif{ ;Ddsf] /]vb]v tyf Joj:yfkgsf] nflu vr{ Joxf]g]{ 5
 cfof]hgf sfof{Gjog cjlwdf jg ;+u ;DalGwt hnljB't cfof]hgfdf cfslif{t x'g] sfg"gsf]
kfngf ul/g]5
jGohGt'sf] jf;:yfgdf vnn
 cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf qmddf s'g} klg jGohGt'nfO{ xfgLgf]S;fgL ul/g] 5}g
 Ps} rf]l6 7'nf] kl/df0fdf ljikmf]6g ul/g] 5}g
 /ftLsf] ;dodf ljikmf]6g ul/g] 5}g
 jGohGt'x?sf] rl/r/0f tyf ljr/0fnfO{ k|ToIf jf ck|ToIf ?kdf lg?T;flxt ul/g] 5}g
cj}wflgs rf]/Llgsf;L
 sfdbf/x?sf] nflu ljif]z cfrf/;+lxtf nfu" ul/g] 5 ;fy} lgoldt ?kdf hfgsf/L sIffx?
;+rfng ul/g] 5g
 cfof]hgf If]qdf kg]{ ;fd'bflos jg pkef]Qmf ;d"x;+u ;dGjo u/L jGohGt' ;+/If0f tyf
cj}wflgs rf]/L l;sf/L ljifodf hgr]tgf u/fO{g]5
 cfof]hgf lgdf{0f cjlwe/ lzlj/df h+unL hgfj/sf] df;' / cGo zf//Ls cËx?sf] k|of]u lgif]w
ul/g]5
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page viii
;+/lIft jGohGt' tyf jg:kltdf kg]{ k|efj

 ;+/lIft jg:kltx?sf] xsdf Ifltk"lt{ :j?k j[Iff/f]k0f ul/g] 5 eg] ;+/lIft jGohGt'x?nfO{
k|fyldstf lbO{ ltgLx?sf] jf;:yfg, cflgjfgL tyf ljr/0f / ltgsf] ljgfzn] kfl/l:yltsLo
k|0ffnLdf kg{ ;Sg] k|efjx?sf] af/]df hgr]tgf lbO{g]5
df5f tyf hnr/k|f0fLsf] jf;:yfgdf kg{ ;Sg] k|efj
 gbL tyf glhs}sf kfgLsf ;|f]tx?df t]n, u|L; tyf /;fog r'xfj6 x'gaf6 /f]Sg] tyf oflGqs
;fwgx? lgoldt dd{t ;+ef/ ul/g] 5g
 gbLhGo kbfy{ pTvgg\ubf{ ;s];Dd sd c;/ kg]{ u/L lgolGqt ?kdf ul/g]5
 sfdbf/x?sf] nflu ljif]z cfrf/;+lxtf nfu" u/L cj}w ?kdf df5f dfg]{ sfo{x? lg?T;flxt ul/g]
5
&=@=@=@ ;+rfng r/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] c;/x?sf] ;fdfwfgsf pkfox?
crfgs kfgL 5f]8bf ;'Vvf x'g] If]qdf kg]{ k|efj
 cfof]hgfn] crfgs kfgL 5f]8bf ;'Vvf x'g] If]qdf kg]{ k|efj sd ug{ ;fO{/g h8fg ug]{5 eg]
ljif]z k|sf/sf] cnf/fd k|ljlw h8fg ug]{5
;'Vvf x'g] If]qdf kfgLsf] k|jfx sd eO{ df5fdf kg]{ k|efj
kfgL 5f]8g]5
cj}wflgs h+uln hgfj/sf] rf]/L lzsf/L
 ;+rfngsf qmddf vl6g] sfdbf/x?sf] nflu ljif]z cfrf/;+lxtf nfu' ul/ cj}w ?kdf rf]/Llzsf/L
ug{ lgif]w ul/g]5
&=@=# ;fdflhs, cfly{s tyf ;fF:s[lts jftfj/0f
&=@=#=! lgdf{0f r/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] c;/x?sf] ;fdfwfgsf pkfox?
lghL hUuf clwu|x0f / Ifltk"lt{
 clwu|x0f ul/Psf] lghL hUufsf] plrt Ifltk"lt{ lbO{g]5
 k|ToIf k|efljt 3/w'/Lsf JolQnfO{ /f]huf/Ldf k|fyldstf lbOg]5
 c:yfoL ?kdf lnO{Psf] hUufsf] xsdf plrt ef8f lbO{g]5 eg] sfo{ ;dfKt ePkZrft c:yfoL
hUuf k"j{ cj:yfdf kmsf{O ;DjlGwt JolQnfO{ x:tfGt/0f ul/g]5
xfn v8f /x]sf] s[lif pkhsf] Iflt
 clwu|x0f ul/Psf] lghL hUufdf /x]sf] xfnsf] s[lif pkh a/fa/sf] d"No Iltk"lt{ :j?k ;DjlGwt
3/wgLnfO{ lbO{g]5
 k|efljt 3/wgLx?nfO{ s[lif ;DalGw tflnd k|bfg ul/g]5
k]zfut :jf:Yo / ;'/Iff
 sfdbf/x?nfO{ ;'/lIft lgdf{0f cEof; sfo{ ;DaGwL tflnd k|bfg ul/g]5
 JolQmut ;'/Iffsf pks/0fx? h:t} df:s, x]nd]6, a'6 cflb k|bfg ul/g]5
 ;Defljt b'3{6gf x'g] If]qdf ;'/Iff ;DaGwL lrGxx?sf] k|of]u ul/g]5
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page ix
 cfsl:ds b'3{6gf Go"gLs/0fsf nflu k|fylds pkrf/sf] Joj:yf ul/g]5

:yfgLo pkef]Uo j:t' / ;]jfdf rfFk
 :yfgLo sfdbf/x?nfO{ /f]huf/Ldf k|fyldstf lbO{g]5
 sfdbf/x?sf] nflu vfg]kfgL, zf}+rfno cflb SofDk ;fO6df lgdf{0f ul/g]5
:ffdflhs snx tyf 4Gb
 :yfgLo sfdbf/x?nfO{ /f]huf/Ldf k|fyldstf lbO{g]5
 sfdbf/x?sf] nflu k|efjsf/L cfrf/;+lxtf nfu" ul/g]5
ljikmf]6gsf sf/0fn] :yfgLo rLhj:t' tyf :s'n, 3/x?df Iflt
 ljikmf]6g ubf{ Ps}rf]l6 7"nf] kl/df0fdf ljikmf]6g ul/g] 5}g
 ljikmf]6gsf] sf/0fn] s'g} klg :yfgLo rLhj:t' tyf :s"n, 3/x?df Iflt ePdf To;sf] d"Nof+sg
u/L Ifltk'lt{ jf dd{t ul/g]5
 ljikmf]6gn] kg{ ;Sg] :yfgLo hgtf tyf ljBfyL{x?dflysf] k|efj sd ug{ k|To]s k6s ljikmf]6g
ug'{ k'j{ lnlvt / df}lvs hfgsf/L u/fOg]5
 /fltsf] ;dodf ljikmf]6g u/fOg] 5}g
:yfgLo hgftfdf lgdf{0f ;DaGwL k'Ug ;Sg] c;/
 ;Defljt b'3{6gf :yndf ;s];Dd sfdbf/ afx]s cGo dflg;sf] cfjft hfjtdf /f]s nufO{g] 5
 lgdf{0f ;fO{6 tyf SofDkx?df 5]sjf/ ul/g]5
 ;Defljt b'3{6gf :yndf ;'/Iff ;DaGwL lrGxsf] k|of]u ul/g]5
&=@=#=@ ;+rfng r/0fdf kg{ ;Sg] c;/x?sf] ;fdfwfgsf pkfox?
;'Vvf If]qdf cfsl:ds ?kdf kfgL k|jfx ubf{ :yfgLo hgtfdf kg{ ;Sg] k|efj
 cfof]hgfn] cfsl:ds ?kdf kfgL 5f]8bf ;'Vvf x'g] If]qdf kg]{ k|efj sd ug{ ;fO{/g h8fg
ul/g]5 eg] ljif]z k|sf/sf] cnf/fd k|ljlw h8fg ug]{5 To;f] ubf{ Ps rf]l6 kfgL 5f]8g] a]nfdf
slDtdf klg cfwf 3G6fsf] km/sdf tLg rf]l6 ;fO{/g jhfO{g]5
 ;Dej eP;Dd df}lvs hfgsf/L u/fOg]5
k]zfut :jf:Yo / ;'/Iff
 ljB'tu[x leq operator x? sfd ug]{ sf]7fnfO{ sound proof agfO{g]5
 ljB'tu[xdf k|of]u ul/g] oGqx? hg/]6/, 6/jfO{g cflb nfO{ lgoldt dd{t ul/ rfn" cj:yfdf
/flvg]5
 ljB'tu[x leq operator x?nfO{ earplug sf] Joj:yf ul/g]5
gsf/fTds k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf nflu g]= ?= @,&^,$#,(@$÷– -b'O{ s/f]8 5xQ/ nfv lt/rfln; xhf/ gf}
;o rf}lj;_ ljlgof]hg ul/Psf] 5 .
&=# ;fd'bflos ;xof]u sfo{qmd
cfof]hgfn] :yfgLo ;d'bfosf] nflu ;fd'bflos ;xof]u sfo{qmd cGt{ut cof]hgfsf] s"n nfutsf] )=&%Ü
/sd vr{ ug]{5 h; cGt/ut cfof]hgfn] h]nt'ª jl:t eGbf dfly /x]sf] tftf]kfgL s'08nfO{ dd{t ;+ef/
tyf Joj:yfkg, s}nfz cfwf/e"t ljBfnonfO{ z}lIfs ;fdfu|L ;xof]u, /fp08 wf}nflu/L o'jf SnanfO{
v]ns'b ;fdfu|L ;xof]u, k|efljt If]qsf cfdf;d"xnfO{ ;xof]u, :yfgLo Sna;+u ;dGjo u/L ko{6g
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page x
k|j{4gdf ;xof]u, au/ ;fd'bflos jg pkef]Qmf ;ldlt;+u ;dGjo u/L h}ljs ljljwtf tyf jgk}bfjf/
;DaGwL tflnd, :yfgLo ;8s dd{t ;Def/ h:tf sfo{x? ug]{5 .
;fd'bflos ;xof]u sfo{qmd nflu g]= ?= &,@^,*^,#%%÷– -;ft s/f]8 5lAa; nfv 5of;L xhf/ tLg ;o
krkGg_ ljlgof]hg ul/Psf] 5 .
*= j}slNks ljZn]if0f
cfof]hgf lgdf{0f ug'{ cufj} o; cfof]hgf / o; afx]ssf ljsNkx?sf] ljZn]if0f ul/Psf] lyof] .
jftfj/0fLo If]qdf Go"g c;/ kfg]{ u/L pQm hnljB't lgdf{0f ug'{ eGbf /fd|f] csf]{ ljsNk b]lvPg .
hnljB't cfof]hgfsf nflu k|:tfj ul/Psf ljleGg :yfg dWo] k|fljlws b[li6sf]0f, cfly{s b[li6sf]0f /
jftfj/0fLo b[li6sf]0fn] o; cfof]hgfsf] xfns} :yfgdf pko'Qm b]lvof] .
(= jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg / cg'udg
cfof]hgfn] jftfj/0fLo c;/nfO{ Go"gLs/0f ug]{ pkfo :j?k jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg of]hgfnfO{ Ps cËsf]
?kdf ljsf; ug]{5 . jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg OsfO{n] cfof]hgf If]qleq jftfj/0fLo u'0f:t/ cg'?k sfo{
;+~rfng ug]{5 / cGo ;/f]sf/jfnf lgsfosf] ;xof]udf Joj:yfkgsf] lhDdf klg cfof]hgfsf]] g} x'g]5 .
;/f]sf/jfnf cGt{ut, jg tyf jftfj/0f dGqfno, pmhf{, hn;|f]t tyf l;FrfO{ dGqfno, ljB't ljsf;
ljefu, l8lehg jg sfof{no, wjnflu/L ufpFkflnsf nufot kb{5g\ .
Jfftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkgsf] nflu lj1x? ;lxtsf] jftfj/0fLo Joj:yfkg OsfO{ :yfkgf ul/g] 5 . ;f]
sfof{nosf] lhDdf jftfj/0fLo cg'udg tyf d"Nof+sgsf] sfo{ x'g]5 . ;f] sfof{non] ;/f]sf/jfnf;+u
lgoldt ;xsfo{ tyf k/fdz{df jftfj/0fLo kIfsf] sfo{ ug]{5 eg] jg tyf jftfj/0f dGqfnon] sfo{
;+~rfng ePsf] @ jif{ kl5 jftfj/0fLo k/LIf0f sfo{ ug]{5 .
o; afx]s cfof]hgfsf] ljleGg r/0fdf jftfj/0fLo cg'udg ul/g] 5 h;df cfwf/e"t cg'udg, lgod
kfngsf] cg'udg / k|efj cg'udg kb{5g . cfof]hgfsf] ljleGg r/0fsf cg'udg of]hgf tof/ kf/]sf] 5
h;df cg'udg ug'{ kg]{ ljifo, ;do, tflnsf, :yn tyf lhDd]jf/ lgsfox?sf] klxrfg u/]sf] 5 . ljleGg
r/0fdf ul/g] jftfj/0fLo cg'udgsf] nflu hDdf g]=? $), #%,)))÷– -rfln; nfv k}lt; xhf/_
ljlgof]hg ul/Psf] 5 . To:t} jftfj/0fLo k/LIf0fsf] nflu g]=? !@,$%,)))÷– -afX nfv k}rfln; xhf/
_ ljlgof]hg ul/Psf] 5 .
!)= sfg"gL b:tfj]hx?sf] k'g/fjnf]sg
cfof]hgf;+u ;DalGwt gLlt, P]g, lgod, lgodfjnL, lgb]{lzsf tyf ;lGwx?sf] k'g/fjnf]sg ul/Psf] 5
h;df d'Vo k'g/fjnf]sg ul/Psf sfg"gL b:tfj]hdf jftfj/0f ;+/If0f P]g @)%#, jftfj/0f ;+/If0f
lgodfjnL @)%$, /fli6«o jftfj/0fLo k|efj d"NofÍg lgb]{lzsf, @)%), hnljB't gLlt, @)%*, ljB't P]g,
@)$(, ljB't lgodfjnL @)%), jg P]g @)$(, jg lgodfjnL @)%!, hUuf clwu|x0f P]g, @)#$, >d
P]g @)&$, /fli6«o k|fy{ldstf k|fKt cfof]hgfsf nflu /fli6«o jg k|of]u ug{ lbg] ;DaGwL sfo{ljlw @)&$,
:yfgLo ;/sf/ ;+rfng P]g @)&$, ;+s6fkGg jGohGt' tyf jg:kltsf] cGt{/fli6«o Jofkf/ lgoGq0f P]g
@)&#, h}ljs ljljwtf ;DalGw dxf;GwL @)$(, hghflt ;DalGw !^( dxf;lGw cflb cWoog ul/Psf]
lyof] .
!!= lgisif{
k|:tfljt cfof]hgf lgdf{0f tyf ;+rfngsf] qmddf b]lvPsf k|efjx? d'Vo u/L ef}lts, h}ljs / ;fdflhs
cfly{s tyf ;Ff:s[lts jftfj/0f cGt{utsf w]/}h;f] gsf/fTds c;/x? cNksflng tyf lgdf{0fsf ;do
dfq b]lvg] vfnsf /x]sf 5g t/ s]xL gsf/fTds k|efjx? bL3{sflng tyf nfdf] ;do c;/ x'g] vfnsf
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xi
klg b]lvPsf 5g . cNksflng tyf lgdf{0fsf ;do dfq b]lvg] vfnsf c;/x?nfO{ ;lhn};+u Go"gLs/0f
ug{ ;lsG5 . t/ bL3{sflng tyf nfdf] ;do c;/ x'g] vfnsf k|efjnfO{ ljif]z lsl;dn] cg'udg tyf
Go"gLs/0f ug{ ;lsG5 .
o; cfof]hgfsf] nflu s"n cfjZos hUuf sl/j !@=^@ x]= rflxg] b]lvG5 h;df @=@^ x]= JolQut hldg,
%=^) x]= hldg h+un, #=(^ x]= afemf] hldg / )=*) x]= hldg gbLsf] t6Lo If]q kb{5 . cfof]hgf
sfof{Gjogsf] sf/0f % 3/w'/L k|efljt x'g] b]lvG5 . cfof]hgf lgdf{0fsf sf/0f /fli6«o jg, ;fd'bflos jg
tyf lghL hUufaf6 %!! j6f ?vx? x6fpg' kg]{ b]lvG5 . o;sf cltl/Qm e"–Ifo tyf e"–:vng, e"–
pkof]udf kl/jt{g, xfjkfgL tyf Wjlg k|b'if0f, 7f]; kmf]x/d}nf pT;{hg, sRrf kbfy{sf] e08f/0f, jGohGt'
dfly k|efj, lghL hUuf clwu|x0f tyf Ifltk"lt{ cflb h:tf c;/x? b]lvg ;Sg] 5g\ .
cfof]hgf lgdf{0f tyf ;+~rfngsf qmddf b]lvg] c;/ Go"gLs/0f tyf clej[l¢sf sfo{qmdx? k|:tfj
ul/Psf 5g\ / cfof]hgfsf] s"n jftfj/0fLo nfut -clej[l¢, ;+:yfut ;fdflhs pQ/bfloTj, Go"lgs/0f,
cg'udg / jftfj/0fLo k/LIf0f_ ?= !),&#,%&,@&( 5'§ofPsf] 5 . ctM k|:tfljt k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf
pkfox? tyf cg'udg of]hgfx? nfu" ul/Psf] cj:yfdf k|:tfljt cfof]hgfsf] lgdf{0f sfo{ jftfj/0fLo
tyf ;fdflhs b[li6sf]0faf6 pko'Qm x'g] o; cWoogsf] lgisif{ /x]sf] 5 .
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xii
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1. Introduction
1.1 Proponent
Hydro village Pvt. Ltd. is the proponent of the Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project.
The name and address of the proponent is given below;
Name and Address of the Proponent
Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd.
KMC-32, Subidhanagar, Kathmandu, Nepal
Tel: 01-5199073
Email: info@hydrovil.com
Website: www.hydrovil.com
1.2 Name and Address of the Consultancy
Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. is the name of consultancy preparing the
Environmental Impact Assessment report of Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project.
The name and address of the consultancy is as follows.
Name and Address of the Consultancy
Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd.
Nakhhu, Lalitpur
Tel: 9818408714
Email: technoquarryconsults@gmail.com
2. Brief Description of the Project
The proposed project is located at Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality ward number 4 of
Myagdi District. Geographical co-ordinates of the project lies in between Longitudes
83°25'00"E to 83°21'50"E and latitudes 28°37'49"N to 28°34'18"N. The intake site and
powerhouse site of the project lies at the Dovan and Jeltung of Dhaulagiri Rural
Municipality ward number 4 respectively. The major component of project includes
intake of height 4 m, desander basin, tunnel of length 5644 m, surge shaft, penstock
pipe of length 1069 m and tailrace etc. The other project ancillaries are access road,
labor camp, stockpiling site, quarry sites, spoil/muck disposal site and explosive
storage site etc.
Myagdi Khola hydropower project is Run-of river type. The design discharge is
12.51 m3/s correspounding installed capacity 57.30 MW. 12.51 m3/s water is
diverted to the intake by weir of height 4 m at Dovan of Dhaulagiri through gravel
trap. After that the water is passed along the underground desender. After flushing
the gravel and sand the water then passed to the 5654 m long tunnel which will
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xiii
constructed under the hill of the right bank of the River. After that water is released
in to the surge tank of height 41m with 8 m diameter, 57.30 MW installed capacity
energy is produced by using 2 number of turbine placed in the powerhouse located
at Jeltung. The water then released from tailrace canal into Myagdi Khola.
Accordingly the produced electricity is conveyed at the switch yard located near by
powerhouse and than will be conveyed through the 17 km long 132 KV transmission
line to the substation of NEA located at the Dadakhet Substation.
The length of Kathmandu to Beni of Myagdi is about 282 Km and the length of Beni
to Darbang is about 30 Km. to reach the power housesite of the proposed project
about 20 km road distance is required. The project will construct 8 km long access
road to reach at intake site.
2.1 Rationality for conducting EIA study
According to the statutory requirement of the Government of Nepal (GoN) defined
by Environment Protection Act (EPA) 1997 in Section 3, and Environment Protection
Rules (EPR), 1997 with all the subsequent amendments in its Schedule 2 under Rule
3, in Water Resource and Energy Sector 3(E-2), to develop hydropower project above
capacity of 50 MW, it is mandatory to conduct Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and approve the report from the Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE).
Since, MKHP has a capacity of 57.30 MW; this project should undergo EIA process
and hence, should determine Scope, approve the Terms of Reference (ToR), and also
approve final EIA report before project implementation complying with all
requirements mentioned in the environmental laws.
Moreover, the project will acquire more than 5 hectare of forest area. Hence, it also
attracts the Schedule 2 (A-12), Forest Sector of the EPR, 1997. The project site does
not lie in and around any protected area, fragile area, buffer zone, archeologically
important site or sensitive areas as mentioned in Schedule 2(L) of EPR. The study is
conducted under the condition given in “७ ज” of survey license of Myagdi Khola
Hydropower project issued by DoED. This hydropower project doesn’t affect other
ongoing and proposed development project in the area.
3. Main objective of the Study
The main objective of the study is to conduct EIA study of the proposed project for
the identification, prediction and evaluation fo the beneficial and adverse impact
and suggest the site specific mitigation and enhancement measures along with
environmental management plan.
4. Study methodology
Desk study and field study is the main methodology used during the preparation of
the report. During the desk study feasibility report, topo sheet study, review of
related legal documents and CBS report were studied. Besides, checklist preparation,
questionnaire development were also conducted during desk study. The study team
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xiv
has visited the field from 2075/09/08 to 2075/09/16. During the field study, site
observation, public consultation, focus group discussion, measurement, sample
collections were conducted. A public hearing program was conducted at Dhaulagiri
Rural Municipality office of the project affected area dated on 2075/11/19. The
raised issues during the public hearing were incorporated in this report.
The collected data were identified by expert judgement and analyzed their
magnitude, extent and duration according to the provision of NEIA Guidelines,
1993.
5. Existing Environmetnal Condition
5.1 Physical Environment
The proposed project is located in the lesser Himalayan zone of the Nepal. The hill of
the area is built by steep rock terrain. The Myagdi Khola is Snow fed River and
tributaru of Kaligandaki River. The catchment area at weir site is 306 km2 the
powerhouse and weir of the project will be constructed in River and River bank.
5644 m long tunnel will passes through deep of hill of Right Bank of the Myagdi
Khola. The rock consists along the tunnel is phyllite. The rocks found at the surge
tank area are mostly Schist and quartize. The powerhouse is located at the Right
bank of the Myagdi Khola at Jeltung where boulder mixed soil is found.
The project area lies in the subtropical to temperate climateic zone. The average
maximum temperature varies from 150C to 200C and average minimum temperature
varies from 00C to 2.50C. The area falls under 2nd seismic zone according to the
seismic map of Nepal. The landuse covers forest area 40.95 % and agricultural area
0.23%.
5.2 Biological Environment
The area consists of subtropical to temperate forest. The major forest found in and
around the weir site are salla, Gobre salla, Laliguarns etc. similarly Gobre salla,
Katus, Aspale, Okhar, Utis forest are found along the access road. The forest type
found in the powerhouse, penstock pipe alignment and surge tank site are Utis,
Kaulo, Bhalayo and Dudhilo. The vegetation found along the tunnel alignment are
Gobre salla, Katus, Firfire etc. Okhar is the protected plant species listed by GoN.
13 species of mammals are reported in and around the project area in which 8
species listed on the appendix of CITES and 12 species are listed in IUNC red data
book. Similarly 52 species of birds in which ‘Himali Giddha’ is listed in IUCN red
data book, 13 species of butterflies, 14 species of reptiles and 4 species of fishes are
reported.
5.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment
Total population of the project affected district Mygdi is 113641 and householdsize is
4. Similarly total population of the Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality ward number 4 is
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xv
2503 of household size 4.56. The major ethnic and caste of ward are Magar, Kami,
Damai, and Sarki. The avarege literacy rate of the area is 60.06% of which male
literacy rate is 67.69% and female literacy rate is 53.55% the major religion followed
is Hindu. Nepali language is spoken in the project affected area. Agriculture is main
occupation practiced in the project affected area. Tatopani is located along the
dewatered zone of the project.
5 household is directly affected by the project whose land will be acquired by the
project. Household size of the project affected household is 6.4. Among the total
population 62.5% are female and 37.50 % are male population. 80% household are
Magar and 20% household are Dalit among to project affected household.
60% household have sufficient food for whole year. Average annual income of the
project households is 149350.75 and average expenditure is about 240000.
6. Identification, prediction and evaluation of Environmental Impact
Impact were identified by expert judgement and evaluated according to the NEIA
guideline 1993. The identified impacts are as follows.
6.1 Beneficial impact

Due to operation of the project the electrical energy will be supplied to the National
grid of NEA which help to reduce the energy demend. It will provide the royalty
which help to local development, besides the project will provide job opportunity,
enhancement of technical skill, promotion of the trade and business and local will
benefited from provision of the share.
6.2 Adverse impact
6.2.1 Physical and Chemical Environement
 Land use change
 Landslide and soil erosion
 Impact due to construction of access road
 Noise and vibration due to tunneling
 River bank erosion and River morphology
 Impact due to crusher and batchingplant
 Drying out of natural spring and water sources
 Dust and air pollution
 Impact due to solid waste
 Impact due to muck/spoil disposal
 Leakage of oil/greeze and chemicals
 Impact due to reduced water flow along dewater zone
 Impact due to temporary camp construction
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xvi
6.2.2 Biological Environement

 Loss of vegetation and 5.60 ha forest land will be affected
 511 trees will be cleared
 Impact on natural habitat of wildlife and disturbance
 Impact on aquatic life
6.2.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment
 About 2.26 ha land will be acquired from 5 households
 Standing crop loss equivalent to NRs.164550
 Occupational Health and Safety
 Pressure on existing public utilities
 Social disharmony
 Personnel health and sanitation
 Social conflict dueto influx of workers
 Possible accident
 Inflation on local commodities
7. Environmental Impact Mitigation and enhancement measures
7.1 Beneficial impact enhancement measures
Identified beneficial impact during construction and operation phase will be
enhanced for which following enhancement measure will be adopted.
 Training will be provided to the project affected people to enhance their skill
which covers sewing, driving, plumbing, waring etc.
 Priority will be provided on job to the local people
 Provision of share will be placed
 Local product will be used and help on tourism sector
Project have allocated NRs. 17, 47,000 /- (Seventeen lakh fourty seven thousand
only) for benefitial impact enhancement.
7.2 Mitigation measures for Adverse Impact
7.2.1 Physical and Chemical Environment
7.2.1.1 Construction Phase
Impact due to land use pattern
 Slope instability will be maintained
 Landslide and soil erosion will be controlled through bioengineering
technology
 Reinstatement of temporary camp site
 Quarry site will be landscaped by plantation
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xvii
Impact due to construction of Access road

 Landslide and soil erosion will be controlled through bioengineering
technology and slopy area will be maintained through construction of gabion
wall, retaining structures
 Drainage will be managed along the road side
 Earth excavated will be used for backfilling and upgrading of the access road
the remaining muck/spoil will be disposed off at muck/spoil disposal site
Landslide and soil erosion
 Civil structure such as gabion wall, retaining structures along with
bioengineering technology will be conducted along main project component
 Slope ratio will be maintained along the slopy area
Impact due to stockpiling of construction material
 Construction material will be placed only allocated site
 Construction material will be covered to avoid rain water
 Construction material will be placed away from agricultural and water
sources
Impact due to camp construction and solid waste management
 Labor camp will be constructed only allocated site
 3R principle will be applied to segregate the solid waste generated from labor
camp
 Biodegradable waste will be composting
 Liquid waste will be managed within thepremise of labor camp
Impact due to spoil/muck on land
 Generated muck/spoil will be used for the construction of powerhouse and
other camp
 Generated muck/spoil will be dumped at allocated site
 Spoil/muck will be compacted and managed by fencing
 Bioengineering technology with civil structures will be provided to manage
the muck/spoil disposal site along with plantation of local species
Impact on river morphology due to quarrying of construction mterials
 Only allocated site will be used to extract construction materials
 Construction materials will not be extracted allowing to change in River
morphology
 Constrction materials will not be extracted from inside the River
 Gabion wall will be provided to control the river bank erosion
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xviii
 Reinstatement of quarry site will be conducted by maintaining the river

gradient and morphology
Impact due to Noise and vibration
 Construction equipment such as generator, vehicles will be maintained
regularly
 Large blasting in one time will not be conduted
 Information will be provided to near settlement before blasting
 Personel protective equipmrent will be provided to the labor
 Night time blasting will be prohibited
Impact due to leakage of oil/greeze and chemicals
 Vehicles will be maintained regularly to reduce the chances of leakage of
oil/greese and lubricant
 Proper handling of storage of petroleum product
Air and water pollution
 Vehicles will be maintained regularly
 Water will be sprinkle regularly along the access road
 Generated solid waste will not be dumped near water sources
Top soil management
 Top soil will be conserved before excavation conserved soil than will be
reestablished along excavated site
 Top soil of muck/spoil disposal site will be conserved and after completion
of the mucking activity, conserved top soil will be reestablished along
excavated site
Possible drying out of natural spring and water sources
 If the water sources and natural spring along the project site will be drying
out or reduced water the project will manage alternative for drinking water
7.2.1.2 Operation Phase
Impact due to reduced water flow in the dewater zone
 To mitigate this impact 0.436 m 3/s flow will be released along the dewater
zone
Impact on microclimate in the dewater zone
 To mitigate this impact 0.436 m 3/s flow will be released along the dewater
zone
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xix
River bank cutting and Change in River morphology

 River bank erosion will be controlled by providing gabion wall along the
major project component site such as weir and tailrace area
 Quaring site will be reinstated and civil structures along with bioengineering
will be carried
 Impact zone of river will be studied after the every rainy season and proper
mitigation measure will be applied
Noise pollution in the powerhouse
 Operator room of the powerhouse will be constructed by making sound
proof
 Equipment such as generator, turbine will be maintained
Reinstaement of temporary campsite
 Reinstatement of all the temporary campsite will be done and leased land will
be rehabilited
7.2.2 Biological Environment
Forest loss due to project component and access road
 Lost tree will be compensated according to Working Procedure for use of
National Forest Area for National Priority Project, 2074 in the ration of 1:25
 Total 21,460 seedling will be planted and cost for management will be
allocated for 5 years
 During the implementation of project all relevant forest legal provision will be
adopted to mitigate the impact
Impact on the natural habitat of the wildlife
 During the construction phase no wildlife will be harmed
 Large volume of blasting will not be done in one time
 Harashment on wildlife movement, feeding and meeting will not be done
Illegal hunting and Poaching
 Code of conduct will be placed for labor workforce and classes will be
conducted to aware the labor on wildlife conservation
 Awareness will be conducted in corordination with community forest user
group about wildlife poaching and hunting and its impact
 Wildlife meat and other organs will be banned in the camp site
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xx
Impact on endangered, rare and vulneralable wildlife and vegetation

 Lost protected plant species will be planted according to compensatory
plantation and awareness will be raised giving priority about the
endangered, rare and vulneralable wildlife their habitat, feeding and meeting
and their importance in the ecosystem
Impact on Fishes and Aquatic life
 Mixing of oil/greese and chemical in the water bodies will be controlled
 Impact on aquatic life due to quarrying of construction material will be
minimized as soon as possible
 Strict code of conduct will be conducted for labor to illegal fishng
7.2.2.2 Operation phase
Impact on wild life due to sudden release of water in the dewater zone
 Siren system will be installed to mitigate the impact due sudden release of
water
Impact on fish due to reduced water in the dewater zone
 0.436 m 3/s flow will be released along the dewater zone
Illegal hunting and poaching of wildlife
 Code of conduct will be placed to ban the illegal hunting and poaching of
wildlife for workforce
7.2.3.1 Construction phase
Private land acquisition and compensation
 Compensation will be provided for acquired private land
 Job opportunity will be given to project affected household
 Leased land will be rented and reinstated it original landscape
Loss of standing crops
 Lost value of crop will be compensated
 Agricultural training will be provided to the project affected families
Occupational Health and safety
 Training will be provided to the labor about safe construction practice (SCP)
 Personel protective equipment such as mask, gloves, boots helmets will be
provided
 Safety sign will be displaced along the possible danger site
 First aid object will be provided in the camp site
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxi
Pressure on exising public utilities

 Priority will be given to the local people
 Separate toilet, drinking water facility and other necessary materials will be
provided to the labor camp
Social conflict
 Priority will be given to the local people
 Code of conduct will be carried for labor force
Impact on local infrastructure such as houses and school
 Large volume explosion will not be carried at one time
 Compensation and rehabitation will be done to the damaged public
infrastructure
 Information will be conveyed to the local people and school before blasting
Possible accident and loss of live
 Outsider people will not be allowed at the construction site
 Fencing will be conducted around major construction site
 Safety sign will be displayed in the possible danger area
Impact due to sudden release of water on local people
 Siren system will be installed to avoid the possible impact
 Alaram system will be installed
Occupational health and safety
 Operator room of the powerhouse will be constructed by making sound proof
 Equipment such as generator, turbine will be maintained
 Earplug will be provided to the workforce
Project have allocated NRs. 2, 76, 43,924 /- (two corer seventy six lakh fourty three
thousand nine hundred twenty four) for adverse impact mitigation measure.
7.3 Community Support Programe (CSP)
The project has allocated 0.75% of total project cost for Community Support Program
(CSP). The project will conduct different work such as Support will be provided to
improve the Tatopani located in dewatered zone of this project, Educational support
to the educational institution located in project affected area, Training will be given
to the Aama Samuha on tailoring/sewing, beauty parlor and handicraft, Support
will be provided to the local Club by providing sports materials ,Awareness
program will be conducted to the CFUG for biodiversity conservation ,Training will
be provided on NTFPs to the CFUG, Support on Tourism Development Activities in
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxii
the project area co-ordination with Local Club. About NRs. 7, 26, 86,355/- (seven
corer, twenty six lakh eighty six thousand three hundred fifty five) have been
allocated for CSP implementation.
8. Alternative Analysis
Alternative analysis was studied before construction of this project or except this
project. There was no other alternative to minimize the environmental impact caused
by this project. For the hydropower project the proposed site is best alternative with
respect to technical, economic and environmental perspective.
9. Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

The proponent will implement environmental management plan as a main organ of
project. The proponent will operate the work by establishing the environmental
ethics. The proponent will be responsible for the conduction of environmental
management with taking support from stakeholders. The stakeholders of the project
will be Ministry of Forests and Environment, Ministry of Energy, Water Resource
and Irrigation, Department of Electricity Development, Division forest office,
Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality etc.
Environmental Management Unit along with experts will be established for the
implementation of Environmental Management. The Ministry of Forests and
Environment will conduct environmental aduting after 2 year of the project
operation. The different types of environmental monitoring such as baseline,
compliance and impact monitoring will be conducted. The monitoring plan has
given detail of methods, time schedule, responsible agency, monitoring agency for
the site specific monitoring of proposed project. For the environmental monitoring
about NRs. 40, 35,000/-(fourty lakh thirty five thousand) have allocated and for
auditing about NRs. 12, 45,000/- (twelve lakh fourty five thousand) have been
allocated.
10. Review of legal Documents
Project related Acts, Rules and Regulations, Guidelines and Conventions were
reviewed in which Environment Protection Act, 2053, Environment Protection Rules,
2054, National EIA Guidelines, 2050, Hydropower Development Policy, 2058,
Electricity Act, 2049, Water Resource Regulation, 2050, Forest Act 2049, Forest Rules
2051, Land Acquisition Act 2034, Labor Act 2074 , Working Procedure for use of
National Forest Area for National Priority Project, 2074, Local Government operation
Act, 2074, Control of International Trade of Endangered Wild Fauna and Flora Act,
2017, Order for Removing the Land Restriction, 2074, Convention on Biological
Diversity 1992, Convention (No.169), Concerning to Indigenous and Tribal People
Independent Countries 1991 etc. were reviewed.
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxiii
11. Conclusion
The adverse environmental impacts predicted during construction and operation of
proposed project mainly physical, biological and socioeconomic and cultural
environment are local and short duration and only occur during construction time
period. But some of them are long term and significant, the short term impact will be
mitigated by simple mitigation measures and long term and significant impact are
mitigated by special mitigation and protection measures.
The total land required by project will be approximately 12.62 ha. Among that 2.26
ha land lies within private land, 5.60 ha land lies within forest area, 3.96 ha barren
land and 0.80 ha lies in river and flood plain area. Total 5 households will be affected
due to implementation of proposed project. About 511 trees and poles will be cleared
from National forest, community forest and private land. The major impacts
identified during implementation of project are land instability, land use change,
vegetation clearance, occupational health and safety, noise and air pollution, impact
on wildlife and birds etc.
Various mitigation and enhancement measures have been proposed during the
construction and operation phase of the project. The total environmental cost
(mitigation, enhancement, CSP and monitoring cost) of the proposed project is
estimated to be NRs. 10, 73, 57,279. The EIA study concludes that construction of the
proposed project is environmentally and socially feasible if the proposed mitigation
measures and monitoring plans will be implemented. Proponent will abide all
Government Rules and Regulations related to project during the project construction
and operation phase.
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxiv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
sfo{sf/L ;f/+fz............................................................................................................................................... i
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................................. xiii
TABLE OF CONTENTS ................................................................................................................... xxv
LIST OF TABLES ............................................................................................................................. xxxii
LIST OF FIGURES ........................................................................................................................... xxxv
LIST OF PLATES ............................................................................................................................ xxxvi
LIST OF ANNEXES ...................................................................................................................... xxxvii
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ..................................................................................... xxxviii
CHAPTER 1 : NAME AND ADDRESS OF INDIVIDUAL OR ORGANIZATION
PREPARING THE REPORT ............................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Project Proponent ....................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Organization responsible for conducting the EIA report ..................................................... 1
1.3 Study Team ................................................................................................................................. 2
1.4 Objective of EIA.......................................................................................................................... 2
1.5 Rationality for conducting the EIA study............................................................................... 2
1.6 Scope of the study ...................................................................................................................... 3
CHAPTER 2 : INTRODUCTION OF THE PROPOSAL ................................................................. 4
2.1 Background ................................................................................................................................. 4
2.2 Project Description ..................................................................................................................... 5
2.3 Objectives and Relevancy of the Project ................................................................................. 5
2.4 Project location ........................................................................................................................... 6
2.5 Project Accessibility ................................................................................................................... 7
2.6 Salient Features........................................................................................................................... 7
2.6.1 Project Component............................................................................................................ 10
2.7 Project Activities....................................................................................................................... 18
2.8 Construction Planning............................................................................................................. 19
2.8.1 Land Requirement ............................................................................................................ 19
2.8.2 Human Resource Requirement ....................................................................................... 20
2.8.3 Construction Materials ..................................................................................................... 21
2.8.4 Construction Power .......................................................................................................... 22
2.8.5 Construction of Access road ............................................................................................ 23
2.8.6 Camp Site ........................................................................................................................... 23
2.8.7 Bunker house ..................................................................................................................... 24
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxv
2.8.8 Quarry sites ........................................................................................................................ 24

2.8.9 Batching plant and aggregate crushing plant ............................................................... 24
2.8.10 Spoil/ Muck Disposal area ............................................................................................ 24
2.9 Project Implementation Schedule .......................................................................................... 25
CHAPTER 3 : STUDY METHODOLOGY ...................................................................................... 26
3.1 Desk Study/Literature Review .............................................................................................. 26
3.2 Project Area Delineation ......................................................................................................... 26
3.2.1 Direct Impact Area (DIA) ................................................................................................. 27
3.2.2 Indirect Impact Area (IIA) ............................................................................................... 27
3.3 Field study................................................................................................................................. 28
3.3.1 Physical Environment....................................................................................................... 28
3.3.2 Biological Environment .................................................................................................... 28
3.3.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment .................................................................. 31
3.4 Public Hearing .......................................................................................................................... 35
3.4.1 Procedure adopted for Public hearing ........................................................................... 35
3.5 Methods used for data Analysis ............................................................................................ 37
3.5.1 Physical Environment....................................................................................................... 37
3.5.2 Biological Environment .................................................................................................... 37
3.5.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment .................................................................. 39
3.6 Impact Identification, prediction and evaluation methods................................................ 39
3.6.1 Expert Judgment ............................................................................................................... 39
3.6.2 Matrix Method ................................................................................................................... 39
3.7 Recommendation Letter Collection ....................................................................................... 40
CHAPTER 4 : EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION .................................................... 41
4.1 Physical Environment ............................................................................................................. 41
4.1.1 Topography........................................................................................................................ 41
4.1.2 Basin Characteristics ......................................................................................................... 41
4.1.3 Climate................................................................................................................................ 45
4.1.4 Geology............................................................................................................................... 45
4.1.5 Seismicity of the Project area ........................................................................................... 49
4.1.6 Hydrology .......................................................................................................................... 50
4.1.7 Flood Frequency Analysis ............................................................................................... 52
4.1.8 Sediment Analysis............................................................................................................. 54
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxvi
4.1.9 Air and Noise Quality ...................................................................................................... 55

4.1.10 Water Quality .................................................................................................................. 55
4.1.11 Land Stability and Soil Erosion ..................................................................................... 56
4.1.12 Glacier Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF) ........................................................................... 57
4.1.13 Land Use........................................................................................................................... 57
4.2 Biological Environment ........................................................................................................... 58
4.2.1 Vegetation type of Myagdi District ................................................................................ 58
4.2.2 Vegetation of the Project Area ......................................................................................... 61
4.2.3 Vegetation at project component area............................................................................ 62
4.2.4 Vegetation analysis of project site................................................................................... 67
4.2.5 Vegetation loss at different project component ............................................................ 73
4.2.6 Vegetation loss in terms of plant species and biomass ................................................ 74
4.2.7 Forest Management Practices .......................................................................................... 75
4.2.8 Ethno Botany of the project area ..................................................................................... 75
4.2.9 Wildlife ............................................................................................................................... 80
4.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ......................................................................... 85
4.3.1 Demography of project District....................................................................................... 85
4.3.2 Project Affected Area ........................................................................................................ 86
4.3.3 Project Affected Families (PAFs)..................................................................................... 91
4.3.4 Water Use of Myagdi River ............................................................................................. 95
4.3.5 Existing / planned and proposed project in vicinity ................................................... 95
4.3.6 Cultural Environment ...................................................................................................... 96
CHAPTER 5 : IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND EVALUATION OF
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ....................................................................................................... 97
5.1 Beneficial Impacts .................................................................................................................... 97
5.1.1 Construction Phase ........................................................................................................... 97
5.1.2 Operation Phase ................................................................................................................ 98
5.2 Adverse Impacts..................................................................................................................... 101
5.2.1 Physical and Chemical Environment ........................................................................... 101
5.2.2 Biological Environment .................................................................................................. 106
5.2.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ................................................................ 109
CHAPTER 6 : ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS.................................................................................. 118
6.1 No project option ................................................................................................................... 118
6.2 Project site/ Design................................................................................................................ 118
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxvii
6.3 Project location, “No Forest Option”................................................................................... 120

6.4 Technology, Procedures of Operation, Time Schedules and Raw materials to be used
........................................................................................................................................................ 121
6.5 Environment Management System ..................................................................................... 121
6.6 Whether or Not the Risks resulting from the implementation of the proposal can be
accepted ......................................................................................................................................... 121
CHAPTER 7 : ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES.. 122
7.1 Enhancement Measures ........................................................................................................ 122
7.1.1 Construction Phase ......................................................................................................... 122
7.1.2 Operation Phase .............................................................................................................. 125
7.2 Mitigation Measures .............................................................................................................. 126
7.2.1 Physical and Chemical Environment ........................................................................... 126
7.2.2 Biological Environment .................................................................................................. 131
7.2.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment ................................................................ 135
CHAPTER 8 : ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................... 156
8.1 Statutory Requirement .......................................................................................................... 156
8.2 Environmental Permit and approval .................................................................................. 157
8.3 Environmental Management Framework .......................................................................... 161
8.4 Project Management Plan structure at Design Phase ....................................................... 162
8.5 Environment Enhancement and mitigation plan .............................................................. 163
8.6 Environment Management during Construction and Operation ................................... 163
8.6.1 Contractors Responsibilities for Environmental and Social Compliance ............... 163
8.6.2 Permits and Approvals .................................................................................................. 164
8.6.3 Pollution Abatement Plan .............................................................................................. 165
8.6.4 Erosion abatement and Muck/Spoil Management Plan ........................................... 168
8.6.5 Construction Camps and Traffic Management Plan .................................................. 169
8.6.6 Afforestation Plan ........................................................................................................... 171
8.6.7 Aquatic life Management Plan ...................................................................................... 173
8.6.8 Public Health and Occupational Safety Management Plan ...................................... 173
8.6.9 Rehabilitation Reinstatement Management Plan ....................................................... 175
8.6.10 Disaster Management Plan .......................................................................................... 176
8.6.11 Project Information Management Plan ...................................................................... 177
8.6.12 Public Grievance redress mechanism......................................................................... 177
CHAPTER 9 : REVIEW OF LEGAL DOCUMENTS.................................................................... 178
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxviii
9.1 Constitution ............................................................................................................................ 178

9.1.1 Constitution of Nepal ..................................................................................................... 178
9.2 Plan/ Policy/Strategy ........................................................................................................... 179
9.2.1 15 th Plan (Approach paper), 2076/77-2080/81 B.S. ................................................... 179
9.2.2 Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan, 2050 B.S............................................ 179
9.2.3 Nepal National Biodiversity strategy and Action Plan (2014-2020A.D.) ................ 179
9.2.4 National Water Plan 2059-2064 B.S. .............................................................................. 180
9.2.5 National Energy Crisis alleviation and Electricity Development Decade Concept
Paper and Action plan, 2072 B.S. ........................................................................................... 180
9.2.6 National Environment Policy, 2076 B.S. ...................................................................... 180
9.2.7 Hydropower Development Policy, 2058 B.S. .............................................................. 181
9.2.8 National Wetland Policy, 2069 B.S................................................................................ 181
9.2.9 Climate Change Policy, 2076 B.S. .................................................................................. 181
9.2.10 National Forest Policy, 2075 B.S. ................................................................................. 182
9.2.11 Forest Sector Strategy, (2016-2025) ............................................................................. 183
9.3 Acts........................................................................................................................................... 183
9.3.1 Water Resources Act, 2049 B.S. ..................................................................................... 183
9.3.2 Electricity Act, 2049 BS ................................................................................................... 183
9.3.3 Environment Protection Act, 2053 B.S. ........................................................................ 183
9.3.4 Land Acquisition Act, 2034 B.S. .................................................................................... 184
9.3.5 Forest Act, 2049 B.S. ........................................................................................................ 184
9.3.6 Local Government Operation Act, 2074 B.S. ............................................................... 184
9.3.7 Labor Act, 2074 B.S. ........................................................................................................ 185
9.3.8 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029 B.S. ......................................... 185
9.3.9 Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, 2039 B.S. ........................................................ 185
9.3.10 Solid Waste Management Act, 2068 B.S. .................................................................... 185
9.3.11 Control of International Trade of Endangered Wild Fauna and Flora Act, 2073
B.S. .............................................................................................................................................. 186
9.3.12 Aquatic Animal Protection Act, 2017 B.S................................................................... 186
9.3.13 Explosive Act, 2018 B.S................................................................................................. 186
9.3.14 Contribution Based Social Security Act, 2074 B.S. .................................................... 186
9.3.15 Electricity Regulation Commission Act, 2074 B.S..................................................... 187
9.3.16 Muluki Civil Act (Code), 2074 B.S. ............................................................................. 187
9.4 Rules/ Regulation .................................................................................................................. 187
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxix
9.4.1 Electricity Regulation, 2050 B.S. .................................................................................... 187

9.4.2 Environment Protection Rules, 2054 B.S. ..................................................................... 188
9.4.3 Forest Rules, 2051 B.S. .................................................................................................... 188
9.4.4 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2070 B.S. .................................................................. 188
9.4.5 National Parks and Wildlife conservation Rules, 2030 B.S. ...................................... 189
9.4.6 Contribution Based Social Security Regulations, 2075 B.S. ....................................... 189
9.4.7 Electricity Regulatory Commission Rules, 2075 B.S................................................... 189
9.4.8 Explosive Regulation, 2020 B.S...................................................................................... 190
9.5 Guidelines/Order .................................................................................................................. 190
9.5.1 National Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines, 2050 B.S. ........................ 190
9.5.2 Forest Products Collection, Sale and Distribution Guidelines, 2073 B.S. ................ 191
9.5.3 Forestry Sector EIA Guidelines, 2052 B.S..................................................................... 191
9.5.4 Working Procedure for use of National Forest Area for National Priority Project,
2074 B.S. ..................................................................................................................................... 191
9.5.5 Order for removing the land restriction, 2074 B.S. ..................................................... 192
9.5.6 Directive Relating to Licensing of Power Projects, 2075 B.S. .................................... 192
9.5.7 Social Security Schemes Operation Directives, 2075 B.S. .......................................... 192
9.6 Manuals ................................................................................................................................... 193
9.6.1 Manual for conducting public hearings in the Environmental Impact Assessment
Process for Hydropower Projects, 2004 A.D. ....................................................................... 193
9.6.2 Manual for Addressing Gender Issues in Environmental impact
Assessment/Initial Environmental examination for Hydropower Projects, (2005 A.D.)
.................................................................................................................................................... 193
9.6.3 Manual for Developing and Reviewing Water Quality Monitoring Plans and
results for Hydropower Projects, 2002 A.D. ......................................................................... 194
9.6.4 Hydropower Environmental Impact Assessment Manual, 2018A.D. ..................... 195
9.7 Standards................................................................................................................................. 195
9.7.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2012 .......................................................... 195
9.7.2 National Drinking Water Quality Standards, 2062 B.S.............................................. 196
9.7.3 Nepal Vehicle Mass Emission Standards, 2012 A.D. ................................................. 196
9.7.4 Generic Effluent Standards Discharged into Inland Surface Water, 2001 A.D. ..... 196
9.7.5 National Noise Level Standards, 2012 ......................................................................... 197
9.8 International Convention ...................................................................................................... 197
9.8.1 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna
(CITES), 2032 BS (1973)............................................................................................................ 197
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxx
9.8.2 Convention on Biological Diversity, 2049 B.S. ............................................................ 198

9.8.3 International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention of Indigenous and Tribal
Peoples (No.169) ....................................................................................................................... 199
CHAPTER 10 : ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND AUDITING ................................ 201
10.1 Environmental Monitoring ................................................................................................. 201
10.1.1 Baseline Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 201
10.1.2 Compliance monitoring ............................................................................................... 202
10.1.3 Impact Monitoring ........................................................................................................ 202
10.2 Environmental Auditing ..................................................................................................... 210
CHAPTER 11 : CONCLUSION ...................................................................................................... 215
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxi
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1: Study team involved for the study of EIA...................................................................... 2
Table 2-1: Accessibility to Project Site ............................................................................................... 7
Table 2-2: Salient Features of the Project .......................................................................................... 7
Table 2-3: Land requirement for project component .................................................................... 20
Table 2-4: Workforce to be recruited during construction phase ................................................ 21
Table 2-5: Construction materials required for the project .......................................................... 22
Table 2-6: Construction Power required for project construction ............................................... 22
Table 2-7: Location of Camp site ...................................................................................................... 23
Table 2-8: Proposed Quarry Sites..................................................................................................... 24
Table 2-9: Proposed batching and crushing plant site .................................................................. 24
Table 2-10: Spoil/Muck Disposal area ............................................................................................ 25
Table 3-1: Delineation of Direct Impact Area ................................................................................. 27
Table 3-2: Stand Size Classification ................................................................................................. 29
Table 3-3: Domin and Braun-Blanquet scale for visual estimation of cover .............................. 30
Table 3-4: Summary of Public Consultation ................................................................................... 34
Table 3-5: Issues raised during public hearing .............................................................................. 36
Table 3-6: Numerical Scale provisioned in NEIA Guidelines, 1993 ............................................ 40
Table 3-7: Cumulative Scores and description of Impacts ........................................................... 40
Table 4-1: Hypsometric data of the catchment at weir and tailrace Site .................................... 43
Table 4-2: Comparison of developed flow duration curve .......................................................... 50
Table 4-3: Adopted flow duration curve at proposed intake site ............................................... 51
Table 4-4: Comparison of calculated construction flood discharges with that of Myagdi
Khola (404.7) ....................................................................................................................................... 53
Table 4-5: Adopted construction flood discharges at intake of the project ............................... 53
Table 4-6: Suspended sediment concentration in ppm ................................................................. 54
Table 4-7: Sand break analysis for total suspended sediment samples ...................................... 54
Table 4-8: Noise level measured in the different project component site .................................. 55
Table 4-9: Water quality test report of different component of Myagdi Khola Hydropower
Project .................................................................................................................................................. 55
Table 4-10: Land area covered by forest of Myagdi district......................................................... 60
Table 4-11: Vegetation found in and around the Headworks Area ............................................ 62
Table 4-12: Vegetation found along tunnel alignment ................................................................. 63
Table 4-13: Vegetation found in and around the Powerhouse area............................................ 65
Table 4-14: Vegetation found along the access road alignment .................................................. 66
Table 4-15: Important value Index (IVI) of Tree species at Head works site ............................. 68
Table 4-16: Important Value Index of pole class tree at Headworks site ................................... 68
Table 4-17: Important Value Index of shrubs at Headworks site ................................................ 69
Table 4-18: Important Value Index of Herbs at headworks site .................................................. 69
Table 4-19: Important Value Index at Dewater zone for tree species ......................................... 69
Table 4-20: Important Value Index for pole size tree at dewater zone ....................................... 70
Table 4-21: Important Value Index for Shrubs species at dewater zone .................................... 70
Table 4-22: Important Value Index for herbs species at dewater zone ....................................... 71
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxii
Table 4-23: Important Value Index (IVI) for tree species along the access road ....................... 71
Table 4-24: Important Value Index for pole size tree along the access road.............................. 72
Table 4-25: Important Value Index (IVI) of Shrubs Species along the access road ................... 72
Table 4-26: Important Value Index for Herbs species along access road ................................... 72
Table 4-27: Vegetation loss at different project component ......................................................... 73
Table 4-28: Loss of vegetation in terms of plants species and biomass ...................................... 74
Table 4-29: Community forest of project affected ward .............................................................. 75
Table 4-30: Ethno medical Plants of Project area and their Use .................................................. 76
Table 4-31: Mammals Reported from the project area .................................................................. 81
Table 4-32: Avifauna Reported from the project area ................................................................... 81
Table 4-33: Herpetofauna reported from of Project area .............................................................. 83
Table 4-34: Butterflies reported from of Project area .................................................................... 84
Table 4-35: Fish species reported from project site and their status ........................................... 85
Table 4-36: Population and Households of Project area ............................................................... 86
Table 4-37: Population distribution by caste/ethnicity of Project area ...................................... 86
Table 4-38: Mother tongue used in project area............................................................................. 86
Table 4-39: Educational institution of the project affected Rural Municipality ........................ 87
Table 4-40: Cropping Calendar of Some Major Crops in the Project Area ................................ 87
Table 4-41: Settlement present in project affected ward ............................................................... 90
Table 4-42: Type of Energy used ...................................................................................................... 91
Table 4-43: Health Care Facilities in the Project Area ................................................................... 91
Table 4-44: Age and sex Composition of Project affected Families (PAFs)................................ 92
Table 4-45: Ethnic Composition of PAFs ........................................................................................ 92
Table 4-46: Literacy and Educational level of PAFs ...................................................................... 92
Table 4-47: Livestock and poultry in the PAFs .............................................................................. 94
Table 4-48: Average annual Income of PAFs ................................................................................. 94
Table 4-49: Average Annual Expenditure of PAFs ....................................................................... 95
Table 5-1: Beneficial Impact Prediction and Evaluation Matrix .................................................. 99
Table 5-2: Land Requirement for the construction of project .................................................... 101
Table 5-3: Vegetation loss at different project component ......................................................... 107
Table 5-4: Private Land area required and type for MKHP Project .......................................... 110
Table 5-5: Adverse Impact Identification and evaluation Matrix ............................................. 113
Table 6-1: Comparison of two alternatives of the project........................................................... 119
Table 7-1: Cost allocated for the skill enhancement for construction workers........................ 122
Table 7-2: Cost allocated for Skill Enhancement training for local people .............................. 123
Table 7-3: Cost allocated for the Community Support Program (CSP) .................................... 124
Table 7-4: Compensatory Plantation plan .................................................................................... 132
Table 7-5: Matrix for Environmental Enhancement Measures .................................................. 140
Table 7-6: Matrix for Adverse Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures .......................... 141
Table 8-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Stakeholders ................................................................ 157
Table 8-2: Permit and Approval Plan ............................................................................................ 164
Table 8-3: Pollution (Air, Water, Land, and Noise) Abatement Plan and solid waste
management plan............................................................................................................................. 165
Table 8-4: Erosion and Muck/Spoil Management Plan ............................................................. 168
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxiii
Table 8-5: Construction Camps and Traffic Management Plan................................................. 170

Table 8-6: Afforestation Plan .......................................................................................................... 171
Table 8-7: Aquatic life Management Plan ..................................................................................... 173
Table 8-8: Public Health and Occupational Safety Management Plan ..................................... 174
Table 8-9: Rehabilitation Management Plan ................................................................................ 175
Table 8-10: Disaster Management Plan ......................................................................................... 176
Table 9-1 National ambient air quality standards, 2012 ............................................................. 195
Table: 9-2 Generic effluent standards into inland surface water............................................... 196
Table: 9-3 National Noise level standards, 2012 .......................................................................... 197
Table 10-1 Environmental Monitoring Framework .................................................................... 202
Table 10-2 Environmental Auditing Checklist............................................................................. 211
Table 10-3 Estimated budget for environmental auditing ......................................................... 214
Table 10-4 Summary of Environmental Cost ............................................................................... 214
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxiv
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure: 2-1 Project Location Map ....................................................................................................... 6
Figure 3-1: Project impact area delineation map ........................................................................... 26
Figure 4-1: Myagdi Khola Catchment at Proposed weir site in satellite image ........................ 42
Figure 4-2: Drainage Map of Project Area ...................................................................................... 44
Figure 4-3: Geological Map of Nepal .............................................................................................. 46
Figure 4-4: Location map of MKHP Project showing in the Geological Map (DMG 1994) ..... 47
Figure 4-5: Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal...................................................................................... 50
Figure 4-6: Adopted Daily flow duration curve at proposed intake site ................................... 52
Figure 4-7: Land use Map of Project Area ...................................................................................... 58
Figure 4-8: Location of Project with respect to nearest protected areas ..................................... 59
Figure 4-9: Settlement Patten map of Project area ......................................................................... 89
Figure 4-10: Food sufficiency/deficit status of PAFs .................................................................... 93
Figure 4-11: Projects in the vicinity.................................................................................................. 95
Figure 6-1: Project Alignment along the right and left bank of River ...................................... 120
Figure 8-1: Project Management plan for Pre-construction Phase ............................................ 162
Figure 8-2: project Management plan for Construction Phase .................................................. 162
Figure 8-3: Project Management plan for Operation Phase ....................................................... 163
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxv
LIST OF PLATES
Plate 2.1: Proposed diversion weir .................................................................................................. 11
Plate 2.2: Showing location of proposed headrace tunnel with work adit ................................ 15
Plate 2.3: Proposed Surge Tank Areas............................................................................................. 16
Plate 2.4: Different project component of MKHPP........................................................................ 17
Plate 2.5: General topography of powerhouse site at Jeltung village ......................................... 18
Plate 3.1: Measurement of tree diameter ........................................................................................ 29
Plate 3.2: Household survey with project affected family............................................................ 32
Plate 3.3: Key Informant Interview .................................................................................................. 33
Plate 3.4: Public Consultation at project area ................................................................................. 33
Plate 3.5: Interaction with local people ........................................................................................... 34
Plate 4.1: Jeltung Settlement located at Power house area ........................................................... 88
Plate 4.2: Temple and Tatopani located in dewatered zone ........................................................ 96
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxvi
LIST OF ANNEXES
Annex-I Survey License
Annex-II Approved ToR
Annex-III Forest Loss Tables
Annex-IV Land Loss andCrop Production Loss Tables
Annex-V Public Meeting Minuting
Annex-VI Proof of Public Hearing
Annex-VII Recommendation Letter
Annex-VIII Construction Schedule
Annex-IX Water Quality Test Report
Annex-X Energy Table
Annex-XI Project Layout Map
Annex-XII Photographs
Annex-XIII Declaration Forms and CV
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxvii
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

AEPC Alternative Energy Promotion Center
amsl Above Mean Sea Level
BA Basal Area
CBOs Community Based Organizations
CBS Central Bureau of Statistics
CC Construction Contractor
CF Community Forest
CFUGs Community Forest Users Groups
CITES Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of
Wild Fauna and Flora
D Direct
DBH Diameter at Breast Height
DCC District Coordination Committee
DFO Division Forest Office
DHM Department of Hydrology and Meteorology
DIA Direct Impact Area
DMG Department of Mines and Geology
DoED Department of Electricity Development
DoF Department of Forest
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EM Environmental Monitoring
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMU Environmental Monitoring Unit
EPA Environment Protection Act
EPM Environmental Protection Measures
EPR Environment Protection Rules
ESISU Environmental and Social Implementation Sub Unit
ESMSU Environmental and Social Management Sub Unit
ESU Environment and Social Unit
FSRC Forest Research and Training Center
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxviii
FSSD Forest Survey and Statistical Division

GIS Geographic Information System
GoN Government of Nepal
H High
HRT Headrace Tunnel
ID Indirect
ICIMOD International Center for Integrated Mountain Development
IEE Initial Environmental Examination
IIA Indirect Impact Area
INPS Integrated Nepal Power System
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
IVI Important Value Index
KII Key Informants Interview
Km Kilometer
kV Kilovolt
kW Kilo watt
L Low
LC Least Concern
LCFs Local Consultative Forums
Lo Local
LR Low Risk
LT Long term
M Moderate
MCT Main Central Thrust
MoEn Ministry of Energy
MoEWRI Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation
MoFE Ministry of Forests and Environment
MT Mid term
NBSAP Nepal Biodiversity Strategy Action Plan
NEA Nepal Electricity Authority
NEPAP Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xxxix
NPC National Planning Commission

NT Near threaten
NTFP Non-Timber Forest Product
NTFPs Non-timber Forest products
NWP National Water Plan
PAFs Project Affected Families
PIC Public Information Center
PM Particulate Matter
PPE Personnel Protective Equipment
R Regional
RM Rural Municipality
RoR Run –of –River
RoW Right of Way
SCC Stockholders Coordination Committee
SCP Safe Construction Practices
SE Supervision Engineer
SPAFs Severely Project Affected Families
SS Site Specific
ST Short term
ToR Terms of Reference
TSP Total Suspended Particle
VDC Village Development Committee
VU Vulnerable
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page xl
CHAPTER 1 : NAME AND ADDRESS OF INDIVIDUAL OR

ORGANIZATION PREPARING THE REPORT
1.1 Project Proponent

Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. is the proponent of the Myagdi Khola Hydropower project
(57.30 MW) which is established under the Company Act of Government of Nepal.
The copy of the survey license of Hydropower Project is attached in Annex I.
Name and Address of Proponent
Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd.
KMC-32, Subidhanagar, Kathmandu, Nepal
Tel: 01-5199073
Email: info@hydrovil.com
Website: www.hydrovil.com
1.2 Organization responsible for conducting the EIA report
The project proponent has assigned Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. to prepare the
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report of the proposed project.
Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. was established in as multidisciplinary organization
with energetic personnel in the field of Civil Engineering and Environmental
Science.
Name and Address of the Consultancy
Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd.
Nakhhu, Lalitpur
Tel: 9818408714
Email: technoquarryconsults@gmail.com
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd. Page 1
1.3 Study Team

The name, position and qualification of study team are given below;
Table 1-1: Study team involved for the study of EIA
Name/Position in EIA Qualification Area(s) of study in EIA

Study Team
Surendra Dev Bhatta M.Sc., Team Leader
Team leader/ (Environmental Science),
Environmentalist M.A. (Political Science)
Matrika Prashad Joshi M.Sc. (Environmental Physical Environment
Team Member Science)
Jay Raj Mishra M.Sc. Forest and Wildlife Expert

Team Member (Forestry)
Hikmat Bahadur Chand M.A. (Sociology) Socio-economic Expert
Team Member
Harendra Raj Kalauni B.E. (Civil), M.Sc. (Geo- Hydropower/GIS Expert
Team Member technical)
Dilendra Pathak M.Sc. Geology Section
Team Member (Geology)
1.4 Objective of EIA

The main objectives of the EIA study are:
 To identify and document the baseline data of physical, biological and socio-
economic and cultural environment.
 To analyze the data and determine the potential adverse and beneficial
impacts in terms of magnitude, extent and duration.
 To analyze the alternate route of alignment.
 To prepare mitigation, monitoring, auditing and environment management
plan.
 To provide platform for public to raise their issues about the implementation
of the project.
 To advise decision makers regarding the implementation of the project.
 To prepare EIA report
1.5 Rationality for conducting the EIA study
According to the statutory requirement of the Government of Nepal (GoN) defined
by Environment Protection Act (EPA) 1997 in Section 3, and Environment Protection
Rules (EPR), 1997 with all the subsequent amendments in its Schedule 2 under Rule
3, in Water Resource and Energy Sector 3(E-2), to develop hydropower project above
capacity of 50 MW, it is mandatory to conduct Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) and approve the report from the Ministry of Forests and Environment (MoFE).
This provision encourages the proponent for its roles and responsibility to protect
environment by minimizing any possible environmental adversities. Since, MKHP
project has a capacity of 57.30 MW; So EIA has been conducted.
Moreover, the project will acquire 5.60 hectare of forest area. Hence, it also attracts
the Schedule 2 (A-12), Forest Sector of the EPR, 1997. The project site does not lie in
and around any protected area, fragile area, buffer zone, archeologically important
site or sensitive areas as mentioned in Schedule 2(L) of EPR. Similarly, there is no
need to resettle people for constructing any of the project facilities. The study is
conducted under the condition given in “७ ज” of survey license of Myagdi Khola
Hydropower project issued by DoED. This hydropower project doesn’t affect other
ongoing and proposed development project in the area.
1.6 Scope of the study
The EIA study only covers the study of hydropower components including quarry
site, spoil disposal area, batching and crusher plant, project access road etc. but the
study of Transmission line is not the scope of this EIA study.
CHAPTER 2 : INTRODUCTION OF THE PROPOSAL

2.1 Background
Nepal is considered to be a country rich in hydropower resources. Steep mountain
topography combined with numerous rivers and rivulets carrying perennial
discharge offer a favorable condition to develop hydroelectric project as an
economical clean and renewable source of energy. Theoretical hydropower potential
of Nepal has been estimated to be about 83,000 Megawatt (MW) of which 42,000 MW
has been estimated to be techno-economically feasible (Source: Dr. Hari Man
Shreastha, 1966)
Development of hydropower in Nepal started with the development of 500 Kilo watt
(kW) Pharping Hydroelectricity plant in 1911 A.D. (1967B.S.). The establishment of
this plant was held as an example for all Asia. However, the continuation to the
development of hydropower in Nepal has been sluggish ever since. As a result total
installed capacity of hydropower plants in Nepal as of 2016/2017 A.D. (2074 B.S.) is
only 972.492 MW (Nepal Electricity Authority, A Year in Review Fiscal Year
2016/2017)
The peak electricity demand of Nepal reached 1,444 MW on 3rd November 2016 A.D.
(18th Kartik 2073 B.S.). According to the load Dispatch Centre, Nepal Electricity
Authority (NEA), the peak demand of electricity in Nepal during normal dry season,
reaches 1,250 MW. The supply of electricity during this period (dry season) is 865
MW which results in a deficit of about 385 MW electricity in this period. Excluding
the electric power imported from India (380 MW) the total deficit would reach up to
765 MW. The imbalance between demand and supply of electricity is causing long
hour of power cuts (load shedding) in Nepal.
Load forecast estimated by Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) shows that the
demand of electricity in Nepal increases by about 10% every year. The demand for
the year 2020/2021 A.D (2077 B.S.) has been predicted to be around 2,203 MW and
the gap between demand and supply of electricity has only been estimated to grow
larger. To meet this demand, the government of Nepal, in addition to developing to
NEA’s in-house projects, has also encouraged projects developed by the private
sectors. The Government of Nepal (GoN) has therefore encouraged private sector
investment in the development of Hydropower under the hydropower development
policy, 2001 A.D.
Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. is private company established under the company Act of
government of Nepal and has proposed to develop 57.30 MW installed capacity
hydropower along the Myagdi Khola at Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality of Myagdi
District.
2.2 Project Description

Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project (MKHPP) is planned to be developed by
utilizing water from Myagdi River, in Gandaki Province of Nepal. Myagdi River
originates in the Himalayan Region in the North that joins Kali Gandaki River at
Beni of Myagdi district. Main structural components and ancillary facilities of the
project are planned to be constructed in Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality, Ward no-4 of
Myagdi district.
Myagdi River originates from Chhonbarban Glacier at an elevation of approximately
3920 amsl and flows south Catchment area measured from available topographical
map at the proposed intake site is found to be 665 km². Project area of MKHP
consists of high hill, river valley, which is characterized by rugged topography with
steep slopes to vertical cliff containing residual soil and exposing hard rock and is
marked by diversity in land use and land system. The proposed dam site is typically
narrow, steep Himalayan river-valley. The valley slopes are very steep, rocky and
"V" shaped that are dissected by very few rolling alluvial tars. Myagdi Khola
Hydropower Project lies in Dhaulagiri-Ward no.4 (then Mudi VDC) of Myagdi
District (Longitudes 83°25'00"E to 83°21'50"E. and latitudes 28°37'49"N to 28°34'18"N.
This is Run of River (RoR) power project. All the component of this project is
proposed along the Right bank of Myagdi River.
As other development projects, the proposed project will also have environmental
implications that may be beneficial as well as adverse. The present study attempts to
identify the environmental implications of the project construction and operation in
terms of physical, biological, socio-economic and cultural impacts. This project will
have direct impact on the land, water resources and community in Jeltung. Indirect
effect of the proposed project is expected on the whole catchment area within
Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality.
2.3 Objectives and Relevancy of the Project
The main objective of the project is to generate 57.30 MW capacity power by utilizing
water of Myagdi Khola. The headworks area of project is located at Dovan and
power house area is located at Jeltung of Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality ward no. 4
of Myagdi District.
Load forecast estimated by Nepal Electricity Authority (NEA) shows that the
demand of electricity in Nepal increases by about 10% every year. The demand for
the year 2020/2021 A.D (2077 B.S.) has been predicted to be around 2,203 MW and
the gap between demand and supply of electricity has only been estimated to grow
larger. To meet the demand of electricity construction of new hydropower is
necessary. After the operation of proposed Myagdi Khola Hydropower project 57.30
MW electricity will be supplied in National grid of NEA.
2.4 Project location

The proposed project is located at Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality (former Mudi (d'bL)
VDC) of Myagdi District, Gandaki Province of Nepal (Figure 2-1). Project site is
located at about 340 km west from Kathmandu. Geographically the area lies between
latitude 28° 37' 49"N and 28° 34' 18"N and longitudes 83°25'00”E and 83° 21' 50"E.
Physiographically, the project area belongs to middle mountains and lies in between
2417.00 amsl to 1850 amsl. The major project structure lies in the right bank of
Myagdi River. The project location Map is shown in fig.2-1:
Figure: 2-1 Project Location Map
2.5 Project Accessibility

The proposed project is located 340 Km far from Kathmandu. Transportation facility
is accessible from Kathmandu to Darbang which is 312 Km away from Kathmandu.
Beni to Darbang is fair weathered earthen road which is the main access road from
Kathmandu to the project site. Powerhouse is 20 Km far from Darbang. Further,
around 8 km access road needs to be constructed to make headwork site accessible.
The width of access road will be 5 m and will be graveled type. The accessibility to
the project site is shown in table 2-1.
Table 2-1: Accessibility to Project Site
S.N. Distance from To Distance (Km) Route description

1 Kathmandu Beni 282 Black topped road
2 Beni Darbang 30 Earthen road
3 Darbang Powerhouse 20 -
4 Powerhouse Headworks 8
Total road length from Kathmandu to 340
Headworks
2.6 Salient Features

The salient feature of Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project is given below;
Table 2-2: Salient Features of the Project
General
Name of project Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project
Name of River Myagdi Khola
Type of Scheme Run-of-River (RoR)
Location
Longitude (Existing) 830 25' 00" E to 830 21' 50" E
Latitude (Existing) 280 37' 49'' N to 280 34' 18'' N
Province No. Gandaki
District Myagdi
Rural Municipality and Ward Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality (former Mudi
VDC), Ward no.4
Headwork Dovan just downstream from the confluence of
Kunaban Khola and Myagdi Khola
Power house Jeltun Village
Access Road 8 Km (From Power house to
Headworks)
Hydrology
Catchment area at intake site 306 km 2
Design flow (Q40) 12.50 m3/s
Average monthly flow 23.56 m3/s
Design flood at intake (1 in 100 years) 659.46 m3/s
Design flood at powerhouse (1 in 100 731.49 m3/s
years)
Weir
Type Concrete gravity structure with overflow weir

section (Broad crested weir)
Crest elevation 2417.00 amsl
Crest length 15.00 m
Height 4.00 m above river bed
Undersluice
Type Orifice flow
Discharge 133.47 m3/s
Number of openings 2
Size of openings 2.50m x 3.40m (W x H)
Intake
Type Side intake (Orifice type)
Number of openings 3
Size of openings 2.80 m x 1.80 m (W x H)
Invert Level 2414.5.0 amsl
Normal Water Level 2417.00 amsl
Gravel Trap
Normal Water Level 2416.83 amsl
Length 9.80 m
Size 10.40 m x 6.70 m (W x H)
Bed slope 1 (V) in 10 (H)
Particle to be settled 4 mm
Flushing system Continuously throughout the high floods and
intermittently during the low flows
Size of flushing gate 1.00 m x 1.00 m (W x H)
Gravel flushing canal 34.00 m (L) x 1.00 m (W) x 1.45 m (H)
Side Spillway
Crest elevation 2416.85 amsl
Crest length 8.00 m
Spillway channel 20 m (L) x 4.00 (W) x 4.20 (H)
Feeder Tunnel
Type Free flow
Length 439 m
Slope 1 (V) in 935 (H)
Finished size 3.20 m x 3.50 m, D-shaped

Bifurcated Feeder Tunnel
Type Free flow
Length 39.88 m, each length
Slope 1 (V) in 1000 (H)
Finished size 2.5 m x 2.25 m, D-shaped
Desander (Underground)
Type Hopper type
Particle to be settled 0.15 mm
No of chambers 2 in parallel
Trapping efficiency 100% based on Camp’s theory and 87.42% based
on Vetter’s theory
Transition length 22.10 m
Dimension 95 m (L) x 10 m (W) x 11.21 m (H)
Flushing system Intermittent

Flushing Tunnel
Size 4.00 m x 4.50 m, D-shaped
Length 230.20 m
Desander Gate Operating Tunnel
Size 3.20 m x 3.50 m, D-shaped
Length 266.95 m
Headrace Tunnel
Size 3.20 x 3.50 m, D-shaped
Length 5644 m
Invert level at entrance 2410.15 amsl
Surge Tank
Size 8 m (internal dia,)
Height 41 m
Max water level 2429.68 amsl
Min water level 2398.34 amsl
Invert level at entrance 2410.15 amsl
Penstock
Surface Penstock
Size 1.8 m to 2.0 m
Length 1069 m up to bifurcation
Thickness 45 m after bifurcation :12 to 42 mm
No of anchor blocks 6
Vertical Shaft
No of shafts 2
Length of shaft Shaft-1=141 m
Shaft-2=238 m
Size 3.5 m dia. of each
Horizontal inverted D-shaped Tunnel
No of tunnel 2
Size 4.0 m x 4.0 m (W x H)
Length of tunnel Tunnel -1=184 m
Tunnel -2=250 m
Powerhouse
Size of powerhouse 44.5 m x 14 m x 22 m (WxH)
Turbine type Pelton (vertical axis)
Turbine axis level 1853 amsl
No of turbine 2
Length of tailrace 60 m
Size of tailrace 4.5 m x 2.6 m (WxH)
Switchyard Surface type
Size of switchyard 50 m x 30 m (LxH)
Switchyard location 1851.40 amsl
Transmission line 17 km
Evacuation point Dadakhet S/S
Power & Energy
Installed capacity 57.30 MW
Gross head 564.00 m
Net head 537.23 m
Dry Energy 55.06 GWh

Wet Energy 279.3 GWh
Plant factor 66.61%
Financial Indicators
Total Financial Project Cost NRs. 9,691,514,000.00
FIRR 17.71 %
Return on Equity 21.40%
B/C ratio 1.65
NPV NRs. 6,303,940,000.00
Payback Period 8.0 Years
Source: Feasibility Study Report of Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project, 2017
2.6.1 Project Component

Headworks
Headworks of the Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project comprises of a broad crested
weir, two gated under-sluice, three orifice type side intake located on right bank of
the Myagdi Khola, gravel trap with flushing structure and side spillway for spill of
excess flood passed through the intake, feeder tunnel, two underground settling
basins with flushing structure and head pond at outlet of each settling basin.
Diversion Weir
The diversion weir has been designed as a concrete gravity structure with an
overflow weir section i.e. a simple broad crested weir to pass flood of 228.12 m3/s,
equivalent to 79.76% of 100 years flood without control gates. Because of lack of
storage volume at the weir site and excessive bed load during high floods, gated
structures would not be effective for long term and hence these structures are not
used. Crest level of the weir with its 15.00 m crest width is fixed at elevation of
2417.00 m which shows 4.00 m height from river bed level of 2413.00 m. This weir
height of 4.00 m has been taken by considering sill height of side intake for easily
passes of sediments through under sluice, intake height, submergence depth
required for side intake and head requirement for flushing the gravel at gravel trap.
The flood level over the weir during flood of 228.12 m3/s, equivalent to 79.76% of
100 years flood, is calculated to be 2424.15 amsl and hence, top level of the weir
abutment on left side and top level of the divide wall on right side are fixed at
elevation of 2425.20 amsl providing 1.05 m free board. 300 mm thick hard stone
lining is provided on overflow surface of the weir because this part will erode
during high velocity caused by high flood in the river.
Plate 2.1: Proposed diversion weir
Undersluice
Two numbers of gated undersluice having size of 2.50 m (W) and 3.40 m (H) are
provided on right side of the weir to pass flood of 133.47m3/s, equivalent to 20.24%
of 100 years flood. Each gated undersluice is separated by 1.00 m width pier. The
undersluice is separated from the main overflow weir by 1.00 m width divide wall.
The divide wall starts from the beginning of the intake structure at upstream side
and ends at the downstream end of the weir. The deck level of the undersluice is
fixed at elevation of 2425.20 amsl providing 1.05 m free board above the high flood
level corresponding to 100 years flood. The bigger sizes of sediments deposited in
front of the intake are passed downstream of river through undersluice by means of
convectional hydraulic flushing. The crest level of under sluice is set at 2413.30 m
that is 0.30 m height from river bed level. The stop log is provided at front of each
gate to allow the maintenance of the gate and embedded parts. The size of the gate is
fixed based on the probable maximum size of the boulders to be flushed through the
undersluice. The undersluice channel after the gate is provided in the slope of 1 (V)
in 7.14 (H) and hence, there is free flow during design high flood.
With the help of anchor bars, the undersluice is anchored to the bed rock to make it
stable against overturning. 0.80 m thick concrete floor with cut-off wall is provided
in upstream 12.00 m length of the undersluice, whereas downstream 22.61 m
average length of the undersluice is protected by 1.50 m thick hard boulder lining
over 500 mm thick filter material. During off monsoon period, the gate of
undersluice remains closed to ensure the diversion of available flow into the
waterways. During flood flows, the gate of undersluice is opened to pass the design
flood with boulders carried by the flood. Therefore, 300 mm thick hard stone ling is
provided over the concrete to prevent the bed from scouring due to high velocity.
Boulders bigger than the size which cannot be dragged by the pressure head will be
taken out manually during regular maintenance.
Intake
According to river morphology at the headworks area, orifice type side intake on
right bank of the Myagdi Khola is the best alternative among the other options.
Orifice type has been chosen in order to restrict the entering of floating materials and
the excessive flow into the intake orifice during high floods. The intake has been
kept immediately upstream and adjacent to the undersluice to facilitate the safe
withdrawal of total flow of 12.50 m3/sec including 10% flushing discharge for gravel
trap and another 10% flushing discharge for settling basin under minimum
operating level (normal water level) of 2417.00 amsl. The intake is aligned at an angle
of 170.19 degree from the weir axis in clockwise direction. The invert level of the
intake has been fixed at elevation of 2414.50 amsl which is 1.50 m higher than the
river bed level to control the sediment entry into the intake during flood time.
For the purpose of withdrawing required amount of water from Myagdi Khola,
three orifice type rectangular openings, each of size 2.80 m width and 1.80 m height,
has been designed by taking 1.00 m/s permissible velocity. Each opening is
separated by 1.00 m width pier. To minimize the huge gate cost into three intake
orifices, a single gate of size 3.00m width and 3.00 m height is provided at the end of
gravel trap before feeder tunnel. Thus, only three sets of stop log, each of size 2.80 m
width and 1.80 m height are provided in the intake orifices.
To control the sediment entry into the intake, 16mm thick trash racks with 60 mm
clear opening between bars have been proposed in front of the intake orifice at an
inclination of 75 degree with the horizontal direction. This inclination is selected for
ease cleaning of the trash in front of the intake orifices. It is assumed that the
sediment up to 60 mm diameter will pass through the intake and will flushed out
back to the river downstream of the weir through gravel trap as the trash rack
opening is set to 60 mm.
100 year return period flood is taken for design of the structures behind the intake.
Thus allowable flood to pass through the intake is 75.60 m3/s. The corresponding
high flood level after the intake is 2420.61 amsl. The floor areas in the intake are
exposed to wear and tear due to movement of the bed load, so they are lined with
300 mm dressed hard stone lining.
Gravel Trap
A gravel trap has been provided immediately after the side intake to trap the coarser
particles of size from 4 mm to 60 mm entered through the trash racks. The gravel
trap is designed for discharge of 12.50 m3/s. The flow velocity along the gravel trap
has been calculated as 0.62 m/s, which is less than the critical velocity for settling of
4 mm particle size. The designed size of the gravel trap is 9.80 m (L), 10.40 m (W)
and 6.70 m (H). The bed of the gravel trap is provided in the slope of 1 (V) in 10 (H)
for ease movement of the deposited gravel towards the 1.00 m width flushing
channel, which is provided at 8.80 m length of the gravel trap. The bed of the
flushing channel is provided in the slope of 1 (V) in 40 (H) for ease movement of the
deposited gravel further towards the gravel flushing gate having size of 1.00 m (W)
and 1.00 m (H), which is provided at left end wall of the gravel trap. The normal
operating water level inside the gravel trap is 2416.83 amsl.
Side Spillway
A side spillway of 8.00 m crest width is provided on left side of the gravel trap to
spill the excess discharge of 61.80 m3/s passed through the intake during flood flows
and safely pass back to downstream of the Myagdi Khola. The crest elevation of the
spillway is fixed at 2416.85 amsl which is slightly higher than the normal operating
water level of 2416.83 amsl in the gravel trap. Head over the spillway is 3.76 m. Slope
of 1 (V) in 3 (H) is provided in downstream of the spillway to meet the 20.04 m long
spillway canal having size of 4.00 m (W) and 4.20 m (H) at elevation of 2413.37 amsl.
Slope of 1 (V) in 400 (H) is provided in bed of the spillway canal.
Feeder Tunnel
439.00 m long D shaped feeder tunnel of internal finish size 3.00m (W) x 3.00m (H)
has been proposed to carry 13.75 m3/s discharges including 10% flushing discharge
from gravel trap to settling basin. It is designed as free flow. The slope of feeder
tunnel is set at 1 (V) in 935 (H).
Bifurcated Feeder Tunnel

Since the settling basin is designed as two chambers, the feeder tunnel is branched
into two D-shaped tunnel to carry equally half of 12.50 m3/s discharge into each
chamber of the settling basin. It is also designed as free flow. Its internal finish size is
3.00 m (W) x 3.00 m (H) in the slope of 1 (V) in 1000 (H) and the flow depth is same
as in the feeder tunnel i.e. 2.33 m flow depth. The flow velocity for discharge of 6.88
m3/s in the bifurcated feeder tunnel is calculated to be 1.94 m/s, whereas the same
for minimum instantaneous discharge of 1.18 m3/s in the bifurcated feeder tunnel is
calculated to be 0.98 m/s.
Settling Basin
Underground settling basin having two separate basins has been designed on right
bank of the Myagdi Khola to trap the suspended particles having size of equal to or
greater than 0.15 mm. It is designed as free flow. Intermittent type of flushing system
has been adopted in design of the settling basin. Due to lack of suspended sediment
data in the Myagdi Khola, maximum suspended sediment concentration of 8000
PPM is assumed in design of the settling basin. Maximum sediment emptying
frequency of 8 hours has been considered between two consecutive flushing. Each
basin is designed for discharge of 6.875 m3/s including 10% flushing discharge.
The sizing of the basin is calculated on the basis of particle approach. The flow
velocity along the basin is calculated to be 0.170 m/s, which is less than the critical
velocity for settling of 0.15 mm particle size. The length of the basin calculated from
particle approach is increased by 50% for flow irregularities. This increased length of
the basin is checked for turbulence flow using the Velikanov’s formula where, 96%
removal of the limit particle size is considered during the turbulence flow. The
designed size of each basin is 95.00 m (L), 10.00 m (W) and 11.21 m (H) including
free board and hopper. The trapping efficiency for 0.15 mm particle size has been
calculated as 100% based on camp’s theory, whereas based on Vetter’s theory; it has
been calculated as 87.42%.
Water Conveyance System
Water conveyance system is designed to carry the water from headpond provided at
the outlet of the settling basin to the surge tank and then to the powerhouse for
power generation. Thus, the conveyance system comprises of three main
components – Headrace tunnel, Surge tank and Penstock pipe.
Headrace Tunnel
Since the settling basin has been designed as two basins, 39.48 m long D-shaped
pressurized headrace tunnel having finish size of 2.50 m (W) x2.50m (H) is proposed
to supply the discharge of 6.25 m3/s from each headpond of the basin to the main
5644 m long D-shaped pressurized headrace tunnel having finish size of 3.00m (W)
x3.00 (H). The flow velocity in the initial 39.48 m long HRT and the main HRT are
calculated to be 1.12 m/s and 1.56 m/s respectively. The invert level of the HRT at
the entrance is 2410.15. The slope of the HRT is 1 (V) in 315 (H). To make easy
construction work of the HRT, 239.57 m long Adit having size of 3.00m (W) x3.50m
(H) has been proposed at 3405.25 m length of the main HRT.
Proposed work adit
Plate 2.2: Showing location of proposed headrace tunnel with work adit
Surge Tank
The sizing of the surge tank was done by using the Thoma relationship which
considers the pressure parameters of the power tunnels. The surge tank is placed as
far downstream as possible in order to maximize the effective controlling in the high
pressure section of the tunnel. The location of the surge tank is chosen in such a way
that the maximum expected water level during up surge is near to the original
ground level. The size of the surge tank has been determined to satisfy the following
conditions:
 The cross section of the surge tank is not less than the Thoma Cross Section area
but however it should be a practical diameter to facilitate construction.
 Adequate freeboard should be provided above and below the maximum upsurge
and minimum down surge levels. This should also take into consideration the
topographical features of the area. A minimum head loss in the headrace tunnel was
assumed to estimate the maximum upsurge whereas a maximum head loss in the
headrace tunnel was assumed to estimate the maximum down surge. The diameter
of the surge tank is fixed in such a way that the ratio of the friction loss to the
maximum surge, neglecting friction, is less than 0.8 for the upsurge and down surge
calculations. The oscillation of water level in the surge tank during the upsurge and
down surge was estimated using an arithmetical integration method.
Proposed surge
tank area
Plate 2.3: Proposed Surge Tank Areas
Penstock Pipe
The Penstock line consists of
a. Two vertical shafts namely vertical shaft-1 and vertical shaft-2 of diameter 3.50
m each and length 141.11 m and 238 m respectively.
b. Two Horizontal inverted D-Shaped Tunnel of size 4.0m (W)x 4.0m (H) each and
length 184.3 m and 250.0 m respectively.
c. Surface Penstock of length 202.78 m
The total length of penstock pipe up to bifurcation is 1069.06 m. The diameter of
pipe varies from 2000 mm to 1800 mm. The diameter of branch penstock pipe
after bifurcation is 1280 mm and length 44.58 m. The diameter of penstock has
been optimized and the whole stretch of the pipe has been designed as a high
pressure conveyance.
Surge shaft
Vertical Shaft
Penstock alignment
Powerhouse
Plate 2.4: Different project component of MKHPP
Powerhouse
The proposed surface powerhouse for Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project is located
on the Right bank of Myagdi Khola in the vicinity of Jeltung Village of Myagdi
District. The powerhouse site is situated in an exposed area along the hillside. The
area comprises of thick alluvial deposits on the surface. The powerhouse will be
founded on bedrock with a rather steep hill slope. The powerhouse will
accommodate two vertical axis pelton turbines and generators each with a total
capacity of 29 MW and ancillary facilities for control and protection.
Plate 2.5: General topography of powerhouse site at Jeltung village
A vertical turbine-generator alignment has been adopted, as this type of

arrangement is more appropriate for bigger units. The turbine axis level is set at EL.
1853.00 amsl.
Tailrace Channel and outlet Structure
The tailrace of Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project will consist of a tailrace outlet
area located immediately downstream of the powerhouse. This tailrace outlet will be
4.5 m wide and approximately 60 m long. This outlet will be connected to the cut
and cover box culvert that will convey the design flow to Myagdi Khola.
Switchyard
A surface switchyard has been proposed on a comparatively less steep area above
the powerhouse at an approximate elevation of EL 1851.40. The switchyard has been
placed as close to the powerhouse as possible so that the length of the power cable
and ancillary equipment will be short. The switchyard will be 50 m in length and 30
m in width.
2.7 Project Activities
Construction work consists of civil construction, hydro-mechanical works, electro-
mechanical works and electrical works. Civil construction work can be categorized
into preparatory and main civil works. Works for access road, bridge and camp
facilities of the employer are categorized as preparatory works. Such preparatory
work may be contracted separately so that real construction works is not hampered
by delay of such works. Contract may be divided into two small packages of
preparatory works and five major packages of main works listed as:
 Access road
 Camp establishment work
 Main civil work
 Hydro-mechanical work
 Electromechanical work
 Transmission line work
Access road and bridge construction package will include the road improvement,
new road construction, cross drainage works and bridge construction. This package
will be awarded before mobilization of main civil works.
Camp establishment package will include permanent housing, staff quarter, office
and other necessary facilities for the employers and the engineers at the headwork
and powerhouse sites. This works will be started in parallel with the main civil
works.
Main civil works construction package will include all civil construction works like
headwork, adit, and headrace tunnel, surge tank and ventilation tunnel, vertical
shaft and penstock tunnel, powerhouse and tailrace, river protection and training
works, construction power, temporary camp facilities for the contractor, general and
preliminary works.
Hydro-mechanical work package will include all works related to metal and
mechanical works like penstock, gates in the headwork, waterway and tailrace, stop
logs, trash racks, lifting arrangements, bulkhead, bifurcation, etc.
Electromechanical work package will include supply, installation and
commissioning of complete electro-mechanical equipment like turbines, generators,
transformers, valves, control panel, diesel generators, switchyard etc.
2.8 Construction Planning
This section of the report describes the Land requirement, project access,
infrastructure facilities, construction materials, construction power and other
activities.
2.8.1 Land Requirement
The total land required for the project is 12.62 hector among the total required land
1.52 ha land will be required as temporary and 11.1 ha land will be required as
permanent. Component and landuse wise land requirement and the total area
required for each component is presented in the table 2-3.
Table 2-3: Land requirement for project component
Land type & area (ha)

Total
S Project
Cultivated Bush/Barre Flood area
N Components Forest
land n land Plain (ha)
Gov Pvt Gov Pvt

Govt. CF Pvt. Govt.
t. . t. .
A. Permanent
1 Weir - - - - - 0.40 - 0.40
2 Intake 0.20 - - - - - - - 0.20
3 Adit 0.14 - - - - - - - 0.14
4 Surge Tank - - - - 0.12 - - - 0.12
5 Penstock 0.26 - 0.15 0.54 - - - 0.95
6 Powerhouse - - - 0.3 - - - - 0.3
7 Switch Yard - - - 0.1 - - - 0.1
8 Camp Facility-1 - - - - 0.2 - - - 0.2
9 Camp Facility-2 - - - 1.19 - - - - 1.19
10 Access Road 4.0 1.0 - - - - - 5.00
Mucking Disposal
11 - - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5
Area
Total A 4.34 1.26 1.64 3.46 0.40 11.1
Temporary
1 Quarry Site - - - - - - 0.40 - 0.40
Crushing and
2 - - - - 0.50 - - - 0.50
batching plant
Stockpiling Site
3 and construction 0.62 0.62
yard
Total B 0.62 0.50 0.40 1.52
Total Area (A+B) 4.34 1.26 - 2.26 3.96 - 0.80 - 12.62
Source: Feasibility study report of MKHPP, 2017
2.8.2 Human Resource Requirement
Different categories of workforce like skilled, unskilled will be required for the
project construction and operation. This project will provide priority on the use of
local workforce as far as possible. Number of workforce to be used for the project
construction and operation is estimated to be 900 during peak construction period.
Table 2-4: Workforce to be recruited during construction phase
Quantity
S.N. Designation Category
Non resident Resident Total
1 Engineer Skilled 36 0 36
2 Administrative staff Skilled 15 9 24
3 Surveyor Skilled 3 0 3
4 Supervisor Skilled 15 12 27
5 Mechanics Semi-Skilled 15 3 18
6 Electrician Semi-skilled 3 0 6
7 Foreman Semi-skilled 21 12 33
8 Operators Semi-skilled 15 6 21
9 Plumbers/welders Semi-skilled 9 3 12
10 Carpenters Semi-skilled 30 27 57
11 Drivers Semi-skilled 15 9 24
12 Equipment/vehicle helpers Unskilled 30 9 39
13 Labors Unskilled 150 450 600

Total 360 540 900
Source: Feasibility Study Report of MKHPP, 2017
2.8.3 Construction Materials

This project requires substantial quantity of construction materials like cement, fine
and coarse aggregates, reinforcement bars, steel plates, construction chemicals etc.
Major project construction materials like cement and reinforcement will be
purchased from Pokhara/Beni and other available locations. Steel plates,
construction chemicals, drill rods etc. will be imported from neighboring countries.
For the underground excavation work, emulsion type explosives should be used for
the better performance. Such explosives will be managed from the Nepal Army.
Local construction material such as sand, gravel, hard stone, large scale boulders,
broken stone are the items that can be collected locally from around the project site.
Different sizes aggregates are possible to produce by crushing the blasted muck
from the tunnel or by collecting river boulders. Aggregates produced by crushing
gneiss and garnetiferous schist of the project area may be used to produce structural
and mass concrete and also for the production of shotcrete having strength up to 25
to 30 MPa.
However, for high strength concrete more abrasion resistant aggregate consisting of
more silicate minerals is required. Such aggregate is possible to be produced by
using Granite, Quartzite and Meta-sandstone.
Petroleum product will be supplied through Nepal Oil Corporation or its dealer.
Sufficient stock at site will be maintained to cover any short period unavailability
due to market conditions, blockades, strikes and as required by any other reasons. In
general, motorized vehicles like trucks and tractors will be used to transport
materials to the project site. According to the need of works, other available methods
of transportation like mule and porter transportation may also be used during
construction. Table 2-5 shows the materials required for the construction of the
project.
Table 2-5: Construction materials required for the project
S.N. Particulars Quantity Unit

1 Reinforcement 715 Ton
2 Steel 599 Ton
3 Steel Rib 109 Ton
4 Geotextile 5,107 m2
5 Rock bolts 22,391 Pcs
6 Wire Mesh 3,066 m2
7 Abrasion Concrete 3,795 m³
8 Finer Material 100 m³
9 Rock Fill 27,679 m³
10 Filter material 863 m³
11 Gravel 3,020 m³
12 Riprap 1,839 m³
13 Gabion Wall 1,892 m³
14 Compacted backfill 18,655 m³
15 RCC Lining 5,162 m³
16 Invert Concrete 512 m³
17 Backfill 17 m³
18 Random Rubble Masonry 3,318 m³
2.8.4 Construction Power

As there is no power in the region, so construction power will have to be arranged
by generators. Construction power requirement is estimated at about 500 kW, which
is shown in table 2-6.
Table 2-6: Construction Power required for project construction
Description Power requirement

Construction camp 40 kW
Air Compressor, 25 x 2 50 kW
Workshop 50 kW
Battery Charger 30 kW
Welding 100 kW
De-watering Pump 20 kW
Office 30 kW
Vent fan, 50 x 2 100 kW
Tunnel Lighting 30 kW
Power Winch 50 kW
Total 500 kW
2.8.5 Construction of Access road

Nearest road head for this project is Darbang which is approximately 20 km from
Powerhouse area. There is a 30 km long motorable earthen road starting from Beni
Bazaar that leads to Darbang. Hence, it will be very advantageous to use this gravel
road and upgrade it to the requirement of a project access road. The project will
construct about 8 km new access road from Powerhouse to headworks area.
2.8.6 Camp Site
The project facilities such as labor camps, construction yard, staff camps will be
constructed as basic requirement of project. The Contractor will construct a camp for
its work force comprising skilled and unskilled laborers. As the project is short term,
the extent of camp requirement will be for short time and transferable. However, to
avoid haphazard camps and to maintain environmental integrity, the Contractor will
be required to construct eco-friendly camps. Camp site will be located at
Powerhouse, Adit and headworks area.
There will be 3 camp sites during construction of project. The main camp site will be
located at powerhouse area at Jeltung and the intake area at Dovan. One
construction camp site will be constructed at Lipsiba (tunnel adit) along the headrace
tunnel. The camp sites will be located at
 Dovan intake area
 Lipsiba (Adit site)
 Jeltung near to power house area
The location coordinate of each camp site is given below as;
Table 2-7: Location of Camp site
SN Name of Place Co-ordinates

1 Jeltung N 280 34’18” E830 23’ 5”
2 Libsiba N 280 35’34” E830 23’ 4”
3 Dovan N 280 37’43” E830 23’ 33”
2.8.7 Bunker house

Tunnel will be constructed using drill and blast technology. The explosive
materials that will be used are dynamite, gelatin, detonator and cords.
Approximately 10,270 Kg gelatin and 76,159 nos. detonators will be used for tunnel
construction. The bunker house is located within army camp which is located
nearby powerhouse area. The transportation and blasting activities will be
conducted under the close monitoring of Nepal Army.
2.8.8 Quarry sites
Two potential quarry sites have been identified along the project area one is at near
to intake area and other is at near to powerhouse area. The quarry sites are located
along the right bank of Myagdi River as;
 Right bank of Myagdi River near to intake area
 Right bank of River at Near to powerhouse area
The coordinate of quarry sites are given below table.
Table 2-8: Proposed Quarry Sites
SN Name of Place Extraction Co-ordinates

1 Dovan 67,500 cubic meter N 280 37’45.11” E830 23’ 41.26”
2 Jeltung 57,000 cubic meter N 280 34’20” E 830 23’ 09”
2.8.9 Batching plant and aggregate crushing plant
The facilities for aggregate crushing, storage of construction materials and batching
plants will be located at the headwork site close to the active construction sites. These
facilities will be operated with provisions of air pollution control, noise hold facilities,
and waste water management facilities. The coordinate of crushing and batching
plant location is given below table. The plant will be temporary facilities and to be
demolished at the end of the construction period. The areas occupied by these
facilities will be rehabilitated to the original land conditions and returned to the
respective owners.
Table 2-9: Proposed batching and crushing plant site
SN Name of Place Co-ordinates

1 Dovan N 280 37’44” E830 23’ 35”
2 Jeltung N 280 34’9” E830 23’ 04”
2.8.10 Spoil/ Muck Disposal area

Muck from construction activities, such as foundation excavation, tunneling etc will
be generated during construction period. About 67050.208 cum muck (tunnel-
63194.208 cum and adit 3856 cum) will be generated during construction. Out of total
muck generated, 15000 m3 will be used for backfilling and 20000 m3 will be used for
construction material. About 32050 m3 muck will be disposed off. Out of the total
muck generated, 40 % increase in the total quantity due to bulking factor and 20 %
decrease for compactation during disposal has been considered resulting in 20 % of
the net increase to the total muck quantity. About 38460 m3 of muck will be disposed
off. The total area of muck disposal is 2.5 ha in three different locations having 2 m
average height difference. Three potential spoil/muck disposal sites have been
identified as in the following places. These sites are located away from geologically
fragile areas. Sensitive areas like forests, agricultural lands, natural water courses and
areas prone to landslides and mass wasting will not be used for spoil tipping. The
coordinate of spoil/muck disposal area is given in below table. The location of muck
disposal area and muck quantity generated from project activities is given below;
 Right bank of Myagdi river near to intake area
 Right bank of Myagdi River at Adit near to Lipsiba
 Right bank of River Near to powerhouse area
Table 2-10: Spoil/Muck Disposal area
SN Quantity of Name of Quantity of Spoil/Muck Co-ordinates

Spoil/Muck disposed Place to be disposed
1 38460 m3 Dovan 12043 m3 N 280 37’42” E830
23’ 31”
Jeltung 9021 m3 N 280 34’8” E830
23’ 03”
Libsiba 17396 m3 N 280 35’36” E830
23’ 05”
2.9 Project Implementation Schedule

The construction works related to the project are existing access road improvement
and construction of new access road, construction power line, camp establishment
and other temporary works. Thus, there is significant volume of works to be done
for this project. Comprehensive and well-planned construction planning is required
for the successful completion of the project. Actual construction period is estimated
to be 44 months after the pre-construction works (power purchase agreement, detail
engineering, financial arrangements, construction license, land acquisition, access
road construction, and tendering/contract awarding, etc.). Project implementation
schedule is shown in Annex-VI.
CHAPTER 3 : STUDY METHODOLOGY

3.1 Desk Study/Literature Review
The information regarding to physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural
environment were collected from topographic map, District level annual reports,
Manuals published by Department of Electricity Development in collaboration with
United States Agency for International Development and International Resources
Group, National population and Housing Census 2011, published by Central Bureau
of Statistics, GoN, Feasibility Study Report of Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project,
2017 etc.
3.2 Project Area Delineation
For the purpose of EIA study of the proposed project, the project impact areas have
been categorized as Direct Impact Area and Indirect Impact Area on the basis of the
proximity and magnitude of impacts. The project impact area delineation map is
shown in fig.3-1.
Figure 3-1: Project impact area delineation map
3.2.1 Direct Impact Area (DIA)

The DIA have been considered as the required land for different components of the
project and their ancillary support facilities. Direct environmental impacts are those
impacts caused directly by project construction or operation activities and occur
primarily in places and adjacent areas (maximum of 500 m radial distance from the
project construction sites) where key structures and facilities of the project such as
weir, powerhouse, surge tank, penstock pipe, spoil disposal sites, quarry sites,
construction yards, dewatered zone area, access road etc. are located. These impacts
are usually permanent in nature. Besides, some direct impacts of temporary nature
(limited to construction period) occur in sites where temporarily land are acquired
for contractors/ labors camp and support facilities for storage of construction
materials, batching plants, aggregate crushing and washing plants, mechanical yards
etc. This area also experiences the site specific impacts like felling of trees, clearing of
vegetation, acquisition of land, soil erosion, landslide etc. These impacts could not be
avoided but its effects could be minimized or compensated.
Table 3-1: Delineation of Direct Impact Area
Project Component Location Direct Impact Area

Headworks Area and Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
Facilities Municipality, Ward No.4
Tunnel/ Adit Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
Municipality, Ward No.4
Surge Tank Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
Power house/ Switchyard Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
Tailrace Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
Camp Site and facilities Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
Quarry Sites Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
Muck Disposal Site and Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
other facilities Municipality, Ward No.4
Dewatered Zone Dhaulagiri Rural Within 500 m
3.2.2 Indirect Impact Area (IIA)

The term Indirect Impact Area indicates a larger area, which will be influenced
directly or indirectly by the implementation of the project. Indirect environmental
impacts are those impacts that result from activities associated with or induced by
the project such as degradation of forests nearby project sites by the project
workforce or impacts on cultural traditions, social development of the area etc. The
indirectly impact area for the proposal is defined as the administrative Ward
boundary outside the boundary beyond direct impact area.
3.3 Field study
A multidisciplinary EIA team visited the project site from 2075/09/05 to 2075/09/14
to collect the required data for EIA study. During field study, baseline data of
physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural environment were collected.
Following are the methods used to collect the data of physical, biological, socio-
economic and cultural environment during field survey.
3.3.1 Physical Environment
3.3.1.1 Direct Observation
The baseline data of physical environment such as geology, rock types, soil types,
slope instability, topography were collected by direct observation. Similarly
information about quarry sites, labor camp sites, stockpiling sites and spoil/muck
disposal site were identified by direct observation. Further more Noise level of the
proposed project component site were recorded through sound level meter and
water quality such as temperature, pH, conductivity etc. were measured at intake
site, dewater zone and power house site. For other parameters, Water sample were
collected from intake site, dewater zone and power house site.
3.3.1.2 GIS application
The Land use pattern, settlement pattern etc. were identified by using GIS software
and shown in map mentioned in the report.
3.3.2.1 Walkthrough survey
The collection of data concerning the biological issues was performed primarily by
project site surveys and field observations, filling up of checklists, and interviews
with the local people. The areas of investigation for biological environment were:
 Vegetation and forest resources
 Status of wildlife, with primary focus in rare, endangered and threatened
species
 Fish and aquatic life
 Avi fauna
 Ethno-botany and community forestry practices
Vegetation survey
A detail inventory of vegetation was conducted for number of felled tree along the
project alignment. Beside this vegetation survey were conducted at;
 Site A: headworks area
 Site B: Dewatering Zone

 Site C: Power house area
At each sampling point, all together three plots was laid. The first plot was of 20 m x
20 m square shaped for tree species, and nested quadrates of 5x5m and 1x1m were
laid for shrub and herb stratum at the center of tree plot. All tree species having
DBH greater than 10cm were taken into account within 20x20m pot. DBH and height
of all trees were measured with the help of DBH tape and Suntometre respectively.
Crown cover percentage of trees within the sampling plots was estimated for the
determination of stocking of forest. Height and number of all shrub species having
height greater than 10cm, and tree species with less than 10cm DBH and greater than
10cm height were studied on measurement within nested quadrate of 5x5m.
Similarly, the number of all herb species and seedlings of shrub and tree with a
height less than 10cm were counted in 1x1m nested plot. Number of cut stump of
trees species with height and circumference at top and ocular estimation of lopping
percentage of trees were noted in 20x20m plots to quantify human interference. The
stand size classification is presented in Table 3-2. The classification is based on Forest
Inventory Division (FSRC, 1995).
Plate 3.1: Measurement of tree diameter

Table 3-2: Stand Size Classification
Symbol Stand Size DBH (cm)

1 Seedling 0-4
2 Sapling 4-10
3 Pole 10-30
4 Tree > 30
Composition and distribution patterns of vegetation and forest types was

investigated by consulting relevant literatures (Stanton, 1972; Shrestha 1986; Joshi
2007), maps, verification of secondary data were made by field observation
concerning all the aspects of the project. Field data was collected from 56 sample
sites by uniform random sampling using a land cover map of the area.
Visual estimation was made of the cover of the species in the whole study area or in
sample plots, such as frame quadrates. The simplest method is the classification:
dominant, abundant, frequent, occasional or rare (DAFOR). These classes have no
strict definition and the data should be interpreted on wise decision of the person
using this method. Percentage cover can be estimated by eye, either by creating own
percentage classes, e.g. in 10% or 25% steps, or by using those given in the Domin or
Braun Blanquet scales (Table 3-3). Because the vegetation is often layered, percentage
cover values can sum to more than 100%. It could be useful to divide the vegetation
into layers, e.g. a bryophyte layer, an herb layer and a shrub layer, and cover
estimation should be made separately for each layer.
Table 3-3: Domin and Braun-Blanquet scale for visual estimation of cover
Value Braun-Blanquet Domin

+ <1% cover 1 individual, with no measurable cover
1 1-5% cover <4% cover with few individuals
2 6-25% cover < 4% cover with several individual
3 26-50% cover < 4% cover with many individuals
4 51-75% cover 4-10% cover
5 76-100% cover 11-25% cover
6 26-33% cover
7 34-50% cover
8 51-75% cover
9 76-90% cover
10 91-100% cover
Ethno-botany and NTFPs

The socio-economically useful and commercially important timber as well as Non
Timber Forest Products (NTFP) of the project impact area was investigated by an
ethno botanical survey using checklist. This comprised collection of representative
plant species during vegetation survey with analysis and recording of local
information on their utilities by administering interview/discussion session with
relevant local informants, there by showing them the plants in question and
illustrated manuals (Martin, 1995; Stores and Storrs, 1984; Shrestha, 1989).
Wild life
Following methods were used for the collection of information on wild life in and
around the project area.
Sampling Site Determination

All the sites owing to the proposed hydropower component stations such as Intake,
powerhouse, muck disposal site and quarry sites were observed.
Sample Collection Technique
Wildlife survey was carried using both scientific methods and social survey
(Focused group discussion and Key Informant’s Interview were the method used for
social survey). Local anglers, teachers and senior citizens were informants. Various
scientific methods and techniques were used concerning to wildlife survey are;
Direct and indirect observation techniques used for mammal survey. Indirect
observation techniques include Pugmarks, sprints and scat analysis. Canon EOS
700D (18-55mm and 75-300mm) and mobile phone (i-phone 6 plus) used for pictures
of sightings as far as possible.
Birds were surveyed by walking through bank of the Myagdi River and zone of
influence. Bird survey were carried for the whole day from 7Am-5 Pm (though birds
are more active at morning and afternoon time) using binocular (Bushnell 13-1056;
10x50 wide angle, 341 FT. AT 1000 YDS.). Some birds identified by their calling.
Fish Sampling
Capture and Release method applied for sample collection of fish survey. Net fishing
and indigenous ways of fishing (trapping and angling) used for fish sample
collection with the help of local anglers. Institutional Animal Care and Use
Committee and Animal Welfare Act referred for humane collection of sample.
While in the case of reptiles and butterflies, photographs of directly observed
creatures during survey was taken for its identification.
3.3.2.2 Key informants Interview
Information of mammals, herpeto-fauna, fishes, birds and plant species were also
collected by taking interview with key informants such teacher, local people along
project site etc.
The socio-economic and cultural data were collected during field visit by following
methods:
3.3.3.1 Household Survey
Household survey of PAF were conducted using the structured questionnaire to

obtain base line information on demographic and educational status, Ownership
patterns and farm practices, energy sources, etc. Likewise, observation was made on
basic health conditions, housing, and project related issues such as resettlement,
compensation, and expectation from the project.
Plate 3.2: Household survey with project affected family

3.3.3.2 Focus group Discussion
Focus group discussions were conducted with community forest user group. The
attitude of these focus groups towards the project, its potential impacts, and their
expectations from the project were explored through a checklist method.
3.3.3.3 Key Informant Interview (KII)
Key informant interviews were conducted in the project impact area to obtain
information on the status of resources in the past and at present time. Key
informants were conducted with teacher and ward president. Such a survey was
necessary to determine the issues, which were not addressed by other survey
instruments.
Plate 3.3: Key Informant Interview

3.3.3.4 Public Consultation
Public consultation was conducted on 2075-09-06 and 2075/09/09 at Bagar and

Jeltung village of Dhaulagiri Rural municipality to collect the required information
from the local stakeholder and their suggestion and opinion about the project
implementation. Their opinions and suggestion are documented as below.
Plate 3.4: Public Consultation at project area
Plate 3.5: Interaction with local people

Table 3-4: Summary of Public Consultation
Date Place of Number of Issues and suggestion of meetings Remarks

public Participants
consultation
conducted
2075/09/06 Dhaulagiri 11  Deforestation should be
RM-4 (Mudi) controlled
 Environment should be
protected
 Impact on wildlife should
be mitigated
 Work should be conducted
in coordination with Local
stakeholder
 Job should be given to the
local people
 Landslide and soil erosion
should be controlled
 Local school, temple should
be helped
2075/09/09 Dhaulagiri 24  Tourism area will not be
RM-4 (Jeltung disturbed during
) construction of project
 Physical infrastructures
should be protected
 Local should be given
priority on job
 Conservation of tatopani
should be done
 Plantation activities should
be conducted
3.4 Public Hearing

A public hearing is mandatory for projects requiring EIA by EPA 1997 and EPR 1997.
This Rule is to be followed while preparing the EIA report to assure full public
involvement through the solicitation of opinions and suggestions. The objectives of
the public hearing are;
 To inform the local people, line agencies, NGOs and other stakeholder about
the technical and environmental aspects of Project
 To update the local people about the present status and on-going activities of
the project
 To receive information/feedback from stakeholder about project
implementation
 To revise the EIA report based on the concerns of local people and
stakeholder
3.4.1 Procedure adopted for Public hearing
A public hearing notice was published on dated 2075/11/16 B.S. in Arthik Abhiyan
National daily newspaper. Notice was send to the all concerned stakeholders such as
government offices, local level government and other stakeholders. The brief
summary of project was prepared in Nepali languages so that local people have easy
to understand about the technical and environmental condition of the project.
A public hearing program was conducted on 2075/11/19 in the office of Dhaulagiri
Rural Municipality. Chairing was done by the president of Dhaulagiri Rural
Municipality. About 32 participants were participated in the public hearing
program. EIA team leader has presented the content of draft EIA report. After the
presentation, public have discussed about project and provide their concerns and
suggestions. The issues raised by the stakeholders were collected and documnted.
The public hearing was started by providing the stakeholders with the following
information:
 Purpose of the project
 Type/size of the project
 Project location/site including project location – settlements, wards, RM,
DCC, location of the dam site, intake structure, power-house, tunnels,
transmission lines, switching/power distribution stations, labor camps,
access roads, etc.
 Impact areas – total number of households, and the names of Rural
Municipality/wards,
 Temporary and other ephemeral (transitory, short-lived) impacts during
the construction phase.
 Long-term impacts – environmental, economic, social, cultural, etc.,

including indication of relative high/low, beneficial/adverse impacts.
 Potential opportunities arising – in terms of new communities, labor
requirements, skill training, and other economic aspects with realistic
expectations.
 Site rehabilitation needs – re-vegetation or restoration, etc.
 Potential impacted sites – located on maps, etc.
Next, the team addressed how the EIA study has addressed issues identified and
presented a summary of the results of the EIA. This covered:
 Impact area (Direct and Indirect impact area in Daulagri Rural
Municipality)
 Impacts (physical, biological, socioeconomic and cultural environment)
 Significant issues addressed
 Non-significant issues
 EMP cost
Finally, the proposed mitigation measures were presented, together with the
potential and realistic benefits and opportunities for the people. Detailed of public
hearing information is given in Annex III. Issues raised by stakeholders during
public hearing meeting are given as below table;
Table 3-5: Issues raised during public hearing
S.N Issues raised during public hearing Where incorporated Remarks

in report
1 Local people should be given priority on job Chapter 7, section Enhancement
7.1.1.1 measure
2 Plantation should be done equivalent to the Chapter 7, section Mitigation
lost forest 7.2.2.1.1 measures
3 Tato pani Kund should be upgraded located Chapter 7, section CSP activity
just above Jeltung 7.1.1.4
4 Educational support should be given to the Chapter 7, section CSP activity
schools located in project affected village 7.1.1.4
5 Support to the local clubs by providing sports Chapter 7, section CSP activity
materials 7.1.1.4
6 Support on tourism sectors Chapter 7, section CSP activity
7.1.1.4
7 Landslide and soil erosion should be Chapter 7, section Mitigation
controlled 7.2.1.1.3 measures
8 Awareness program on wildlife conservation Chapter 7, section Mitigation
should be carried 7.2.2.1.3 measures
9 Compensation should be paid for private Chapter 7, section Mitigation
land acquisition 7.2.3.1.1 measures
10 Share should be provided to the local people Chapter 7, section Enhancement
of Dhaulagiri RM 7.1.2.3 measures
3.5 Methods used for data Analysis

3.5.1 Physical Environment
Physical Environmental data collected during desk study were analyzed through
study of topographical map of scale 1:25,000 as a base map for field observation and
verification of topographic features, drainage, and land use pattern in the project-
affected area. The hydrology and metrological analysis was done by quantitative
tools format and software, the catchment area analysis was done based on
hydrological data and topographical map. The water quality of the upstream and
downstream of the River was analyzed in the laboratory for physio-chemical and
biological parameter of the water.
The frequency of vegetation composition, density, and volume of trees in project
impact area such as intake, powerhouse, access road etc. were analyzed by adequate
sampling in representative transect stands at selected sampling sites following Zobel
et al, 1987. Each transects stand was then divided into four equal quadrants using
nylon ropes. The vegetation was analyzed by the adopting relevant analysis
approach (Dombois and Ellenberg, 1974). The plant species of all growth forms
within each quadrant were enumerated by using a field survey form. The diameter
at breast height (DBH) of each trees including cut stumps, having more than 10 cm
circumference were measured. The biomass estimation of trees was done in terms of
volume of commonly parabolic tree trunk, which was calculated using the following
formula (Zobel, 1987);
V (m3) = BA x h/2
Where; V = volume, BA = Basal area (m2), h = height (m) Volume of trees/ha = BA x
h/2 x 10,000 m2
Frequency
It is the number of the sampling units (as %) in which a particular species occurs
thus frequency of each species is calculated as follows:
Frequency (%) = No. of sampling units in which the species occurred / Total no. of
sampling units studied *100
Relative frequency is the frequency of a species in relation to all the species.
Relative Frequency (%) = Frequency of a species / Total frequency of all species * 100
Density and Relative Density
It is the individuals of the species in any unit area. Density represents the numerical
strength of species in the community. Density gives an idea of degree of competition.
It is calculated as follows:
Density = Total no. of individual of the species in all sampling units/ Total no. of
sampling units studied* area of the sampling unit
Relative Density (%) = Density of a species / Total Density of all the species *100
Relative Dominance
Abundance is defined as the number of individuals of any species per sampling unit
of occurrence. In general, abundance refers to density of population in those
quadrants in which given species occurs. It is calculated by using the following
formula:
Abundance of a species = Total no. of individuals of a species in all sampling units/
No. of sampling unit in which species occurred
Relative Abundance (%) = abundance of a species * 100/ Total no. of all the species
Basal Area
Basal area is the cross sectional area of all the stems in a given plot. It is simply the
sum of areas of the cross section of all stems at breast height in a given area. The
higher the basal area, the larger will be the ground space covered by trees. Low basal
area indicates either the trees are thin or the density is low. Basal area can be
measured through given formula,
BA = r2 = (dbh) 2/4
Where, BA= Basal Area
dbh = diameter of tree at breast height
Importance Value Index (IVI)

The important value index was proposed by Curtis (1959) as an index of vegetation
importance within a stand. IVI indicates the ecological importance of a species in
relation to the community structure. The quantitative value of frequency, density
and covers when separately calculated are unable to give the ecological importance
of species. Therefore, to understand the dominance and ecological importance, IVI is
calculated. The IVI value of any species in a community ranges between 0-300. It is
the sum of relative values of density, frequency and basal area.
IVI = Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Relative Basal area
Tree Volume
Using Forest Survey and Statistical Division (FSSD, 1991), tree volume of the study
area was calculated. Moreover, according to FSSD, 1991 the following formula was
used for the calculation of tree volume.
Ln (V) = a + b * Ln (d) + c * Ln (h)
Where, Ln refers to logarithm
V = Total stem volume with bark
d = Diameter at breast height
h = total height
a, b and c are the volume parameters, which are constant for each species but
different between species. The volume parameters were obtained from the study
carried out by Forest Survey and Statistical Division (FSSD, 1991).
Wild life
Various books and the online sources visited for species identification. “Ichthyology
of Nepal- A Study of Fishes of the Himalayan Water” and “Fish, Fisheries and
Farmers in Nepal’’ for identification of fish species. Similarly, Butterflies identified
following “Illustrated Checklist of Nepal's Butterflies” and visiting to online source-
ifoundbutterflies.org. Regarding herpatofauna, “Herpetofauna of Nepal- A
Conservation Companion” and online source- reptile-database.org were followed.
Consultation with experts made for precision in Identification of species.
The collected data were analyzed by using different tools and software and was
presented in tables, graphs, charts and figures.
3.6 Impact Identification, prediction and evaluation methods
The following methods were used to identified impacts, predict and evaluate the
project activities on the environment:
3.6.1 Expert Judgment
Expert system incorporates the knowledge and experience of experts from the
relevant disciplines into the structure decision making analytical tools. The
judgment and prediction likely outcomes are the integral part of an expert judgment.
3.6.2 Matrix Method
An impact matrix were developed and used to identify project impacts on physical,
biological and socio-economic environment and cultural environment during
construction and operation phase of the project. Furthermore the impacts were
classified according to magnitude, extent and duration. Magnitude of the impact
were expressed into high (H), moderate (M) and low (L) on the basis of severity and
degree of impact. Extent of impact may range from its origin to different places
depending upon the type and nature of the project and were expressed into regional
(R), local (L) and site specific (SS). Duration of the impact was classified into short
term, midterm and long term on the basis of how long the effect of impact occurs.
The national EIA guideline 1993 has proposed the impacts as short-term (ST), if it
lasts less than three years after the project initiation. If impact continues for 3 to 20
years, it is defined as the medium term impact (MT) and if the impact will lasts
beyond 20 years is considered as long term (LT). The following numerical scale is
proposed in the National EIA Guidelines (1993).
Table 3-6: Numerical Scale provisioned in NEIA Guidelines, 1993
Magnitude Numerical Extent Numerical Duration Numerical

Scale Scale Scale
High 60 Regional 60 Long term 20
Medium 20 Local 20 Medium term 10
Low 10 Site Specific 10 Short term 05
Source: National EIA Guidelines, 1993
The maximum scores will be 140 and a minimum value will be 25 which will help to
know about the significance of impacts.
The significance was determined based on cumulative results of magnitude, extent
and duration. For the impacts ranging cumulative score up to below 45 it is termed
as Insignificant; for the impacts ranging cumulative score from 45 to 75 it is termed
as Significant/ Moderate; and for the impacts ranging cumulative score above 75 it is
termed as Highly Significant.
Table 3-7: Cumulative Scores and description of Impacts
S.N. Cumulative Score Description

1 < 45 Insignificant
2 45 to 75 Significant (Moderate)
3 > 75 Highly Significant
Source: National EIA Guidelines, 1993
3.7 Recommendation Letter Collection
Recommendation letters were collected from Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality after
public hearing as per EPR 2054 and attached in EIA report (Annex IV).
CHAPTER 4 : EXISTING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION

This section describes the baseline environmental condition on physical, biological,
socio-economic, and cultural environment of the project area.
4.1 Physical Environment
The physical environmental baseline condition includes mainly existing topography,
land use, climatic condition, geology, geomorphology, seismicity, air, water and
noise quality, watershed and drainage pattern, hydrology, crossing of other utilities
and slope instability that will be influenced due to construction of proposed
Hydropower project.
4.1.1 Topography
The topography of the project is characterized by rugged topography consisting of
high hill and river valley, with steep slopes to vertical cliff containing residual soil
and exposing hard rock and is marked by diversity in land use and land system. The
project area is located between 2420.00 m and 1850 m above mean sea level. The
proposed dam site is typically narrow, steep Himalayan River-Valley. The valley
slopes are very steep, rocky and "V" shaped that are dissected by very few rolling
alluvial tars. Some parts of within the project area like Jeltung village along the river
are smooth and are used for agriculture and human settlements. However, high
impact areas lie along the river which is inaccessible and almost steep cliffs.
4.1.2 Basin Characteristics

Myagdi Khola is a perennial snow fed river originating from Dhaulagiri Himalayan
Range. It is one of the major tributaries of Kali Gandaki River which is one of the
major rivers of the Narayani Basin. The Myagdi Khola catchment is located in
Myagdi district, of Nepal in between longitudes 83° 25' 00'' E - 83° 21' 50'' E and
latitudes 28° 37' 49'' N - 28° 34' 18'' N.
Myagdi Khola originates from eastern side of the Dhaulagiri Himalayan Range. The
river flows from north-east to south-west and joins with Kunaban Khola at Dovan.
The Kunaban Khola also originates from western side of the Dhaulagiri Himalayan
Range. Myagdi Khola, after its junction with Kunaban Khola, flows almost towards
the south and again flows towards the south-west after its junction with Sinkos
Khola located at about 1.25 Km downstream from Jeltun Village. Then, the river
joins with Mudi Khola (main tributary of Myagdi Khola) at near Khibang Village
and Dar Khola near Solaban Village from which the river flows towards the south-
east and joins with Kaligandaki River at downstream of Beni Bazar.
The catchment is confined by Dhaulagiri Himalayan Range having from 2nd to 5th
highest Dhaulagiri peak (7751 m, 7715 m, 7661 and 7618 m respectively) to the north,
Manapathi Himal as high as 6248 m and 1st Dhaulagiri peak of 8167 m to the east,
and 6th highest Dhulagiri peak of 7268 m to the west. The south-east and south-west
of the catchment are confined by mountains as high as 6384 m and 8273 m
respectively. The catchment area of the project at proposed weir site is shown in the
satellite image below.
Myagdi Khola
Kunaban
Khola
Mudi Khola
Figure 4-1: Myagdi Khola Catchment at Proposed weir site in satellite image
The upper part of the catchment covers with large glaciers which contribute to
sustained flow during the dry season. The catchment has not any glacier lake. More
than 90% of the catchment lies above 3000 m, a favorable condition for higher degree
of base flow throughout the year and less flood hazards. The catchment has wide
variation in elevations ranging from 8273 m (Myagdi Matha peak) in south-west to
about 2413 m at the proposed weir site. As per Physiographical Region, the
catchment lies in between the High Mountain (2,000-2,500 m) and High Himalaya
(2,500-8,848 m).
The total catchment area at weir site and powerhouse site are 306 Km2 and 351.3 Km2
respectively. The hypsometric data of the catchment at weir site and power house
site of the project are presented in Table 4-1 which shows that 97.86% of the
catchment at weir site lies above 3000 m which means the catchment is highly
influenced by snow contribution.
Table 4-1: Hypsometric data of the catchment at weir and tailrace Site
Weir Tailrace
Elevation
Area (Km2) % Area (Km2) %
>5000m 186.66 61.00% 187.70 53.43%
5000m-3000m 112.79 36.86% 135.30 38.51%
<3000m 6.55 2.14% 28.30 8.06%
Total 306.00 100.00% 351.30 100.00%
The proposed weir of the project lies at between latitude 28° 37' 49"N and 28° 34'
18"N and longitudes 83°25'00”E and 83° 21' 50"E at Elevation of about 2413 m located
at about 120 m downstream from the confluence of Myagdi Khola and Kunaban
Khola at Dovan. The powerhouse site lies on right bank of Myagdi Khola at
Elevation of about 1850 m at Jeltun Village which is about 6.85 Km downstream
along the river from the proposed weir site. Hire Khola, Amarke Khola, Khame
Khola etc. provides water to dewatered zone. The drainage map is shown in fig. 4.2.
Figure 4-2: Drainage Map of Project Area
4.1.3 Climate
Since catchment of the Myagdi Khola has wide variation in elevation, its climatic
condition varies with altitude. As per climatic zone of Nepal, the catchment lies in
between cool (2,000-3,000 m) zone having mean annual air temperature of 10°to 15°C
and arctic (4,500-5,000 m) zone having mean annual air temperature of 0°to 2.5°C.
The catchment at upper reach is surrounded by High Himalayan, thus having an
arctic climate zone and the lower reach below the catchment has warm temperate
climate zone having mean annual air temperature of 15° to 20°C.
The High Mountain Range in the north essentially forms a barrier forcing the
monsoon brought about by orographic effects to pour down south of this range.
Rainfall intensity varies throughout the catchment according to the degree of
exposure with maximum intensities occurring on the south facing slopes. Rainfall
intensity also varies in the catchment with elevation. In general, the amount of
precipitation is highest in the south at the lower elevations and gradually decreases
to the north with increase in elevation.
Winter precipitation in the region is sparse and falls as snow on the higher peaks.
The period from October to November represents a general climatic transition to
winter conditions. Rainfall is rare during this period. From the end of January until
May, the region becomes progressively warmer. The permanent snow line is at El.
5000 m. From March onwards the snow line shifts upwards resulting in a gradual
increase in river flows due to snowmelt.
4.1.4 Geology
The Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project lies in Lesser Himalayan Zone of the
western Nepal. Gneiss, Quartzitic Phyllite and Phyllitic slate are the main rock units
in the area. The main soil types in the Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project can be
grouped into the alluvial deposits, the Colluvial deposits, and rock exposures. The
alluvial deposits can be classified into the Terraces, and the Recent Riverbeds
(gravel). In the study area, the colluvial deposits is found abundantly on the gentle
slopes .Few areas having gentle slopes are covered by both colluvial as well as
residual soil.
Most of the tributaries flow along the fracture zones and the Myagdi Khola itself
flows against the strike of the foliation plane. The streams of the Myagdi Khola
exhibit dendritic and sub parallel drainage pattern. Landforms developed in the area
include river terraces, alluvial fan, riverbeds, landslides and barerock cliff.
The geological map of Nepal is shown in figure 4.3.
Project Area
Source: Generalized Geological Map of Nepal after Amatya and Jnawali, 1994
Figure 4-3: Geological Map of Nepal
Geologically, the project area lies in the Lesser Himalaya and the Higher Himalaya
zone of the western Nepal. The Nuwakot Group of the Lesser Himalaya consist the
rock units of Precambrian to lower Paleozoic rocks of phyllite, sandstone, quartzite
and calcareous sandstone. Stromatolitic limestone and black slates occurs in the
powerhouse site. The rocks of Higher Himalaya crystalline are exposed in the
headwork site and it consists of Precambrian high grade metamorphic gneisses,
quartzite and the marbles. Migmatites and granite gneisses present predominantly
in the upper parts. The MCT is passes through the project area near the Lipsiba area
which is shown in figure 4.4.
Project Location
Figure 4-4: Location map of MKHP Project showing in the Geological Map (DMG 1994)
Project Specific Geology

Headwork’s Area
Weir
The proposed diversion weir site lies about 50 m downstream from the confluence of
Myagdi Khola and Kunaban Khola at Dobankharka near the suspension bridge on
the Myagdi Khola. At the proposed weir site river valley is about 50 m wide across.
The proposed intake weir lies at an elevation of 2420 m above amsl. At the both
banks near the suspension bridge, 15 m high and about 100 m wide outcrop of
grayish colored gneiss (Unit I) intercalated with abundant quartz vein and quartz
boudinages with phyllite parting is exposed. The thickness of beds ranging from 20
cm to 1 m, rock is very strong with tight-moderately open joints in filled by hard

infillings. Rock is fresh to moderately weathered with rough planer joint surface.
Desander
Desander is proposed as an underground desander due to the unsuitability for
surface desander. Rock exposure of grayish colored banded gneiss intercalated with
quartz vein and quartz boudinages with phyllite parting is present on the proposed
desander. The thickness of beds ranging from 50 cm to 2 m, rock is very strong with
tight-moderately open joints in filled by sandy-silty infillings. Rock is fresh to
moderately weathered with rough planer joint surface.
Headrace Tunnel
The proposed headrace tunnel is about 5644 m long, which runs in NNE - SSW
direction. The maximum rock cover over the tunnel is about 300 m at the ridge of
Pilankos Kharka and the minimum cover is about 80 m at Lipsiba. Along the hill
through which the tunnel alignment passes the terrain is mostly covered by colluvial
deposit and near the top of the hill is covered by thick sequence colluvial and
alluvial soil. Rock is exposed at the eastern slope of the hill along steep portion. The
tunnel will be excavated in medium to thick bedded, fresh to slightly weathered
gneiss (Unit I), then onto thinly to medium bedded, slightly to moderately
weathered grey colored quartzitic phyllite (Unit II) on the headworks area and
headrace tunnel section and finally into phyllitic slate (Unit III) at the powerhouse
sites. The 95% portion of the tunnel drives in these rock units.
Work Adit
The work adit is proposed at Lipbisa valley of the project, where headrace tunnel
run through lowest overburden. Rock mass upstream from the adit is schist and
gneiss and downstream from the adit is slate, quartzite and phyllite. The rock mass
above the proposed work adit is good to fair and downstream from the adit is fair to
poor. The flat surface at the exposed section of the headrace tunnel contains colluvial
deposit of having fragments of gneiss, quartzite and slate with residual soil. The area
is steep slope rocky terrain. The rock exposed around the surge shaft area is black
slate inter banded with phyllite.
At the surge shaft site of the tunnel, the terrain is very steep and this zone is
vulnerable to rock fall. Very big blocks of rock have been detached. There are the
possibilities of toppling and block failure. A medium scale fold is formed at this
zone. At the outlet portion of the tunnel, the terrain is steep to gentle and this zone is
mostly covered by thin colluvial deposit with rock exposures at the hill slope.
Vertical shaft and Penstock pipe alignment

The proposed vertical shaft passed through the black slate and phyllite rock. The
proposed penstock pipe passes through bed rock (slate and phyllite), alluvium,
colluvium, residual soil, colluvium deposits. The waterway passed through steep to
moderate slopes. Rock fall may occur during construction while passing the
alignment through steep slopes.
Rock exposure of dark grey -black colored phyllitic slate (Rock Unit III) with quartz
vein comprises the vertical shaft and penstock pipe alignment area. The thickness of
beds ranging from few cm to 20 cm, rock is very strong with tight-moderately open
joints in filled by sandy-silty-clay infillings. Rock is fresh to moderately weathered
with rough planer joint surface.
Powerhouse area
The powerhouse is proposed to be built on the right bank of alluvium and colluvial
terrace deposits of the Myagdi Khola. It is located about 200 m downstream of the
gorge of Myagdi Khola. There are two distinct terraces in the powerhouse area. The
both terraces are cultivated land. The powerhouse lies in the lower terrace and is
comprises of boulder 70% and 30% fines (clay, sand and gravels). The terrace
materials are loosely compacted and non-cohesive in nature.
4.1.5 Seismicity of the Project area
Himalayan Region is one of the most seismically active regions of the world.
Through the study of the past occurrences of large earthquakes, it is possible to
forecast the likelihood of future earthquakes in terms of location, magnitude and
probable timing. It identifies and studies the source of earthquakes (active faults),
their potential to produce future large earthquakes from their past records, and to
try to forecast and provide information on future earthquake activity, usually using
some probabilistic approach. Pale seismological activities in the Nepal Himalaya
have been evidenced from the sediments of Kathmandu valley and Terai plain
(Gajurel et al., 1998; Nakata et al, 1998; Lavé et al, 2005; Yule et al, 2006). The project
area is shown in Seismic Hazard map of Nepal (fig.4.5)
Study area
Figure 4-5: Seismic Hazard Map of Nepal
4.1.6 Hydrology
The flow duration curve at proposed intake site of the Myagdi Khola developed
from catchment correlation with Myadi Khola (404.7) and regression analysis of the
reference six gauging stations are comparatively presented in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2: Comparison of developed flow duration curve
Probability of Regional
exceedance Catchment correlation with Myagdi Khola (404.7) regression
analysis (IV)
Mean daily 10 day's mean Long-term mean
flow (I) daily flow (II) daily flow (III)
5% 75.67 71.02 61.12 107.66

10% 52.56 56.00 55.75 82.65
15% 40.84 44.14 50.72 66.93
20% 31.92 32.62 37.63 54.00
25% 24.46 25.98 25.96 40.89
30% 17.34 17.84 18.14 27.80
35% 12.93 13.71 14.26 19.64
40% 10.29 10.54 9.92 14.73
45% 8.37 8.28 7.92 11.58
Probability of Regional
exceedance Catchment correlation with Myagdi Khola (404.7) regression
analysis (IV)
Mean daily 10 day's mean Long-term mean
flow (I) daily flow (II) daily flow (III)
50% 7.04 7.07 7.06 9.90

55% 6.16 6.16 6.02 8.62
60% 5.23 5.28 5.27 7.69
65% 4.62 4.65 4.94 7.07
70% 4.18 4.20 4.42 6.57
75% 3.85 3.84 3.91 6.06
80% 3.58 3.58 3.68 5.59
85% 3.33 3.33 3.48 5.10
90% 3.08 3.12 3.33 4.60
95% 2.83 2.88 3.18 3.91
Above table shows that the flow duration curve developed from catchment
correlation with Myagdi Khola (404.7) were found to be on lower side whereas, the
same curve developed from regional regression analysis of the reference six gauging
stations were found to be on higher side. The reasons for lower value from the
catchment correlation with Myagdi Khola (404.7) are the same as explained in
comparison of the long-term mean monthly flows.
Regional regression analysis is one of the commonly précised method for developing
flow duration curve which gives reasonable acceptable result and can be adopted
where there are no other better alternatives or direct data is not available from the
concerned river. Therefore to be in conservative side, average of these two methods
calculated based on mean daily flow was recommended to develop the flow
duration curve at proposed intake site of the project as presented in Table 4-3 and its
graphical presentation in figure 4.6.
Table 4-3: Adopted flow duration curve at proposed intake site
Probability of Adopted Probability of Adopted

exceedance (Average of I & IV) exceedance (Average of I & IV)
5% 91.67 55% 7.39
10% 67.61 60% 6.46
15% 53.88 65% 5.85
20% 42.96 70% 5.38
25% 32.68 75% 4.96
30% 22.57 80% 4.58

35% 16.29 85% 4.21
40% 12.51 90% 3.84
45% 9.97 95% 3.37
50% 8.47
Above table show that the 40% dependable flow at the proposed intake site of the
project is 12.51 m3/s and thus, it was adopted as 12.50 m3/s.
Figure 4-6: Adopted Daily flow duration curve at proposed intake site
4.1.7 Flood Frequency Analysis

The construction flood discharges at proposed intake site of the Myagdi Khola
calculated from catchment correlation with Myadi Khola (404.7) and regression
analysis of the reference six gauging stations along with the construction flood
discharges of Myagdi Khola (404.7) are comparatively presented in Table 4-4.
Table 4-4: Comparison of calculated construction flood discharges with that of Myagdi
Khola (404.7)
Return period Catchment correlation with Regional flood Construction flood of

(yrs) Myagdi Khola (404.7) analysis Myagdi Khola (404.7)
2 10.57 19.77 38.40
5 14.38 32.02 52.25
10 17.09 40.72 62.09
20 19.74 49.26 71.75
50 23.22 60.44 84.40
Above table shows that the construction flood discharges calculated from catchment
correlation with Myagdi Khola (404.7) are on lower side whereas, the same
discharges calculated from regional flood frequency analysis of the reference six
gauging stations are on higher side.
Regional flood frequency analysis is one of the commonly précised method for
estimating construction flood discharges which gives reasonable acceptable result
and can be adopted where there are no other better alternatives or direct data is not
available from the concerned river.
The construction flood discharges at proposed intake site (306Km2) of the Myagdi
Khola calculated from regional flood frequency analysis of the reference six gauging
stations are the highest in comparison to the Myagdi Khola (404.7) having catchment
area of 1112Km2 as presented in above table. Therefore to be in safe side, average of
these methods will be used at proposed intake site of the project as tabulated in
Table 4-5.
Table 4-5: Adopted construction flood discharges at intake of the project
Return period Adopted construction flood % of adopted construction flood w.r.t.

(yrs) (m3/s) Myagdi Khola (404.7)
2 15.17 39.50%
5 23.20 44.40%
10 28.90 46.55%
20 34.50 48.09%
50 41.83 49.57%
Above table shows that the constructions flood of 1 in 20 years return period at
proposed intake site of the project is 34.50m3/s which is 48.09% of the
corresponding construction flood of the Myagdi Khola (404.7).
4.1.8 Sediment Analysis

Standard filtration method was used for the laboratory analysis of the sediment
concentration. Filter paper having a pore size of 11 microns was used in the analysis.
SUSPENDED SEDIMENT CONCENTRATION

The minimum, maximum and average sand sediment and fine sediment for the
months August, September and November are presented in table 4-6 show the fine
sediment concentration is higher than sand sediment concentration. Usually, 10,000
ppm of the suspended concentration is taken for the design of the settling basin.
Table 4-6: Suspended sediment concentration in ppm
Minimum Maximum Average

Month
Sand Fine Sand Fine Sand Fine
August 1.3 9.8 251.3 755.5 36.2 60.3
September 1.2 2.8 45.9 125.6 8.4 25.3
October 6.7 8.9 308.0 431.9 61.9 129.2
November 3.0 70.3 173.8 258.3 76.1 135.5
SAND BREAK ANALYSIS

The sand break analysis was done normally to differentiate the content of fine and
sand particles in the sediment samples. The analysis was made for all selected
samples collected. The break was made with a sieve size of 0.065 mm. The results
from total suspended sediments of all samples are presented in table 4-7.
Table 4-7: Sand break analysis for total suspended sediment samples
Month Minimum Maximum Average
August 6.67 66.67 35.08
September 6.25 84.62 27.24
October 5.11 84.62 30.86
November 4.08 49.61 31.74
4.1.9 Air and Noise Quality

The air quality around the project area is within acceptable level due to remoteness
of the area and less vehicular emission. The project area is located in a rural area and
there are no industries within the project area. No vehicular movements are also
found in the project area. The noise level measured in the different proposed project
component is given in table 4-8.
Table 4-8: Noise level measured in the different project component site
SN Project component Noise level (decibel Time Date

dB)
1 Proposed Intake area 45 2:00 PM 2075/09/10
2 Proposed Adit site 50 11:00 AM 2075/09/10
3 Proposed Powerhouse 55 8:00 AM 2075/09/10
site
4 Proposed Batching and 48 9:00 AM 2075/09/10
crushing plant site
Source: Field visit, 2075
4.1.10 Water Quality
The water quality at the different project component such as intake site, dewatered
zone and power house area of the Myagdi Khola were analyzed. Water quality test
report of the Myagdi Khola of different project component is given below;
Table 4-9: Water quality test report of different component of Myagdi Khola Hydropower
Project
S.N. Parameters Test Methods Observed values Generic

Effluent
Headworks Dewatered Power Standards
area zone house Discharge into
Inland Surface
Water, GoN
2001
1 pH @ 19 C Electrometric, 7.8 7.8 6.5 5.5-9
4500-H+B,
APHA
2 Turbidity Nephelometri <1 1 10 -
(NTU) c, 2130 B,
APHA
3 Electrical Conductivity 239 236 231 -
Conductivity Meter, 2510 B,
, (µS/cm) APHA
4 Total Solids, Oven Drying, 234 226 258 -
(mg/L) Gravimetric,
2540 D APHA
5 Total Oven Drying, <1 <1 <1 30-200
Suspended 2540 D APHA
Solids
(mg/L)
S.N. Parameters Test Methods Observed values Generic

Effluent
Headworks Dewatered Power Standards
area zone house Discharge into
Inland Surface
Water, GoN
2001
6 Total EDTA 154 146 138 -
Hardness as Titrimetric,
CaCO3 2340 B, APHA
(mg/L)
7 Total Titrimetric, 105 98 127 -
Alkalinity as 2320 B, APHA
CaCO3
(mg/L)
8 Ammonical – Direct <0.05 <0.05 0.10 50, max
N, (mg/L) Nesslerization
, 4500-NH3C
APHA
9 Nitrate, UV 0.81 0.59 0.15 -
(mg/L) Spectrophoto
metric
Screening,
4500- NO3-B,
APHA
10 Chemical Potassium 2 2 4 250, max
Oxygen Dichromate
Demand, Reflux, 5220
(mg/L) B, APHA
11 Iron (mg/L) <0.05 0.11 0.08 -
12 Manganese, N.D. (<0.02) N.D. (<0.02) N.D. -
(mg/L) (<0.02)
13 Lead, Direct Air – N.D. (<0.01) N.D. (<0.01) N.D.
0.1, max
(mg/L) Acetylene (<0.01)
14 Zinc, (mg/L)AAS, 3111 B, 0.03 0.01 0.02
5, max
APHA
N.D.: Not Detected; APHA: American Public Health Association; AAS: Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometer; EDTA: Ethylenediaminetertraacetic acid; NTU: Nephelometric Turbidity unit;
UV: Ultravoilet
Remarks: All observed values complied the prescribed effluent standards discharge into
inland surface water.
4.1.11 Land Stability and Soil Erosion
There are no active faults and landslide in the high impact zone of the project area
the rocks quartzite-phyllite are exposed on both, along upstream as well as
downstream of the proposed intake and weir axis area. Also, proposed surge shaft,
pressure shaft, powerhouse and tailrace area lies in good rock. The slope stability
condition of the project area in general seems to be stable. The drainage pattern of
the project area is dendritic type. In this pattern the streams are irregular branching
in several directions at almost any angle but usually at an angle of less than right
angle. Steep slope, perennial groundwater, land use system, deforestation and
prominent land sliding etc. are the major factors of soil erosion. Somewhere around
the project area seems an old landslide, according to the local people it was more
than twenty years old. There are two landslides exists along the project area, one is
located at intake side and another is along the tunnel alignment.
4.1.12 Glacier Lake Outburst Flood (GLOF)
No glacial lake lies in the catchment of the Myagdi River; hence there is no risk of
GLOF and its impact on the project structures. This is also confirmed by accessing
the mountain geo portal managed by the ICIMOD
(http://geoportal.icimod.org/storymaps/nepalglakes/ accessed in 2016/12/05) and
other literatures published in this regard. However, the river originates from
Glaciers.
4.1.13 Land Use

Forest, cultivated, grass, bush and barren areas are the main land use of the project
area. According to GIS mapping, about 40.95 % (1380.688 ha) land area is forest, 0.23
% (7.875 ha) is agricultural land, 3.17% (106.743 ha) is barren land, 34.29% (1156.213
ha) is bush and 21.36 % (720.161 ha) is grass land. Figure 4-7 shows the land use map
of project boundary.
Figure 4-7: Land use Map of Project Area
4.2 Biological Environment

4.2.1 Vegetation type of Myagdi District
The district lies mainly in the transition zone. It is the meeting point of western and
eastern vegetation types. From bio-diversity point of view, it provides the habitat of
many flora and fauna. The northern parts of the district lie in the high Himalayan
area. Middle mountain zone occupies very small area of the district.
Topographically, it is subdivided into sub-tropical, mid temperate and alpine
climate zone. There are much variation in altitude and topography resulting in a
variation in climate also. The major climates are subtropical, temperate and alpine.
Myagdi Khola and Kaligandaki runs through the valley, which has subtropical
climate. Mountain slope lying in southern and northern parts of the district with
1000 m to 2000 m altitude has mid temperate climate. All mountain ridges fall under
temperate climate zone. High peaks falls under alpine climate. Land system and
utilization 36% land of the district area lies in high Himalayan zone, 56% in
transition zone and rest in Middle Mountain. The project area does not locate within
any protected area (National Park, Wildlife Reserve, Hunting Reserve, Conservation
Area and Buffer Zone). The nearest protected area are Annapurna Conservation
Area and Dhorpatan Hunting Reserve (fig.4-8).
Figure 4-8: Location of Project with respect to nearest protected areas
The 'land use' of the district according to DDC profile Myagdi, approximately, 36.76
% land areas are forests, 8.48% are agriculture area, 21.27% are grassland, 11.78% are
snow covered area, 2.0% are rock area and 9.30% are settlement area. Remaining are
road, mines, landslide, glaciers, water bodies, swamp, wasteland and Steep Slopes in
the district.
Table 4-10: Land area covered by forest of Myagdi district
S.N. Name Area (Ha) Percentage (%)
1 Total area of Myagdi district 229706 100.00

2 Total area of Forest 84452 36.76
3 Total area managed by DFO 79439 34.58
4 Dhorpatan Hunting reserve (DHR) 1260 1.49
5 Annapurna conservation area (ACA) 3753 4.72
Source: District forest office, 2071
Natural Resource: Forest occupies more than 34% of the total area of the district.
Topographically, the soil is not suitable for vegetation. The high altitude allows
diverse vegetation pattern in the district. Natural vegetation described here is based
on the technical report prepared by J.F. Dobremez and C. Jest (1970). There are four
types of natural vegetation in the district.
1) Subtropical forest
a) Subtropical Riverine Forest (1000-2000 m): These types of forests are found in a
narrow belt starting from middle of Durbang and extending along Myagdi River up
to Beni. Likewise such types of forests is also found in belt starting from middle of
Ghasa and Dana and extending along the Kali Gandaki River up to Beni. The main
species consists of Alnus nepalensis (Utis), Cedrella toona (Tuni), Albizia spp. and
Macarena postulata.
b) Sub tropical wet forest (1000-2000 m): These types of forest are found at altitude
between 1000 m and 2000 m with precipitation of more than 2500 mm per year. It is
found towards the southern parts of Raughat Khola. The main species consists of
Schima wallichii (Chilaune), Castanopsis indica (Dhale Katus) and Engelhard species.
c) Pinus roxburghii forest (Below 1600 m): Pure stand of Pinus roxburgii is found an
altitude below 1600 m which encountered in southern aspect of Arje Khola, Dukhu
Khola and Dang Khola sub watershed. Thulo salleri Ban of Ghatan is a prominent
one in the district.
2) Temperate forest (2000m-3000 m): Such types of forests are situated in area with
precipitation of less than 1000m per year. Some of the notable vegetation includes
Rhododendron arboreum (Guras), Abies spectabilis (Talispatra) and Betula utilis
(Bhojpatra).
3) Sub alpine forest (3000-4000 m): Sub alpine forest is situated between 3000 m-
4000 m altitudes. Prominent species falls under the type include Junipers. This forest
is found in Gurja, Lulang and Mudi VDC.
4) Alpine forest (3500-5000 m): Alpine meadows exist towards the south of
Dhaulagiri Himal at elevation between 3500 m and 5000 m. The vegetation is
composed mainly of Graminaceae and Cyperaceae.
Medicinal plants: Major plants species found in this district are Picrorhiza kurroa
(Kutki), Swertia chiraita (Chiraito), Aconitum spicatum (Bikh), Nardostachys
grandiflora (Jatamasi), Dactylorhiza hatagirea (Pach aaule), Cordyceps sinensis
(Yarsagumba), Paris polyphylla (Satuwa), Rheum australe (Padamchal), and
Zanthoxylum armatum (Timur) etc.
Wildlife of Myagdi District
The major wild animals and birds of Myagdi district are as follows.
a) Animal: Panthera pardus (Chituwa), Panthera unica (Hiu Chituwa), Muntiacus
muntjak (Ratuwa), Moschus chrisogaster (Kasturi), Macaca mullata (Bandar),
Semnopithecus entellus (Langure Bandar) and Nemorhaedus Ghoral (Ghoral) etc.
B) Birds: Lophophorus impejanus (Danfe), Tragopan Satyra (Munal), Lophura
leucomelanos (Kalij), Gallus gallus (Luinche), Convus splendens (Kag), Turdoides
nipalensis (Kande Vyakur) etc.
4.2.2 Vegetation of the Project Area
There are 3 major forest groups found in project impact areas which are described
below as;
a) Subtropical Riverine forest (1000-2000 m) - These types of forests is found in a
narrow belt starting from Khamla village and extending along Myagdi River up to
near powerhouse site. The main species consists of Tooni (Cedrela toona), Kalo Siris
(Albizia chinensis), Seto Siris (Albizia procera), Tote (Ficu shispida), Sindure (Mallotus
philippinensis) and Fushro (Grewia Oppositifolia) etc.
b) Subtropical broad-leaved forest (1000-2000 m) - These types of forest are found at
altitude between 1000 m and 2000 m with precipitation of more than 2500 mm per
year. It is found towards the southern parts of Myagdi River. The main species
consists of Chilaune (Schima wallichii), Dhale Katus (Castanopsis indica) and Utis
(Alnus nepalensis) etc. A mainly pure stand of Pine (Pinus roxburghii) dominates the
higher elevation and found on all aspects.
c) Upper Temperate Mixed Broad-Leaved Forest (2500-3500 m) - This type of forest
found at altitude between 2500 and 3500 m mainly on north and west facing slope it
is found the upper catchment area of the Myagdi River. The main species are Acer
oblongum, Rhododendron arboreum, Aesculus indica, Juglans regia.
4.2.3 Vegetation at project component area

The project impact area consists of Subtropical Riverine forest, Subtropical broad-
leaved forest and Upper Temperate Mixed Broad-Leaved type of forest. The study
area has divided in to four parts for the biological study.
A) Headworks area
B) Tunnel alignment area
C) Powerhouse area
D) Access road
A) Headworks area:
The major vegetation found in and around the headworks area are Thingre salla
(Abies pindrow), Talis Patra (Abies spectabilis), Gobre salla (Pinus wallichina), Firfire
(Acer oblongum), Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa), Saur (Betula alnoides), Laliguars
(Rhododendron arboreum), Gogan (Saurauia napaulensis), Lise (ilex dipyena), etc. details
of the vegetation found in and around the headworks area is given in table 4-11.
Table 4-11: Vegetation found in and around the Headworks Area
S.N Local name Scientific name Remarks

Tree Species
1 Thingre salla Abies pindrow Aspect-West,
Use- Timber, Fuel wood
Altitude – 2500 m
2 Firfere Acer oblongum Aspect-West
Altitude – 2500 m
3 Gobre salla Pinus wallichina Aspect-south
Altitude-2500
4 Talis Patra Abies spectabilis Aspect-West
Altitude- 2500 m
5 Aspale Neolitsea umbrosa Aspect-West
Use- Timber, Fuel wood, edible fruit
Altitude – 2500 m
6 Saur Betula alnoides Aspect-West, South
Altitude- 2500 m
7 Gogan Saurauia napaulensis stony places, especially on riverbeds and
flood plains
Use- fruit juice, Fuel wood
Altitude – 2500 m
8 Lise ilex dipyena Aspect-West
Altitude- 2500 m
9 Guras Rhododendron arboreum Aspect- South
West,

Use- Flower juice, fuel wood
Altitude - 2500 m
Shrubs Species
1 Phulpat Colquhounia coccinea 1200-3000 m
2 Machaeno Coriaria nepalensis 800-2700 m
3 Dhalke phul Cotoneaster acuminatus 2500-3700 m
4 Phusure kath Hydrangea heteromalla 2400-3300 m
5 Bhue champa Leptodermis lanceolata 2000-3500 m
6 Suga phul Piptanthus nepalensis 2500-3500m
7 Dhatelo Prinsepia utilis 2000-3500 m
8 Bansi kade Rosa brunonii 1500 - 2400 m
9 Unknown Sarcococca hookeriana 1000-3500 m
10 Nigalo Drepanostachyum Use- construction, mats, weaving,
intermedium fodder and sticks
Altitude- 1000-3000 m
11 Unknown Viburnum cotinifolium 2100-3600 m
12 Junge lahara Clematis buchonaniana 1800-3300 m
13 Bagula Holbellia latifolia 1500-4000 m
Herbs Species
1 Khilyu Androsace strigillosa 2400-3800m
2 Banmara Eupatorium adenophorum Up to 2500m
3 Duk Euphorbia wallichii 2200-4500m
4 Khiraula Lilium nepalense 2300-3400 m
5 Vordaya Roscoea purpurea 1520-3100 m
6 Nakali Valeriana spp. 1500-4000 m
Jatamasi
7 Buki phul Anaphilis spp. 1000-3500 m
8 Unknown Bergenia ciliata 1800-4300 m
9 Allo Girardiana diversifolia Use- Head-strap (Namlo)
Altitude- Up to 2500 m
10 Tetepate Artemisia nilagirica Use- medicinal, Holistic plant
Altitude- 300-2400m
11 Sisnu Urtica dioca Use- young leaves edible
Up to 1000-2500 m
Source: Field Survey, 2075
B) Tunnel alignment:
The vegetation found along the tunnel alignment is given below;
Table 4-12: Vegetation found along tunnel alignment

Tree Species
1 Gobre salla Pinus wallichina Aspect-south
Altitude-2500
2 Firfere Acer oblongum Aspect-West
Altitude 2500

3 Lekh katus Corylus ferox Aspect- north East,
Use- Fuel wood
Altitude -1800-3000 m.
4 Dhalke phul Cotoneaster frigidus Aspect-West, South
Use- Fuel wood, Fodder
Altitude2500-3700 m
5 Nepali Dodecadenia grandiflora
Dalcheeni
6 Hade bine Ilex dipyrena 1500-3000 m
7 Bhusure Leucosceptrum canum
8 Angari Lyonia ovalifolia 1500-3000 m.
9 Silingi Osmonthus suavis 2500-3800m
10 Lekh Angari Pieris formosa 2000-3300 m
Shrubs Species
1 Chutro Berberis aristata 600-2500m
2 Aiselu Rubus ellipticus 1200-4000 m
3 Nigalo Drepanostachyum 2400-3200 m
intermedium
4 Phulpat Colquhounia coccinea 1200-3000 m
5 Dhalke phul Cotoneaster acuminatus 2500-3700 m
6 Machaeno Coriaria nepalensis 800-2700 m
7 Bhatmase phul Desmodium multiperum 1800-2600 m
8 Argali Edgeworthia gerdneri 1000-2500 m
9 Phusure kath Hydrangea heteromalla 2400-3300 m
10 Sugaphul Piptanthus nepalensis 2100-3600
11 Unknown Potentilla fructicosa 2400-5500 m.
12 Dhatelo Prinsepia utilis 2000-3500 m
13 Unknown Spiraea conescens 1500 - 3200 m
Herbs and Grasses
1 Tikhe kuro Bidens pillosa Use- medicinal
Up to 2500 m
2 Bhang Cannabis sativa
3 Unknown Cheilanthes sp
4 Unknown Elatostema sp.
6 Tetepate Artemisia nilagirica Use- medicinal, Holistic plant
Altitude- 300-2400m
7 Sisnu Urtica dioca Use- young leaves edible, Up to 1000-
2500 m
8 Dhaturo Datura metal Use-medicinal, Holistic plant
Altitude-200-2200m
9 Unknown Salvia sp Use-
C) Powerhouse area
The vegetation found in and around the powerhouse area is given below;
Table 4-13: Vegetation found in and around the Powerhouse area

Tree Species
1 Utis Alnus nepalensis Aspect-West, South
Altitude- up to 2500
2 Okhar Juglans regia Aspect- South east
Use- Edible fruits, Timber
Altitude-1000-3300 m
3 Kaulo Persea odoratissima Aspect- south
Use- Timber , Fuel wood,
altitude- 1500 m
4 Dudhilo Ficus nerifolia Aspect- South east
Use- Edible fruits , Fuel wood
altitude-
5 Bhalayo Semicarpus anacardium Aspect- east
Use- Edible fruits , Fuel wood
altitude- 750-2700 m
6 Fushro Grewia optiva Aspect- east
Use- Fuel wood, fodder
altitude- 500 and 2500 m
7 Siris Albizia chinensis Aspect- east
Use- Fuel wood, timber
altitude-
Shrubs Species
1 Aishelu Rubus ellipticus Edible fruits
4 Timur Zanthoxylum armatum Use- medicinal, spices
6 Dhursul Coleobrookea oppositifolia 250-1700 m
8 Machaeno Gultheria fragrantissima
9 Dhayalo Callicarpa arorea 250-2000 m
10 Tapari Cassia tora
Herbs and Grasses
1 Babio Eulaliopsis binata Used for making
2 Kans Saccharum spontaneum Making Roof of hut
3 Dubo Cynodon dactylon
Up to 2500 m
6 Ghodtapre Centella asiatica Oriental medicine
7 Dudhe Euphorbia hirta Local medicinal use
8 Titepati Artemisia sps. Local medicinal and also Holistic plant

Up to 1000-2500 m
D) Access Road:
Major vegetation found along the access road are Gobre salla (Pinus wallichina),
Firfere (Acer oblongum), Utis (Alnus nepalensis), Lekh katus (Corylus ferox), Angari
(Lyonia ovalifolia), Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa), Lise (ilex dipyena), Saur (Betula alnoides),
Gogan (Saurauia napaulensis), Utis (Alnus nepalensis), Okhar (Juglans regia), Mayal
(Pyrus pashia) etc. similarly shrubs and herbs found along the road alignment are
Chutro (Berberis aristata), Aiselu (Rubus ellipticus), Nigalo (Drepanostachyum
intermedium), Angeri (Lyonia ovalifolia), Banmara (Eupatorium adenophorum), Dudhe
(Euphorbia hirta), Titepati (Artemisia sps.), Sisnu (Urtica dioca) etc. details of the
vegetation found along the access road alignment are given below;
Table 4-14: Vegetation found along the access road alignment
Tree Species
1 Utis Alnus nepalensis Aspect-West, South
2 Aspale Neolitsea umbrosa Aspect-West, South
2 Okhar Juglans regia Aspect- South east
Use- Edible fruits, Timber
Altitude-1000-3300 m
3 Kaulo Persea odoratissima Aspect- south
Use- Timber , Fuel wood,
altitude- 1500 m
4 Lise ilex dipyena Aspect-West
Altitude- 2500 m
5 Mayal Pyrus pashia Aspect-east, use fruit
6 Saur Betula alnoides
7 Laliguras Rhododendron arboreum Aspect- South
West,
Use- Flower juice, fuel wood
Altitude - 2500 m
8 Gogan Saurauia napaulensis
9 Talis Patra Abies spectabilis Aspect-West
Altitude- 2500 m
10 Pangro Aesculus indica Aspect-west, use fruit
11 Chandan Daphniphyllum himalensis Aspect-West
Altitude- 2500 m
12 Firfire Acer oblongum Aspect-West

Altitude- 2500 m
13 Dudhilo Ficus nerifolia Aspect- east use fodder
14 Kalikath Myrsine semiserrata Aspect-West
15 Bhalayo Semicarpus anacardium Aspect- east use fodder
16 Gobre salla Pinus wallichina Aspect-West
Altitude- 2500 m
17 Angeri Lyonia ovalifolia 1500-3000 m.
18 Katus Corylus ferox Aspect-West
Altitude- 2500 m
Shrubs Species
1 Aishelu Rubus ellipticus Edible fruits
4 Timur Zanthoxylum armatum Use- medicinal, spices
6 Dhursul Coleobrookea oppositifolia 250-1700 m
8 Machaeno Gultheria fragrantissima
9 Dhayalo Callicarpa arorea 250-2000 m
10 Tapari Cassia tora
Herbs and Grasses
1 Babio Eulaliopsis binata Used for making
2 Kans Saccharum spontaneum Making Roof of hut
3 Dubo Cynodon dactylon
Up to 2500 m
6 Ghodtapre Centella asiatica Oriental medicine
7 Dudhe Euphorbia hirta Local medicinal use
8 Titepati Artemisia sps. Local medicinal and also Holistic plant
Up to 1000-2500 m
4.2.4 Vegetation analysis of project site

Vegetation analysis has been carried out by categorizing the project site as
headworks area, Dewater zone and access road.
Site- A (Headworks Site)

Importance Value Index (IVI) for tree species
According to the IVI in the headworks site of the Myagdi HPP the total IVI value of
the Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) is calculated as 105.35 as highest value and Bhalayo
(Semicarpus anacardium) is calculated as 29.34 which is lowest IVI value in the
headworks site. Total tree density was 140 tree/ha. Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) and
Lise (ilex dipyena) are more dominant species.
Table 4-15: Important value Index (IVI) of Tree species at Head works site
S.N. Species Name D (N/ha.) RD (%) F (%) RF (%) BA(m2) RBA (%) IVI
1 Aaspale 73.33333 52.38095 100 37.5 0.101 15.47181 105.3528

2 Lise 33.33333 23.80952 33.33333 12.5 0.1755 26.88419 63.19371
3 Utis 20 14.28571 66.66667 25 0.1974 30.23897 69.52468
4 Bhalayo 6.666667 4.761905 33.33333 12.5 0.0789 12.0864 29.3483
5 Mayal 6.666667 4.761905 33.33333 12.5 0.1 15.31863 32.58053
Total 140 100 266.6667 100 0.6528 100 300
Source: EIA field study, 2075
Note: TN* = Total Number, D* = Density, RD* = Relative Density, F* = Frequency, RF* = Relative Frequency, BA*
= Basal Area, RBA* = Relative Basal Area, IVI* = Importance Value Index
Importance Value Index (IVI) for Pole class tree

According to the IVI in the headworks site of the Myagdi HPP total IVI value for
pole class tree of the Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) is calculated as 121.27 as highest value
and Lise (ilex dipyena) is calculated as 37.88 which is lowest IVI value in the
headworks site. Total tree density was 106.66 tree/ha. Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) and
Lise (ilex dipyena), are more dominant species.
Table 4-16: Important Value Index of pole class tree at Headworks site
Species D RD RF BA RBA
S.N. F (%) IVI
Name (N/ha.) (%) (%) (m2) (%)
33.3333
1 Aaspale 80 75 3 20 0.0293 26.27803 121.278
33.3333 37.8811
2 Lise 13.33333 12.5 3 20 0.006 5.381166 7
66.6666 62.4831
3 Bhalayo 6.666667 6.25 7 40 0.0181 16.23318 8
33.3333 78.3576
4 Mayal 6.666667 6.25 3 20 0.0581 52.10762 2
166.666
Total 106.6667 100 7 100 0.1115 100 300
Importance Value Index (IVI) for Shrubs species

Table 4-17: Important Value Index of shrubs at Headworks site
S.N. Species Name D (N/ha.) RD (%) F (%) RF (%) AC RC (%) IVI
1 Tushare 266.6667 13.33333 33.33333 11.11111 2 13.33333 37.77778

2 Sisnu 933.3333 46.66667 100 33.33333 2.333333 15.55556 95.55556
3 U1 400 20 66.66667 22.22222 1.5 10 52.22222
4 U2 266.6667 13.33333 66.66667 22.22222 1 6.666667 42.22222
5 U3 133.3333 6.666667 33.33333 11.11111 1 6.666667 24.44444
Total 2000 100 300 100 7.833333 52.22222 252.2222
Table 4-18: Important Value Index of Herbs at headworks site
S.N. Species Name D (N/ha.) RD (%) F (%) RF (%) AC RC (%) IVI
1 Gajer 1333.333 45.45455 100 30 3.333333 15.15152 90.60606

2 Banmara 400 13.63636 66.66667 20 1.5 6.818182 40.45455
3 Titepati 533.3333 18.18182 66.66667 20 2 9.090909 47.27273
4 Fern 266.6667 9.090909 33.33333 10 2 9.090909 28.18182
5 U1 400 13.63636 66.66667 20 1.5 6.818182 40.45455
Total 2933.333 100 333.3333 100 10.33333 46.9697 246.9697
Site- B (Dewater Zone)

According to the IVI in the dewater zone of the Myagdi HPP total IVI value of the
Utis (Alnus nepalensis) is calculated as 96.33 as highest value and Laliguras
(Rhododendron arboreum) is calculated as 50.24 which is lowest IVI value in the dewater
zone. Total tree density was 106.66 tree/ha. Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) and Utis (Alnus
nepalensis), are more dominant species at dewater zone.
Table 4-19: Important Value Index at Dewater zone for tree species
S.N Species D RD BA(m2 RBA

F (%) RF (%) IVI
. Name (N/ha.) (%) ) (%)
1 Aaspale 46.66667 43.75 100 33.3333 0.0938 15.3293 92.4126
3 4
66.6666 22.2222 61.0081
2 Lise 20 18.75 7 2 0.1226 20.03595 8
66.6666 22.2222 96.3315
3 Utis 26.66667 25 7 2 0.3005 49.10933 5
66.6666 22.2222 50.2476
4 Laliguras 13.33333 12.5 7 2 0.095 15.52541 3
Total 106.6667 100 300 100 0.6119 100 300
Importance Value Index (IVI) for pole size tree species

According to the IVI in the dewater zone of the Myagdi HEP total IVI value for pole
class tree of the Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) is calculated as 106.18 as highest value and
Utis (Alnus nepalensis) is calculated as 45.23 which is lowest IVI value in the dewater
zone. Total tree density was 73.33 tree/ha. Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) and Lise (ilex
dipyena), are more dominant species.
Table 4-20: Important Value Index for pole size tree at dewater zone
S.N. Species Name D (N/ha.) RD (%) F (%) RF (%) BA (m2) RBA (%) IVI
1 Aaspale 26.66667 36.36364 100 37.5 0.0424 32.31707 106.1807

2 Lise 20 27.27273 66.66667 25 0.0452 34.45122 86.72395
3 Utis 13.33333 18.18182 33.33333 12.5 0.0191 14.55793 45.23975
4 Laliguras 13.33333 18.18182 66.66667 25 0.0245 18.67378 61.8556
Total 73.33333 100 266.6667 100 0.1312 100 300
Table 4-21: Important Value Index for Shrubs species at dewater zone
D
S.N. Species Name RD (%) F (%) RF (%) AC RC (%) IVI
(N/ha.)
1 Aiselu 133.3333 7.692308 33.33333 10 1 7.692308 25.38462

2 Tushare 133.3333 7.692308 33.33333 10 1 7.692308 25.38462
3 Sisnu 666.6667 38.46154 100 30 1.666667 12.82051 81.28205
4 U2 266.6667 15.38462 33.33333 10 2 15.38462 40.76923
5 U3 266.6667 15.38462 66.66667 20 1 7.692308 43.07692
6 U4 266.6667 15.38462 66.66667 20 1 7.692308 43.07692
Total 1733.333 100 333.3333 100 7.666667 58.97436 258.9744
Table 4-22: Important Value Index for herbs species at dewater zone
Species D
S.N. RD (%) F (%) RF (%) AC RC (%) IVI
Name (N/ha.)
533.333 30.7692 66.6666 22.2222 15.3846 68.3760

1 Gajer 3 3 7 2 2 2 7
266.666 15.3846 66.6666 22.2222 7.69230 45.2991
2 Banmara 7 2 7 2 1 8 5
266.666 15.3846 33.3333 11.1111 15.3846 41.8803
3 Fern 7 2 3 1 2 2 4
23.0769 66.6666 22.2222 11.5384 56.8376
4 U1 400 2 7 2 1.5 6 1
266.666 15.3846 66.6666 22.2222 7.69230 45.2991
5 Titepati 7 2 7 2 1 8 5
1733.33 57.6923 257.692
Total 3 100 300 100 7.5 1 3
Site- C (Access Road)

According to the IVI along the Access road of the Myagdi HPP total IVI value of the
Utis (Alnus nepalensis) is calculated as 109.55 as highest values and Aspale (Neolitsea
umbrosa) is calculated as 63.30 which is lowest IVI value in the Access road. Total tree
density was 86.66 tree/ha. Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) and Utis (Alnus nepalensis) are
more dominant species at access road.
Table 4-23: Important Value Index (IVI) for tree species along the access road
Species D BA(m2 RBA

S.N. RD (%) F (%) RF (%) IVI
Name (N/ha.) ) (%)
23.0769 66.6666 22.2222 18.0012

1 Aaspale 20 2 7 2 0.0861 5 63.3004
33.3333 38.4615 33.3333 37.7587 109.553
2 Utis 3 4 100 3 0.1806 3 6
23.0769 66.6666 22.2222 23.6044 68.9035
3 Kaulo 20 2 7 2 0.1129 3 8
13.3333 15.3846 66.6666 22.2222 20.6355 58.2424
4 Phirphire 3 2 7 2 0.0987 8 2
86.6666
Total 7 100 300 100 0.4783 100 300
Importance Value Index (IVI) for pole size tree species

According to the IVI along the Access road of the Myagdi HPP total IVI value of the
Kaulo (Persea odoratissima) is calculated as 59.63 as lowest values and Aspale (Neolitsea
umbrosa) is calculated as 94.13 which are highest IVI value in the Access road for pole
class. Total tree density was 73.33 tree/ha. Aspale (Neolitsea umbrosa) and Utis (Alnus
nepalensis) are more dominant species at access road.
Table 4-24: Important Value Index for pole size tree along the access road
S.N Species D RF BA(m2 RBA

RD (%) F (%) IVI
. Name (N/ha.) (%) ) (%)
36.3636
1 Aaspale 26.66667 4 100 37.5 0.0273 20.26726 94.1309
27.2727 66.6666 73.2081
2 Utis 20 3 7 25 0.0282 20.93541 4
18.1818 33.3333 59.6350
3 Kaulo 13.33333 2 3 12.5 0.039 28.95323 5
18.1818 66.6666 73.0259
4 Phirphire 13.33333 2 7 25 0.0402 29.8441 2
266.666
Total 73.33333 100 7 100 0.1347 100 300
Table 4-25: Important Value Index (IVI) of Shrubs Species along the access road
D
(N/ha.)
1 Tushare 266.6667 12.5 33.33333 11.11111 2 12.5 36.11111

2 Sisnu 933.3333 43.75 100 33.33333 2.333333 14.58333 91.66667
3 U1 133.3333 6.25 33.33333 11.11111 1 6.25 23.61111
4 U3 400 18.75 66.66667 22.22222 1.5 9.375 50.34722
5 U4 400 18.75 66.66667 22.22222 1.5 9.375 50.34722
Total 2133.333 100 300 100 8.333333 52.08333 252.0833
Table 4-26: Important Value Index for Herbs species along access road
D
(N/ha.)
1 Banmara 533.3333 33.33333 66.66667 28.57143 2 16.66667 78.57143

2 Fern 400 25 66.66667 28.57143 1.5 12.5 66.07143
3 U1 533.3333 33.33333 66.66667 28.57143 2 16.66667 78.57143
4 Titepati 133.3333 8.333333 33.33333 14.28571 0.5 4.166667 26.78571

Total 1600 100 233.3333 100 6 50 250
4.2.5 Vegetation loss at different project component

The loss of vegetation at different project components is presented in table 4-27. The
number of seedling and sapling was found more on along the access road. Similarly
the loss of tree along the access road is found more than other project component.
Table 4-27: Vegetation loss at different project component
S.N Project Type of Fores Loss of vegetation Crown Basal Vegetatio
component forest (as t area cover % area n type
Seedlin Sapling N0.
forest act) (hac.)
g per ha. s per ha. Of
tree
>10
cm
DB
H
1 Headworks Gov. Thingre
managed salla,
Laligurash
,saur
0.08366
100 76 41 20 5
2 Water Communit Phirphire,
conveyance y forest Kaulo
Tunnel/canal
/
penstock
125 100 15 15 0.0948
3 Powerhouse Private Utis, Kaulo
70 50 11 10 0.0788
4 Access road Gov. Aaspale,

managed Lise
100 80 385 25 0.1113
Bagar CF Utis,
Aspale
140 100 59 22
………….
Total 0.09214
535 406 511 18.4 1
4.2.6 Vegetation loss in terms of plant species and biomass

Total 17 plant species is found to be loss from the implementation of proposed
project. Details of loss trees and biomass are given in below table 4-28.
Table 4-28: Loss of vegetation in terms of plants species and biomass
Botanical Name Local Avg. Loss of vegetation** Standing wood Biomas Bioma
Name DBH/ra value s for ss
nge* (for standin usages
>=10 cm g tree **
DBH) Loss of Loss of (Kg) *
regeneration tree no.
Seedli Sampl Pol Tre Timber Fuel
ng per ing e e (cfit) woo
ha. per ha. cla cla d
ss ss (chat
ta/
Bhar
i)
Aaspal Fuel
e 7747.03 131744.7 wood,
Neolitsea umbrosa 0.3199 80 50 138 161 5 1100 189 timber
lise Fuel
1280.73 20853.20 wood,
Ilex dipyena 0.335271 50 40 14 27 8 160 3 timber
Thingr Fuel
e salla 11427.85 wood,
Tsuga dumosa 0.36475 20 10 1 8 563.997 70 245 timber
saur Fuel
428.384 10075.03 wood,
Betula alnoides 0.381958 30 10 4 6 1 45 385 timber
Lali Fuel
Rhododendron gurans 223.297 5170.862 wood,
arboreum 0.326125 20 35 12 6 1 20 3 timber
Okhar Medici
2224.301 ne,
Juglans regia 0.4925 0 0 0 2 98.3589 10 71 Timber
Mayal Fuel
244.695 6197.597 wood,
Pyrus pashia 0.3223 25 10 7 5 2 30 25 timber
Gogan Fuel
Saurauia 1882.996 wood,
napaulensis 0.318 0 0 2 2 75.4224 8 2 timber
Utis Fuel
2945.79 36772.30 wood,
Alnus nepalensis 0.3559 75 50 15 44 1 327 8 timber
Pangro Fuel
333.993 6042.474 wood,
Aesculus indica 0.3175 10 5 4 8 2 35 9 timber
Chand Fuel
Daphniphyllum an 115.119 2665.796 wood,
himalensis 0.3499 0 5 3 2 1 10 6 timber
Phirphi Fuel
re 224.341 5844.434 wood,
Acer oblongum 0.3431 7 8 5 5 8 22 55 timber
Dudhil Fodder
o ,
632.9587 Fuelw
Ficus neriifolia 0.263 5 5 2 2 0 42 35 ood
Kali Fuel
Myrsine semiserrata 0.2921 0 5 7 1 36.1285 4 718.9735
kath 6 wood,
timber
Semicarpus Bhalay 415.7116 Fuel
anacardium o 0.2716 10 5 4 1 0 27 6 wood
Dabda Fuel
be wood,
Garuga pinnata 0.2562 5 5 5 0 39.035 4 903.9483 timber
Kaulo Fuel
1623.729 wood,
Persea odoratissima 0.286 8 5 6 2 72.38 8 85 timber
Total 14428.7 245196.9
0.329183 345 248 229 282 163 1922 018
4.2.7 Forest Management Practices
4.2.7.1 Agro forestry
Agro-forestry practice is observed in the power house area and camp area. It is one
of important source of fodder, fuel wood, timber, timber bedding material for
livestock. Leaf litter is used in compost making, thatching materials and various
other material or religious ceremonies.
4.2.7.2 Community forestry
There are 310 Community Forest User Groups (CFUGs) within Myagdi district out
of which one community forests namely Bagar Community Forest Users group lies
within the project construction area. The community forests in the project affected
ward are listed in below table 4-29.
Table 4-29: Community forest of project affected ward
S.N Name of CF Area (Ha) Ilaka
1 Rani Ban CFUGs 86.36 Takam
2 Chahara Tauko Uppalo Tala CFUGs 42.75 Takam
3 Simkachuli Uja CFUGs 63.35 Takam

4 Bheda Kharka CFUGs 49.10 Takam
5 Bagar CFUGs 186.71 Takam
6 Mahila Janchetana CFUGs 29.81 Takam
7 Naura Salleri CFUGs 24.31 Takam

8 Khamlapyadung Kuna CFUGs 17.00 Takam
Source: Report of community forest user group database 2072, Myagdi
4.2.8 Ethno Botany of the project area

Following medicinally important plant are found in the project affected district.
They are used as an ethno-botanical value in locally since long time period. Major
medicinally used plants are listed below table 4-30.
Table 4-30: Ethno medical Plants of Project area and their Use
S.N. Botanical Family Local name Altitude Used Ethno

Name (M) part medicinal Use
1 Abies spectabilis Pinaceae Talish patra 2750 Leaf, Juice of the
needle leaves about 5
teaspoons
twice a day is
used for
asthma,
bronchitis,
colds and
rheumatism
2 Berberis aristata Berberida Chutro 1950 Root, Root juice
ceae bark about 5
teaspoons
twice a day is
administered
for fever,
dysentery, skin
troubles and in
blood
purification.
Stem bark
paste is used in
ripening piles,
sore throat and
skin
3 Boehmeria Urticacea Gargalo, 1516 Leaf, root A decoction of
platyphylla e Kamle ghans the leaves is
given to treat
diarrhoea,
dysentery and
urinary
problems.
Paste of the
root is applied
to fresh cuts
and wounds
4 Boenninghauseni Rutaceae Dampate, 1920 Leaf Leaf Leaves

a albiflora Gwame jhar Leaves juice is applied
to stop cut-
bleeding and
wounds. Paste
is applied to
forehead to
relief fever and
headache

5 Caryopteris Verbenac Hedera 1525 Leaf Paste of the
nepalensis eae leaves is
applied to cure
mouth blister
6 Centella asiatica Apiaceae Ghortapare 1900 Whole Paste of the

plant plant is applied
to relieve
muscular
swelling and
Joint pains. It is
also used to
cure skin
diseases such
as eczema and
pimples. A
decoction of
the plant about
5 teaspoons
three times a
day is given to
cure fever,
indigestion,
uric acid and
dysentery. It is
also
recommended
for children to
enhance
memory power
7 Chirita urticifolia Gesneriac Aankhle 2019 Whole A decoction of
eae jhar plant the plant is
given about 4
teaspoons
thrice a day to
treat stomach
ache
8 Chlorophytum Liliaceae Ban pyaj 1780 Root Root paste

nepalense mixed with
mustard oil
and applied to
cure gout
9 Coelogyne Orchidac Jibanti 2100 Pseudob Paste of the
corymbosa eae ulb pseudobulb is
applied to
forehead to
relieve

headache. It is
also eaten raw
for cooling
body and
applied to
cure boils
10 Cymbopogon Poaceae Lemon grass 1215 Leaf Root Leaf Root
flexuosus decoction
about 5
teaspoons is
taken thrice a
day to cure
diarrhea
11 Dioscorea Dioscore Githa 1620 Root Juice of the root
bulbifera aceae is applied to
cure wounds to
expel worms. It
is also given to
cure
threadworms
12 Girardinia Urticacea Chanle sisno 1750 Root, leaf The root is
diversifolia e boiled with
Girardinia
diversifolia
about 10–15
min and
filtered, in
doses about 5
teaspoons
twice a day is
given to treat
gastric trouble
and
constipation.
Juice of the
leaves is
applied to treat
headache and
joint aches
13 Hedychium Zingibera Ban besar, 1820 Rhizome Juice of the
ellipticum ceae rato soro rhizome about
5 teaspoons
twice a day is
given in case of
fever
14 Hemiphragma Scrophul Lahure phul 2530 Whole Juice of the
heterophyllum ariaceae plant plant three
times a day is

applied to treat
fresh
cuts and
wounds
15 Litsea cubeba Lauracea Siltimur 1750 Leaf, root Root bark and
e bark leaves are
ground and the
paste is applied
to relief against
athlete’s foot
pain and other
skin diseases
16 Paris polyphylla Liliaceae Satuwa, 2470 Rhizome Juice of the
Bajuro rhizomes about
5 teaspoons
twice a day is
given to cure
gastric and
menstruation
pain. It is also
used as tonic.
Paste of the
rhizomes is
used in cuts,
wounds and to
remove worms
17 Parnassia Parnassia Sunakhari 1397 Leaf Leaves juice
wightiana ceae about 2
teaspoons three
times a day is
recommended
to cure
constipation
and ulcer. It is
also used in
sprains and
cuts
18 Potentilla Rosaceae Bajradanti 2300 Root Root juice
polyphylla about 4
teaspoons
twice a day for
a week is given
to treat throat
and tooth
infection,
peptic ulcer,
cough and
cold. Paste of
S.N. Botanical Family Local name Altitude UsedEthno

Name (M) partmedicinal Use
the root is
applied for
fresh cuts and
wounds
19 Rubus nepalensis Rosaceae Bhui kafal 1790 Leaf, root The leaves are
boiled in water
and filtered
extract (4–5
Tea spoons) is
given twice a
day to cure
fever. A
decoction of
the roots once a
day about 6
teaspoons is
given in gastric
trouble
20 Swertia chirayita Gentiana Chiraito 2157 Whole A decoction of
ceae plant the plant is
used as tonic.
Chopped stems
are
boiled in water,
filtered it, and
about 4–5
teaspoons is
given
three times a
day in case of
blood pressure,
fever and
Headache.
Paste of the
plant is applied
to treat skin
diseases
such as eczema
and pimples
Source: Field survey, 2075 and Manandhar, N.P. (National Herbarium and Plant
Laboratories, Kathmandu, Nepal.
4.2.9 Wildlife
4.2.9.1 Mammals
Thirteen species of mammals were recorded in and around the project area. Most of
the animals at the project sites exhibit altitudinal seasonal migration thus very few of
the faunal species were sighted during field survey Rhesus monkey (Macaca mullata)
and Langur (Presbytis entellus) were observed directly and are common to the
location. Following listed mammalian species were recorded in and around the
project area.
Table 4-31: Mammals Reported from the project area
S.N. Local Name Scientific Name Family Status Code

CITIES IUCN Abundance
1 Badar Macaca mullata Cercopithecidae II NT Common
2 Chituwa Panthera pardus Felidae I V Common
3 Dumsi Hystrix indica Hystericidae LR/LC Abundant
4 Fyauro Vulpes vulpes Canidae LC Common
5 Ghoral Nemorhedus goral Bovidae I NT Common
6 Kalo Bhalu Selenarctos thibetanus Ursidae I VU Rare
7 Kharayo Lepus nigricollis Leporidae LC Common
8 Langur Presbytis entellus Cercopithecidae I LR/NT Abundant
9 Malsapro Martes flavigula Mustelidae III LR/LC Common
10 Ratuwa Muntiacus muntjak Cervidae LR/LC Common
Mriga
11 Shyal Canis aureus Canidae III LC Abundant
12 Thar Capricornis Bovidae Vu Rare
sumatraensis
13 Leopard cat Felis bengalensis Felidae I - Protected
Source: Field Visit, 2075
CITES Appendices
Appendix I: Species threatened with extinction
Appendix II: Species not yet threatened, but could become endangered if trade is not controlled
Appendix III: Species identified by any party as being subject to regulation in that country and which
require international co-operation to control trade
IUCN Red List (1995); LR: Low Risk; NT: Near Threatened; LC: Least Concern; VU: Vulnerable; EN:
Endangered; CR: Critically Endangered; K: Insufficiently no were reported to be found in the
proposed project area.
4.2.9.2 Avifauna
The Kaligandaki and Myagdi River forms an important route for birds on spring and
autumn migrations between lower plains of Nepal and India, and Tibet and beyond.
The field survey team recorded 52 species of birds. The recorded birds are listed in
the table 4-32.
Table 4-32: Avifauna Reported from the project area

1. Kalij Lophura leucomelanos Phasianidae LC Common
2. Nyauli Megalaima virens Megalaimidae LC Common
3. Kuklung Megalaima franklinii Megalaimidae LC Common
4. Kuthurke Megalaima asiatica Megalaimidae LC Common

5. Kafal Pakyo Cuculus micropterus Cuculidae LC Common
6. Pahadi Bihu Kuhiyo Hierococcyx Cuculidae LC Common
sparverioides
7. Koili Eudynamys scolopacea Cuculidae LC Common
8. Madana Suga Psittacula himlayana Psittacidae II LC Common
9. Gauthali Hirundapus Apodidae LC Common
caudacutus
10. Gauthali Apus apus Apodidae LC Common
11. Gauthali Tachymarptis melba Apodidae LC Common
12. Lekali Ulluk Otus spilocephalus Strigidae II LC Common
13. Huchil Bubo bubo Strigidae LC Common
14. Thulo Dundul Glaucidium cuculoides Strigidae II LC Common
15. Malewa Columba livia Columbidae LC Common
16. Tame Dhukur Streptopelia orientalis Columbidae LC Common
17. Kurle Dhukur Streptopelia chinensis Columbidae LC Common
18. Thulo Chaha Scolopax rusticola Scolopacidae LC Common
19. Tilahari Chari Ibidorhyncha Ibidorhynchidae LC Common
struthersiiz
20. Kalo chil Milvus migrans Accipitridae II LC Common
21. Himali Giddha Gyps himalayensis Accipitridae II NT Common
22. Khairo Giddha Gyps fulvus Accipitridae II LC Common
23. Chil Ictinaetus malayensis Accipitridae II LC Common
24. Challachor Vuichil Circus cyaneus Accipitridae II LC Common
25. Bhadrai Lanius schach Laniidae LC Common
26. Kaag Corvus splendens Corvidae LC Common
27. Rato Sunchari Oriolus traillii Oriolidae LC Common
28. Ranichari Pericrocotus ethologus Campephagidae LC Common
29. Kalo Chibe Dicrurus macrocercus Dicruridae LC Common
30. Sano Chibe Dicrurus aeneus Dicruridae LC Common
31. Banjool Cinclus pallasii Cinclidae LC Common
32. Chachar Turdus unicolor Turdidae LC Common
33. Chachar Zoothera monticola Turdidae LC Common
34. Jhyapsi Saxicola torquata Muscicapidae LC Common
35. Himali Jhyapsi Saxicola ferrea Muscicapidae LC Common
36. Katushe Matta Sitta castanea Sittidae LC Common
37. Chichilkote Parus major Paridae LC Common
38. Hariyo Chichilkote Parus monticolus Paridae LC Common
39. Pandu Chichilkote Parus xanthogenys Paridae LC Common
40. Kalikanthe Aegithalos concinnus Aegithalidae LC Common
Chichilkote
41. Ghar Gauthali Hirundo rustica Hirundinidae LC Common
42. Dharke Jureli Pycnonotus striatus Pycnonotidae LC Common
43. Jhadi-fiste Cettia brunnifrons Cettidae LC Common
44. Gajale Fiste Abroscopus schisticeps Cettidae LC Common
45. Godhuli Fiste Phylloscopus fuscatus Phylloscopidae LC Common
46. Toriganda Garrulax sp. Timaliidae LC Common
47. Kalikanthe Aethopyga aturate Nectariniidae LC Common

Bungechara
48. Bhangera Passer domesticus Passeridae LC Common
49. Rukh Bhangera Passer montanus Passeridae LC Common
50. Pahelo Tiktike Motacilla flava Motacillidae LC Common
51. Sarau Acridotheres tristis Sturnidae LC Common
52. Mayna Acridotheres fuscus Sturnidae LC Common
CITES Appendices
IUCN Red List (1995); LR: Low Risk; NT: Near Threatened; LC: Least Concern; VU: Vulnerable;
EN: Endangered; CR: Critically Endangered; K: Insufficiently no were reported to be found in the
4.2.9.3 Herpetofauna
14 species of herpetofauna were recorded in and around the project area during field
survey. Out of these, 5 species are amphibians and 9 species are reptiles. Among the
nine reptiles, four are snakes and five are lizards. The recorded herpetofauna are
listed in below table 4-33.
Table 4-33: Herpetofauna reported from of Project area

1. Paha Bufo melanostictus Bufonidae LC Common
2. Chhepparo Laudakia tuberculata Amagidae LC Common
3. Chhepparo Calotes versicolor Amagidae LC Common
4. Hariyo Japalura tricarinata Amagidae LC Common
Chhepparo
5. Hariyo Japalura ariegate Amagidae LC Common
Chhepparo
6. Paha Limnochates limnocharis Ranidae LC Common
7. Sindure Paa rostandi Ranidae LC Rare
Paha
8. Man Paha Paa liebigii Ranidae LC Common
9. Paha Rana cyanophlyctis Ranidae LC Common
10. Bhale Scincella sikkimensis Scincidae LC Common
mungro
11. Andho Ovophis monticola Viperidae LC Common
Sarpa
12. Haryou Trimeresurus Viperidae LC Common
Sarpa septentrionalls
13. Haryou Trimeresurus stejnegeri Viperidae LC Common

Sarpa
14. Dhaman Ptyas mucosus Colubridae II LC Common
CITES Appendices
IUCN Red List (1995); LR: Low Risk; NT: Near Threatened; LC: Least Concern; VU: Vulnerable; EN:
Endangered; CR: Critically Endangered; K: Insufficiently no were reported to be found in the
4.2.9.4 Butterflies
Almost thirteen species of butterflies are recorded at the time of field visit. The
recorded butterflies are listed below in table 4-34.
Table 4-34: Butterflies reported from of Project area
S.N Name Scientific Name Description

1 Purple Sapphire Heliophorous epicles This species is common up to an altitude of
1575 meters. It flies until November and
has the wingspan of 28-38mm.
2 Peacock Pansy Precis almana This species has the wingspan of 45-50mm
and common species flies up to 2120 meters
in the region.
3 Rose Windmill Byasa latreillei This species has wingspan of 95mm. This
species ranges from 1100m to 2820m. This
butterfly is mostly found in the jungle
habitat.
4 Common Yellow Papilio machaon This is a very common species in the region.
Swallowtail It wings in May and flies until November.
5 Common Papilio polyes This species is commonly found in Nepal. In
Mormon This area this species is located in the lower
parts i.e. commonly located in the project
region.
6 Hill Jezebel Delias belladonna This species emerges out in April and
appears until the end of November. This
species is found distributed up to an
altitude of 2730m.
7 Pale-clouded Colias erate This species is common in Himalaya. These
yellow were once common but scarce these days in
the region
8 Common Phalanta phalantha This species found in the lower part i.e. in
Leopard the project areas and it appears until the end
of December.
9 Bathwhite Pontia daplidice This species has Wingspan of 40mm and
flies up to 2730 meters in Dhaulagiri

regions.
10 Small grass Terias brigitta This is common species flies year round in
yellow the area.
11 Common Map Cyrestis thyodamus This is found in the lower altitude of the
regions up to an altitude of 2580 meters.
12 Indian Tortoise Aglais cashmirensis It is the most common species of butterfly
Shell found in Nepal and in this region too. This
appears all year round and distributed to
the higher altitude of this region.
13 Common Albulina lehana This species flies all year round and
mountain blue distributed up to altitude of 2730 meter in
the region.
4.2.9.5 Fish
Fish species are not found in the headworks site of proposed Myagdi Khola
hydropower project. However, fishes are reported in lower catchment area of
Myagdi Khola from Tatopani area. Fish species common in the river stretch of
Myagdi Khola are Asala (Schizothorax richarsonii), Buduna (Garra gotyla), Gadelo
(Schistura beavani) etc.
Table 4-35: Fish species reported from project site and their status
S.N Local Scientific Name Migration IUCN Economic

Name pattern status Importance
1 Buche Schizothorax richardsonii Short migratory V Food
Asala
2 Gadelo Schistura beavani LC Food
3 Buduna Garra gotyla Residential LC Food
V: Vulnerable
NT: Near Threatened
LC: Least Concern
4.3 Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

4.3.1 Demography of project District
According to the National Population and housing Census 2011, the total population
of Myagdi district is 1, 13,641 of which male comprises 51, 395 (45.23%) and female
comprises 62,246 (54.77%) population respectively. Similarly, the average family size
and the population density of the district are 4 and 49 respectively. Majority of the
population follow Hinduism and Buddhism in the district. There is a heterogeneous
composition of ethnic composition. The major ethnic group of the district are Magar,
Brahmin, Kami, Damai etc.
4.3.2 Project Affected Area

4.3.2.1 Demography of Project affected area
The project area located at Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality, Ward no.4 (former Mudi
VDC). According to the National Population and Housing Census 2011, the total
population of the project affected area is 2503 in which male comprises 1174
population and female comprises 1329 population. The average household size of
the affected area is 4.56.
Table 4-36: Population and Households of Project area
Rural Municipality & Ward Population

Total No. of
Av. HH size
Households
Total Male Female
Dhaulagiri RM, Ward no. 4 (Mudi) 549 2503 1174 1329 4.56
Total 549 2503 1174 1329 4.56
Source: National Population and Housing Census, 2011
4.3.2.2 Caste and Ethnic composition
Project area is composed of heterogeneous community. Major ethnic groups in the

project area are Magar, Kami, Sarki, Damai etc. Table 4-37 shows the details of
caste/ethnicity of the project affected area.
Table 4-37: Population distribution by caste/ethnicity of Project area
Municipality &
Brahmin Hill
Chhantyal
Thakuri
Gurung
Chhetri
Others
Damai
Magar
Kami
Ward
Sarki
Total
Rural
Dhaulagiri RM, Ward no.4 250 169

(Mudi) 3 15 9 597 49 0 38 66 14 0 25
250 169
Total 3 15 9 597 49 0 38 66 14 0 25
4.3.2.3 Language
Nepali is the widely spoken language of 99.50% Nepalese. Table 4-38 shows the
detail of the languages spoken in the project area.
Table 4-38: Mother tongue used in project area
Rural Municipality & Sign

Total Nepali Other
Ward Language
Dhaulagiri RM, Ward no.4 (Mudi) 2503 2485 17 1

Total 2503 2485 17 1
4.3.2.4 Migration Pattern
The people from the project area migrate to local and national market centres like
Darbang, Beni, Pokhara and Kathmandu. The seasonal migration, especially during
agricultural off-seasons, is higher than other times from project area to different
parts of Nepal. The main cause of seasonal migration is for income generation
through labour, porting and other manual works. Practice of migration to foreign
countries and abroad (mainly Gulf countries) for the employment and is also taking
place significantly in recent years among the young generation of the project area.
4.3.2.5 Literacy and educational institution
The literacy rate of the project affected ward is 60.06% with male literacy rate 67.69%
and female literacy rate is 53.55% (CBS, 2011). Primary, lower secondary and
secondary level educational institutions are available in each project affected ward of
the project area. There is no higher level institution in the project area. Students have
to go to Beni bazaar for higher level education. Detail of educational institution of
the project affected RM is given in below table.
Table 4-39: Educational institution of the project affected Rural Municipality
SN Name of Institution Place of Location

1 Buddi Bikas Ma. Vi. Mudi
2 Chandra Jyoti Ma. Vi. Khiwang
3 Newang Pra. Vi. Khamla
4 Chechung Pra. Vi. Bagar
5 Dhaulagiri Pra. Vi. Bagar
6 Kailash Pra. Vi. Bagar
7 Rana Jyoti Bal Bikas Nawara
4.3.2.6 Occupation
Agriculture followed by the small scale trade and seasonal employment are the main
occupation of the people of project area.
4.3.2.7 Farming Practice and Production
The major agriculture crops grown in the project area are paddy, maize, wheat,
millet, pulses and potatoes. In terms of area coverage, maize is the major dominant
crop in the study area. The major cropping sequence practiced in the low land (Khet)
areas is paddy, wheat and potatoes. Similarly, the cropping sequence in the upland
(Bari) is maize, wheat, barley & millet. The Pakho Bari is used to cultivate maize,
banana, orange, lemon and vegetable. Table 4-40 presents the cropping calendar of
some major crops in the project area.
Table 4-40: Cropping Calendar of Some Major Crops in the Project Area
Land Type/Major Crops Planting Month Harvesting Month

1. Low land
-Paddy June-July September-October

-Wheat September/October April-May
2. UP-Land
-Maize March- April August-September
-Wheat/Barley October-November April-May
-Millet June-July October-November
Source: Field survey, 2075
The major fruit trees available in the project areas include citrus, banana, oranges
and peach. The fruit trees are mostly cultivated in the farm edges and homesteads
mainly for home consumption.
4.3.2.8 Settlement and housing patter of project area
The major settlement located near powerhouse is Jeltung. Most of the houses in
project area are two storied made with stone and galvanized roof. There are no any
settlements near above the tunnel alignment. The use of thatch and GI sheet roofing
in the house are common in the project area. Thatched and GI sheet roofing is
common in houses of project area.
Plate 4.1: Jeltung Settlement located at Power house area
The settlement pattern map is shown in fig.4-9.
Figure 4-9: Settlement Patten map of Project area
There are total 16 settlement presents in the project affected ward (4) of Dhaulagiri
Rural Municipality which are given in below table 4-41.
Table 4-41: Settlement present in project affected ward
S.N. Name of Settlement

1 Mudi
2 Nerwang
3 Baswat
4 Khar
5 Khamla
6 Khiwang
7 Bawang
8 Chhari
9 Deurali
10 Chechung
11 Nawar
12 Bagar
13 Jeltung
14 Simkosh
15 Barwang
16 Arche
Source: Field survey, 2075
4.3.2.9 Public Health and Sanitation
Health
The general health and sanitation condition of the project area is normal. There are
two health post available in the project area namely; Mudi health post and
Samudayik Ikai Khiwang. According to the district public health office, the most
common diseases reported in the area are typhoid, dysentery, diarrhoea, worm
infection, tuberculosis, hoping cough, and leprosy. For the major treatment people
have to go Durbang, Beni, Pokhara or Kathmandu for the treatment.
Sanitation
Most of the household use their own toilets for sanitation purposes in the project
area. The major sources for drinking water are available from rivulets, springs and
limited piped water system exists in the project area. Piped water at communal basis
is available for most of the households in the project area.
4.3.2.10 Energy Use
The entire household use fire wood as fuel for cooking proposes from private land
and community forest. It is estimated that approximately 8-10 kg or average 9 kg of
firewood has been used daily by individual household in the project area. Use of
solar and other alternative energy is found in project area.
Table 4-42: Type of Energy used

Rural Municipality and Ward Total household Wood / Kerosene Not Stated
firewood
Dhaulagiri-Ward no.4 549 547 1 1

4.3.2.11 Livestock and Poultry
Apart from agricultural farming, people of project impact area are also involved in
livestock and poultry farming. The rural setting of these areas, food dependency on
meat for festivals, trade, etc. could be the associated reasons for raring livestock and
poultry farming in the region. Buffalos, goats, Chickens are sold for earn money and
buy food during food deficit. Both stall feeding and open grazing is common.
4.3.2.12 Public Services Infrastructures and Facilities

Transportation
Project site is facilitated with only foot trail and suspension bridge. Intake and
powerhouse site of the proposed project are accessible through major foot trail.
Nearest road head of the powerhouse site is located at Muna. Intake site is about 6
hour walking distance from powerhouse site.
Health Care Facilities

Health care facility is being delivered by health posts located in the project area. The
distribution of the facilities is described in the Table 4-43.
Table 4-43: Health Care Facilities in the Project Area
Rural Health Post Sub Health Post FCHV Medical

Municipality/Ward
Dhaulagiri RM, 1 9
Ward no.4
Total 1 9
4.3.3 Project Affected Families (PAFs)
This section describes the details of demographic and socioeconomic condition of the
Project Affected Families (PAF) which have been collected through household
survey. The socioeconomic indicators of individual households such as Population,
Ethnicity, Occupation, Literacy status and Income and Expenditure pattern have
given in subsequent section.
4.3.3.1 Demography of the Project affected Families (PAF)

The project acquires private land from 5 households which are then called as project
affected families. Total populations of project affected families are 32 in which male
population comprises 12 and female population comprises 20. Among the total the
predominant age group 16-45 years is 39.45%. Table 4-44 shows the distribution of
PAFs by sex and age group.
Table 4-44: Age and sex Composition of Project affected Families (PAFs)
SN Age Group PAFs (%)
Male Female Total

1. 0-5 years 5.35 6.17 11.52
2 6-10 years 3.17 10.75 13.92
3 11-15 years 3.21 9.62 12.83
4 16-45 years 21.5 17.95 39.45
5 45-60 years 2.60 10.33 12.93
6 60 years and 1.67 7.68 9.35
above
Total 37.50 62.5 100.00
Average Household Size 6.40
Source: Household Survey, 2075
4.3.3.2 Religion
The project affected families follows Hindu religion. The major festivals celebrated
by PAFs are Dashain, Tihar, Purnima, Panchami, Holi etc.
4.3.3.3 Ethnic Composition
The ethnic compositions of the PAFs are found as Magar (80%) and Dalit (20%).
Table 4-45 shows the ethnic composition of PAF.
Table 4-45: Ethnic Composition of PAFs
SN Ethnic Group % PAFs

1 Magar 80%
2 Dalit 20%
Total 100%
4.3.3.4 Literacy and Education
The Literacy rate of the project affected families is 68.48%. About 6.43% of the family
members can read and write through not been to school, 21.72% have primary level
of education, 18.95% have lower secondary level of education, 21.38% have
secondary level of education, 6.17% are below age 5 years.
Table 4-46: Literacy and Educational level of PAFs
SN Level PAFs (%)
1 Illiterate 31.52
2 Literate but not been to school 6.43
3 Primary 21.72
4 Lower Secondary 18.95
5 Secondary 21.38
Total 100
4.3.3.5 Occupation
Agriculture is the main occupation of the project affected families. Besides this labor
and business is also practiced in PAFs.
4.3.3.6 Migration
There is no permanent migration seen from project affected families.
4.3.3.7 Land Holding
A total of 5.157 ha of land is owned by the 5 project affected families. The total land
holding and affected families are attached in Annex VI.
4.3.3.8 Productivity
The common cereal crops cultivated by PAFs are paddy, wheat and Maize. The
commonly cultivated cash crops are potato, vegetables and Garlic. The average
production of cereal crops such as paddy (1.01 Mt/ha), Maize (0.91 Mt/ha) and
Wheat (0.83 Mt/ha), likewise average productivity of cash crops such as potato
(0.32Mt/ha), vegetable (0.07Mt/ha) and Garlic (0.030 Mt/ha) respectively.
4.3.3.9 Food Sufficiency
About 60% PAFs have sufficient food for whole year from their own production
from the field. Rest 40% can’t fulfil the required food from the own production. 20%
PAFs have insufficient food for 3 months and 20% PAFs have insufficient food for 6
months.
Food sufficiency of PAFs
20%
20% 60%
Food sufficient whole year insuffcient for 3 month insufficient for 6 month
Figure 4-10: Food sufficiency/deficit status of PAFs
4.3.3.10 Livestock and Poultry

Almost all PAFs keep livestock and poultry. Livestock and poultry are the income
sources of PAFs. They rear cow, buffalo, oxen, cattle (goats) and chicken. Cow and
Buffalo are reared for milk product, oxen are reared for plough the field and goat
and chicken are kept for meat and eggs. A total of 55 livestock and poultry were
recorded from 5 households during the Household survey. In an average one PAF
rear 11 livestock and poultry which is relatively significant.
Table 4-47: Livestock and poultry in the PAFs
S.N Type of Livestock Total Number

1 Cow 7
2 Buffalo 3
3 Oxen 10
4 Goats 15
5 Chickens 20
4.3.3.11 Income
The average annual income of PAF is 149350.75. Among that Agriculture contribute
14.48 % of total income of PAFs other sources of income is livestock and poultry
(60.73%) and other (24.77%). Table 4-48 shows the contribution of different sources
in annual incomes of PAFs.
Table 4-48: Average annual Income of PAFs
SN Description Annual income Annual income (%)

(Rs)
I. Agriculture
1 Cereal crops 20540.25 13.75
2 Cash crops 1097.50 0.73
Total (A) 21637.75 14.48
II. Livestock and Poultry
1 Sale of goat, cow, buffalo 75478 50.53
2 Sale of dairy product 10235 6.85
3 Sale of Chicken/Egg 5000 3.34
Total (B) 90713 60.73
III. Others
1 Wage labor 12000 8.03
2 Business 25000 16.73
Total (C) 37000 24.77
Total A+B+C 149350.75 100
4.3.3.12 Expenditure
The Average expenditure of PAF is 2, 40,000. The PAFs spend more money on health
treatment (20.83%). The PAF expands 14.58 % for the education of children. Table 4-
49 shows the average annual expenditure of PAF.
Table 4-49: Average Annual Expenditure of PAFs
SN Description Annual Annual expenditure (%)

expenditure (Rs)
1 Rice, Maize and pulses 30,000/- 12.5
2 Cloths 25,000/- 10.41
3 Oil, salt and tea 40,000/- 16.66
4 Meat and fishes 20,000/- 8.33
6 Health treatment 50000/- 20.83
7 Religious and festivals 40000/- 16.66
8 Education 35000/- 14.58
Total 2,40,000/- 100
4.3.4 Water Use of Myagdi River
The water of Myagdi River between Intakes to powerhouse site is not used for
irrigation, drinking water, Micro-hydro and Ghatta. The cremation sites are not
located in dewatered zone of Myagdi Hydropower project.
4.3.5 Existing / planned and proposed project in vicinity

Fig. 4-11 shows the projects under development by different developers in the
project vicinity. The proposed Myagdi Khola hydropower project will not affected
any below shown projects and other in project vicinity project.
MKHP (57.30) MW
MudiKhola U.
21 MW Myagd
i 20
(DoED) MW
RahughatManga
le
U. Myagdi I
37 MW
80 MW
DarbangMy Rahugha
agdi t
25 MW (NEA)
32 MW
MyagdiKhola
32 MW
(DoED)
Source: Feasibility Report, 2017

Figure 4-11: Projects in the vicinity
4.3.6 Cultural Environment

Majority of people in the project area follow Buddhism and Hinduism. The main
festivals celebrated in the project area are Lhosar, Dashain, Deepawali, Maghe
Sankranti, Mangsir Purnima, Janaipurnima, Teej, etc. One Temple and hot spring is
located in dewatered zone of the project area. There are several springs, small hot
water ponds located in project area. The trekking route to Dhaulagiri base camp is
also passes the project area.
Plate 4.2: Temple and Tatopani located in dewatered zone
CHAPTER 5 : IDENTIFICATION, PREDICTION AND

EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
Impacts on Physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural environment were
identified both for construction and operation phase which are predicted and
evaluated and explained below.
5.1 Beneficial Impacts
5.1.1 Construction Phase
5.1.1.1 Increase in job opportunity for local people
About 900 unskilled, semiskilled and skilled workers will be employed at the peak
construction period with priority given to workers from the project affected area
based on their skills and qualifications. Construction jobs will provide cash income
to increase the local economy, provide investment possibilities and raise the
standard of living in the region. However, as the project area is predominantly agro-
pastoral, local workforces will require some specific skill development. Once Myagdi
Hydropower project construction is completed, these skills will also enable people to
get employment in other similar projects. The predicted impact is thus direct, high in
magnitude, short term in duration, local in extent.
5.1.1.2 Increase in trade

During the construction of the project different commercial activities along the
project area will be increased this will help to catch these opportunity by the locals
moreover the large workforce in the area will need basic necessities such as food
item, tea and other commodities for this, local people might benefited by supplying
these item which helps to promote trade and business within project area. The
predicted impact is indirect, of moderate in magnitude, local and long term in nature.
5.1.1.3 Skill enhancement

Local people in the area will enhanced by obtaining skill related training related to
project work, the project will organize training on construction related work for the
workers, supervisors and mobilizes. This will enhance the technical skill of local
people. The skill and knowledge acquired from the project during the construction
will enhance employment opportunity such as trained man power will work on
similar project in future. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in terms of magnitude,
local in terms of extent, and long term in terms of duration.
5.1.1.4 Improvement of public facilities through implementation of the CSP activities

Besides project construction activities the proponent will support to the local area by
various community support program (CSP) and allocated budget for these activities.
The community support program will be welfare to the local people in various
sectors. The following activities will be done for the community support program
(CSP) by the proponent.
 Support will be provided to improve the Tatopani located in dewatered
zone of this project
 Improvement of village road from mudi to Bagar
 Educational support to the educational institution located in project
affected area
 Training will be given to the Aama Samuha on tailoring/sewing, beauty
parlor and handicraft
 Support will be provided to the local Club by providing sports materials
 Awareness program will be conducted to the CFUG for biodiversity
conservation
 Training will be provided on NTFPs to the CFUG
 Support on Tourism Development Activities in the project area co-
ordination with Local Club
5.1.2 Operation Phase
5.1.2.1 Employment opportunity
The project is envisaged to create about 25-30 job opportunity in the project on
permanent basis required for the project operation and regular maintenance works.
The local people and communities will be benefited from such job opportunities at
their door steps to enhance their livelihood. The predicted impact is thus direct, low in
magnitude, long term in duration, local in extent.
5.1.2.2 Opportunity of royalty for local development

Royalty received from the project by the Government will also distributed to the
local governmental bodies which helps to develop the local area such as rural
electrification, improvement of socio-economic condition of local people, tourism
and related business and industrial development in the project affected area. The
predicted impact is thus indirect, moderate in magnitude, long term in duration, local in extent.
5.1.2.3 Enhancement on tourism sector

Operation of vehicular movement and provision of rural electrification within the
project affected areas open new front of tourism development within the areas.
Considering the richness of the natural landscape such as Dhaulagiri Himal and
other Himalayan range, new tourist destination will be developed. Development of
tourism is envisaged to benefit the local communities by opening doors of tourism
related business opportunities in the local area. The predicted impact is thus indirect, low
in magnitude, long term in duration, local in extent.
5.1.2.4 Provision of Local Share

The company distributes the local share for the local people. The local people will
get the chance to buy the share from the project which will helps to enhance the
economic condition of the local people. The predicted impact is thus indirect, low in
magnitude, long term in duration, local in extent.
5.1.2.5 Increase in trade and business

Hydropower project development brings door of development in the project area.
The project area will be benefited from the access to the transportation facilities
which help to easy transportation of goods and services besides this more economic
activity will be seen at the project area, more visitors and tourists in the area helps to
establish more trade and business. The predicted impact is thus indirect, low in magnitude,
long term in duration, local in extent.
5.1.2.6 Enhancement of power supply

With the development of the project, it will generate 57.30 MW, electricity which will
evacuate to the National Grid line of NEA. The generated power supply enhances to
reduce the demand of electricity of the Nation. The predicted impact is thus direct, high in
magnitude, long term in duration, regional in extent.
5.1.2.7 Reduced greenhouse gas emission

By the development of project renewable energy such as electricity will be produced
which helps to reduce the dependency on natural forest resources and consequently
reduce the greenhouse gas. The predicted impact is thus indirect, moderate in magnitude, long
term in duration, local in extent.
Table 5-1: Beneficial Impact Prediction and Evaluation Matrix
Impact Rating
S. N. Issues Impacts Magni Ext Dura
Nature Rating
tude ent tion
B Beneficial Impacts
B1.1 Construction Phase
B1.1.1 Increase Creation of employment
in about 900 skilled semi-skilled
employm unskilled man powers within
Signifi
ent the project area Lo St
D H (60) cant
opportuni (20) (5)
(85)
ty for
local
people
Impact Rating
Nature Rating
tude ent tion
B1.1.2 Increase Local’s skill will be enhanced
in local during the construction of
skills in MKHPP Signifi
Lo( Lt
the Local people get job in the D M (20) cant
20) (20)
relevant project (60)
areas
B1.1.3 Increase Enhancement of small scale

Signifi
in trade industry around the project Lo Lt
IN M (20) cant
area, establishment of hotel, (20) (20)
(60)
lodge and tea shops.
B1.1.4 Improve Improvement of existing
ment of infrastructure and livelihood
public of local people
facilities
Signifi
and CSP Lo Lt
D H (60) cant
activities (20) (20)
(100)
in the
project
affected
areas
B.1.2 Operation Phase
B.1.2.1 Perman Creation of 25-30 jobs from
Signifi
ent job the local communities Lo Lt
D L (10) cant
opportu (20) (20)
(50)
nity
B.1.2.2 Royalty Development of local area
opportu
Signifi
nity for Lo Lt
IN M (20) cant
local (20) (20)
(60)
develop
ment
B.1.2.3 Provisio Enhancement of economic
Signifi
n of activities R Lt
IN M (20) cant
local (60) (20)
(100)
share
B.1.2.4 Enhance Reducing in electricity
Signifi
ment of demand of Nation R Lt
D H (60) cant
power (60) (20)
(140)
supply
B. 1.2.5 Increase Increase in economic activities
in trade Signifi
Lo Lt
and D L (10) cant
(20) (20)
business (50)
Impact Rating
Nature Rating
tude ent tion
B.1.2.6 Enhance Development of tourist area
Signifi
ment of Lo Lt
IN L (10) cant
tourism (20) (20)
(50)
sector
B.1.2.7 Reduced Reduced forest dependency
Signifi
greenhou Improvement of health and Lo Lt
IN M (20) cant
se gas sanitation (20) (20)
(60)
emission
5.2 Adverse Impacts

5.2.1.1.1 Change in topography and land use pattern
The project requires 12.62 ha land for the construction of the project structure and
ancillaries at different location within the project boundary. The land will be
acquired for both permanently (11.1 ha) and temporarily (1.52 ha). The project
required 10.36 ha government land and 2.26 ha private land.The permanent
structure of the project will be constructed in the permanent land acquisition and
temporary project ancillaries will be constructed in leased land. Hence, the existing
use of all land to be acquired will be changed due to construction of different project
structures. The predicted impact is thus direct, high in magnitude, long term in duration, site
specific in extent. The land type of the acquired land is given in table 5.2 below;
Table 5-2: Land Requirement for the construction of project
Land type & area (ha)

Total
Project
SN Cultivated Bush/Barre Flood area
Components Forest
land n land Plain (ha)
Gov Pvt Gov Pvt

Govt. CF Pvt. Govt.
t. . t. .
A. Permanent
1 Weir - - - - - 0.40 - 0.40
2 Intake 0.20 - - - - - - - 0.20
3 Adit 0.14 - - - - - - - 0.14
4 Surge Tank - - - - 0.12 - - - 0.12
5 Penstock 0.26 - 0.15 0.54 - - - 0.95
6 Powerhouse - - - 0.3 - - - - 0.3
7 Switch Yard - - - 0.1 - - - 0.1
8 Camp Facility-1 - - - - 0.2 - - - 0.2
9 Camp Facility-2 - - - 1.19 - - - - 1.19
10 Access Road 4.0 1.0 - - - - - 5.00

Mucking
11 - - - - 2.5 - - - 2.5
Disposal Area
Total A 4.34 1.26 1.64 3.46 0.40 11.1
Temporary
1 Quarry Site - - - - - - 0.40 - 0.40
Crushing and
2 - - - - 0.50 - - - 0.50
batching plant
Stockpiling Site
3 and construction 0.62 0.62
yard
Total B 0.62 0.50 0.40 1.52
Total Area (A+B) 4.34 1.26 - 2.26 3.96 - 0.80 - 12.62
5.2.1.1.2 Impact due to construction of project access road

5.0 hacters of land will be changed in to road alignment. Existing land use pattern of
the land will also be changed due to project access road. During the construction of
access road slope failure and landslides will be accelerated and land acquisition and
compensation will be needed. The predicted impact is thus direct, high in magnitude, long term
in duration, site specific in extent.
5.2.1.1.3 Landslides and soil erosion due to site clearance

Construction activities include land excavation, slope cutting, grading, use of heavy
equipment etc. which will change the existing slope of land. So these activities on
slopes may induce slope failure and mass wasting. Slope stability problem is
expected in outlet portal, surface penstock and powerhouse areas due to colluviums
deposit for making space during construction. This is expected to be very localized
and temporary. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent
and long-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.4 Impact due to stock piling of construction materials
During the construction phase there will be significant amount of construction
materials such as gravels, sand, aggregates, cement, reinforcement bar, bricks
around the construction area. For the proper stockpiling of the construction
materials Stock piling sites are selected. Seepage and leakage from stockpiling site
can cause directly on soil and water. Additionally if not properly managed the
beauty of local topography might be reduced. The predicted impact is direct, low in
magnitude, site specific in extent and short-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.5 Construction of camp sites and solid waste management
During the construction phase large number of labors will be required so that there
might establish the camp sites for labor and construction yard. Land will be
acquired as lease basis and total land required for the labor camp construction is
about 2.16 ha and stockpiling/construction yard 0.62 ha respectively. Solid waste

will be generated from the camp site and construction yards. This will cause the
environmental problem in and around the camp site if not managed properly. The
impact is indirect, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent and short-term in
duration.
5.2.1.1.6 Impact due to muck/spoil disposal
During construction period, excavated materials are expected from the tunnel, adit
points, surge shaft, powerhouse, staff quarter site, etc. It is estimated that about
67050.208 m3 of muck will be generated due to construction activities. These
materials, if not properly disposed, will cause adverse impacts on the local
environment such as productive land, vegetation, water sources and rivers.
Further, the excavated soils will be washed away by monsoon resulting in the
increase in sedimentation further downstream. This will increase the turbidity of
river water and will adversely impact aquatic life. The impact is direct, moderate in
magnitude, site specific in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.7 Change in River Morphology Due to Quarrying Activities
Extraction of construction materials may have long-term and sometimes irreversible
effects. The Proposed MKHPP development project requires a substantial quantity of
construction materials' especially boulders, cobble, sand, pit etc. Quarry and borrow
pits' source identified thus becomes a source of the environmental impairments
potentials quarry sites have been proposed at flood plain of Myagdi. Sedimentation,
mass failures, disturbance of natural contour will be seen at the quarrying site. The
predicted impact is direct, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent and long-term in
duration.
5.2.1.1.8 Possibilities of drying out of natural springs along the tunnel alignment
Due to the use of the explosives there might produce vibration along the tunnel
alignment and surrounding area, the existing natural springs will be drying out in
this activities. The predicted impact is indirect, moderate in magnitude, site specific in extent
and long-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.9 Vibration, Noise pollution and Land instability due to Tunneling
The proposed project will construct 5644 m long tunnel along the Right bank of
Myagdi River. During the construction of the tunnel blasting activities will be done
due to use of explosives for excavation during the construction of tunnel will disturb
the stable rock and rock fall may occur. Blasting will cause vibrations which may
initiate landslides. Landslides and soil erosion might also be caused blasting
activities that result in vibrations. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in magnitude,
site specific in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.10 Probability of leakage and mixing of oil, grease, lubricants and toxic
chemicals
Construction equipments and vehicles use significant amounts of oil, grease,
lubricants and chemicals etc. These materials mostly appear in the local environment
by leakages and improper disposal of used oils of construction equipment and
vehicles. The leakages of these materials may impact on the soil and river
environment. In case of heavy and accidental leakages, there would be a significant
amount of toxic materials in the local environment and soil and thereby cause
detrimental impacts on surface and ground water hydrology. The predicted impact is
direct, moderate in magnitude, local in extent and medium-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.11 Establishment of crusher, batching plant and dust, noise and air
pollution due to crushing of stone
For the fine aggregates requirement to the construction activities the project establish
the crusher plant near headworks and power house area. During the crushing of
stone dust will be emitted and noise and air will be polluted. The predicted impact is
direct, high in magnitude, site specific in extent and short-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.12 Impact on existing public infrastructures such as houses, schools etc due
to vibration during tunneling
Use of explosives for excavation during the construction of tunnel will disturb the
stable rock and rock fall may occur. Blasting will cause vibrations which may initiate
landslides and create on the public households furthermore it will produce noise
pollution in and around the project site. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in
magnitude, local in extent and short-term in duration.
5.2.1.1.13 Top soil management
During construction works, excavation of top soil will be done This excavated top
soil are needed to be stockpiled for further refilling, this stock piling may cause dust
spread or soil erosion during windy or rainy conditions. The predicted Impact is direct,
medium magnitude, site-specific, long-term in duration
5.2.1.1.14 Air, water and Noise pollution
Certain amount of air pollution will occur during the project construction period at
the construction sites due to vehicular movement and operation of machinery. The
use of improperly maintained vehicles might lead to air pollution. This will generate
some amount of dust and air pollutant such as suspended particles, carbon
monoxide, sulfur dioxide, hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen in the surrounding
environment. Similarly, improper disposal of solid wastes by the construction
workers lead to the generation of bad odor in the project area.
The project area, at present, does not have noise pollution. However, during
construction, the increased construction activities like blasting, drilling, use of heavy
equipments such as, vibrators, diesel generator, and movement of increased number
of vehicles along with the use of pressure horn would increase the noise level in the
project area.
During the construction phase, the impacts on water quality are mainly due to
different activities like construction of weir, settling basin, powerhouse and other
activities along riverbanks. If the construction wastes are directly disposed into the
river, it will decrease dissolved oxygen, increase turbidity and BOD in the river. This
will have an adverse impact on water quality and subsequently the aquatic life that
inhabit it. Similarly, accidental leakages of lubricants, petrol, chemicals, and paints
might also occur during storage, transfer, and the day to day use. The flowing runoff
especially during rainy season will carry this spillage to the river and pollute the
water. Similarly, dumping of solid wastes by the construction workers on the river
banks will also increases BOD, decreases DO and result in an unfavorable
environment for aquatic life. The impact is direct, moderately significant, local in extent
and medium-term in duration.

5.2.1.2.1 Change in water quality due to reduced flow in dewatered zone
During the operation phase due to reduced flow from intake site there is likely some
adverse impacts on downstream water quality. Due to low volume of water flow in
the dewater zone dissolve oxygen will be decreased in downstream area of the river.
The predicted impact is direct, moderate in magnitude, local in extent and long-term in
duration.
5.2.1.2.2 Sedimentation along the downstream due to sediment flushing from
desander
The flushing of the sediments from the desander will increase the turbidity of the
River in downstream area. Thus it will ultimately deteriorate the water quality and
aquatic ecosystem of the downstream. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in
magnitude, local in extent and short- term in duration.
5.2.1.2.3 Noise and vibration in power house area
Since there will be continuous operation of generator and turbine in the power house
during the operation stage, which may impacts on local people near be power house
site though the operation until will be inside the power house resulting tolerable
amount of noise pollution. The predicted impact is direct, low in magnitude, site
specific in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.1.2.4 River morphology and impact on microclimate due to reduced flow in
dewatered zone
The diversion of Myagdi Khola in intake site will eventually result in some impacts
on the downstream dewatered zone. The low volume of water to the downstream
during the dry season will result in deficiency of water to aquatic communities. The
changes in microclimate may eventually alter the ecological status of downstream
areas. The impact is direct, moderate, local in extent, and long-term in duration.
5.2.1.2.5 Degradation of natural springs and change in ground water dynamics by
tunnel
After the construction of tunnel the water resource such as natural springs and stone
spout along the tunnel will be drying out due to modification of ground water
dynamics. During tunneling use of explosives might cause the vibration and sources
of water will be diverted. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in magnitude, local in
extent and long term in duration.
5.2.1.2.6 River bed scouring and River bank erosion due to turbid free discharge
from tailrace
The turbid free discharge from the tailrace will scour the river bed and cause the
River bank erosion. The high volume water from the tailrace may erode the river
bank more than the laminar flow during the normal flow of the river. The predicted
impact is direct, moderate in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration.
5.2.1.2.7 Leakage of oil/grease and other Chemicals
During the operation of the powerhouse different types of oil/chemicals is to be
used which will leakages and reach to the river water will pollute the water quality
of Myagdi Khola and consequently impacts on aquatic life. The predicted impact is
direct, moderate in magnitude, local in extent and long term in duration.
5.2.1.2.8 Reinstatement/Decommissioning of the project site and facilities
Reclamation of temporary leased land and assets and reinstatement of constructed
camp sites and crusher and batching plant will be done. Final cleanup of constructed
camp sites will also be done. If reclamation and reinstatement is not managed
properly the natural beauty of site will be lost. The predicted impact is direct, low in
magnitude, site specific in extent, and long-term in duration.
5.2.2.1.1 Loss of forest and vegetation cover due to project component
Construction of the MKHPP leads loss of total 5.60 ha forest with total fell down of
511 trees, Out of 511 trees, 426 trees will be cleared from Government manged forest,
74 will be cleared from community forest and 11 trees will be cleared from private
land. There is existence of government managed forest at the intake and along the
tunnel and both the Government Managed and Community forest lies along the
access road and Disposal area. Construction of intake structures and access road
causes degradation of forest at intake and along access road. 5644 m tunnel passes
through forest area through deep underground, the existing forest will not be
directly affected, however the adit point some trees are expected to be cut down. The
predicted impact is direct, high in magnitude, site specific in extent, and short-term in
duration. Vegetation loss at different project component is given in table 5-3.
Table 5-3: Vegetation loss at different project component
S. Project Type of Fore Loss of vegetation Cro Basal Vegetati

N. component forest (as st Seedli Saplin N0. wn area on type
forest act) area ng per gs per Of cove
(hac. ha. ha. tree r%
) >10
cm
DB
H
1 Headworks Gov. Thingre
managed salla,
Laligura
0.08366 sh ,saur
0.20 100 76 41 20 5
Communit
y
Leasehold
Religious
private
2 Water Phirphir
conveyance e, Kaulo
Surge/pens Communit
tock y forest 125 100 15 15
0.26
Camp area …………
Crushing/b …………
atching
0.0948
Muck …………
disposal
3 Powerhous Private 70 50 11 10 0.0788 Utis,
e …………. Kaulo
…………..
………..
4 Access road Gov. Aaspale,
and Adit managed 4.14 100 80 385 25 0.1113 lise
Bagar CF Utis,
1 140 100 59 22 Aaspale
………….
Total 0.09214
5.60 535 406 511 18.4 1
5.2.2.1.2 Loss of forest and vegetation cover due to construction of Access road
For the construction of the access road about 5.0 ha land will be required. The land
will be acquired from both Government managed forest and Bagar Community
Forest. During construction, 426 trees will be cleared from National forest and 74
trees will be cleared from Bagar Community Forest. The predicted impact is direct, high
in magnitude, site specific in extent, and short-term in duration.
5.2.2.1.3 Loss of Natural Habitat and Wild life Disturbance
During the construction phase, vegetation will be removed which will loss the
habitat of wild life moreover, blasting, movement of vehicles and other construction
activities may create some kind of disturbance to the wildlife. Wild animals and
birds reported from the project area are rare and endangered wild animals and birds
are residing from project area. The predicted impact is direct, low in magnitude, site
specific in extent, and short-term in duration.
5.2.2.1.4 Illegal hunting and Poaching
Workers may be attracted to hunt wild animals and birds during construction phase.
However such pressure on fauna will be site specific and is expected to continually
decrease as the construction gets completed. The predicted impact is indirect, low in
magnitude, local in extent, and short-term in duration.
5.2.2.1.5 Impact on aquatic ecosystem due to spoil/muck disposal and quarrying of
construction materials
Haphazard disposal of construction and excavated materials like muck and
quarrying will have direct impact on the aquatic ecosystem. The excavated soil
might be washed away by monsoon rain and will deposit in the Myagdi River. These
deposited materials may disturb the spawning ground of fishes. Similarly it may
also affect the habitat of other aquatic animals. Besides these sedimentation on the
River will increase the turbidity on the River which may reduce the Dissolved
oxygen and consequently impact on fish habitat. The impact is direct, moderate, local in
extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.2.1.6 Impact on rare, endangered and threatened species of flora and fauna
Some rare, endangered and threatened species if wild animals are reported from the
project area. The habitat of such wild animal is very localized and narrow, due to
implementation of the project there might be the impact on these rare, endangered
and threatened species by many circumstances such as habitat shrinkage, illegal
hunting and poaching etc. The impact is indirect, moderate, local in extent and long-term
in duration.
5.2.2.2.1 Impact on aquatic life due to sudden release of water in the dewatered
zone
Due to sudden release of water in the dewatered zone there might be likely
consequences to animal and aquatic life. It may cause the loss of animal and aquatic
life due to sudden high volume of discharged water. The impact is direct, moderate,
local in extent and short-term in duration.
5.2.2.2.2 Reduction in river flow in the dewatered zone
During the operation phase the natural flow of water will diverted and water
volume will be reduced along the dewatered zone. This will change the existing
water quality which disturbs the aquatic flora and fauna. The impact is direct,
moderate, local in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.2.2.3 Disturbance to Aquatic Flora and Fauna
During the operation phase the natural flow of water will diverted and water
volume will be reduced along the dewatered zone. This will change the existing
water quality which disturbs the aquatic flora and fauna. The impact is direct,
moderate, local in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.2.2.4 Habitat fragmentation due to access road
The placement of project component road will permanently change the land use of
the particular area. These activities will disrupt the continuity of the forest or
fragment the migratory and feeding habitat of wildlife harboring the area. This
eventually will affect the distribution of wildlife. Currently the proposed access road
is not providing migratory routes to wild animals. The impact is direct, moderate, local
in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.3.1.1 Acquisition of land and other private property
About 2.264 ha land will be acquired for various project component and facilities.
Total 2.264 ha land will be acquired permanently. The predicted impact is direct,
moderate, local in extent and long-term in duration. The breakdown of land acquisition is
shown in table 5-4 below.
Table 5-4: Private Land area required and type for MKHP Project
S.N. Project Loss of Land in the project area

Component* ( ha)
Khet Bari Pakho/Parti/Kharbari Others
1 Penstock/Powerhouse 0.454
2 Construction Yards 0.620
3 Camp Area 1.19
Total 2.264
5.2.3.1.2 Loss of Agricultural productivity and standing crops

The common cereal crops cultivated by PAFs are Wheat, Maize and Millet. The
commonly cultivated cash crops are green vegetables, Garlic and potato. The
average production loss of cereal crops such as Paddy (1.01 Mt/ha), wheat
(0.83Mt/ha), Mize (0.91Mt/ha). Similarly average productivity of cash crops are
Potato (0.32 Mt/ha), Vegetables (0.07 Mt/ha) and Garlic (0.030 Mt/ha) respectively.
This amount of annual production from PAFs will be lost. The predicted impact is
direct, moderate, local in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.3.1.3 Occupational health and safety
As labor forces are prone to various risks and health hazards in absence of works
undertaken without adequate safety measures. During the construction of Myagdi
Khola Hydropower project different types of works to be performed this may cause
accident to the workers. More over there may take place accident to the local people
if works does not handle properly. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in terms of
magnitude, site specific in terms of extent, and short term in terms of duration.
5.2.3.1.4 Pressure on Public utilities
During the construction phase due to in-migrants such as labor force, pressure on
local public utilities such as water, health post, educational institution etc. will be
seen in the project area, this will make congestion among the locals to their daily
work. The predicted impact is direct, moderate in terms of magnitude, site specific in terms
of extent, and short term in terms of duration.
5.2.3.1.5 Social conflict due to influx of work force
Due to movement of labor from the outside of the project area, conflict may be seen
among the local and emigrants and among the workers. This increases public life
including alcoholism, gambling, sex life etc., and causes it as a source of conflict
between local people and in-migrant as labor force. The predicted impact will be direct,
low in terms of magnitude, site specific in terms of extent, and short term in terms of
duration.
5.2.3.1.6 Damage and cracking in the household due to vibration during tunneling
During the tunneling activities, use of explosives may produce vibration which may
cause cracking of households along the tunnel alignment. The predicted impact will be
direct, low in terms of magnitude, site specific in terms of extent, and short-term in terms of
duration.
5.2.3.1.7 Impact on Gender and Disadvantaged group
The contractor may enforce discriminatory decision leading unfair wages rates for
women in the project work. This will cause the biasness to the women particularly,
related to women labor in the project. The predicted impact will be direct, low in terms of
magnitude, site specific in terms of extent, and short-term in terms of duration.
5.2.3.1.8 Increase in anti-social activities or Law and order
Case of frequent drunkenness, prostitution and gambling may increase during the
project construction, if not controlled properly. Some people may have intentions to
disturb the existing social, culture and traditional practices. If such activities are not
controlled in time, it could pose adverse impacts on the community and families. The
predicted impact will be direct, low in terms of magnitude, site specific in terms of extent,
and short-term in terms of duration.
5.2.3.1.9 Impact on social, cultural and religious practices
During the construction phase large workforce will be migrated from outside the
project area which will be from different religion and culture. The in-migrant
workforce will impact the local cultural and religious practices. The predicted impact
will be direct, low in terms of magnitude, site specific in terms of extent, and short-term in
terms of duration.
5.2.3.1.10 Impact on existing foot trail along tunnel alignment
Some portion of the existing foot trail will be used for access road and tunnel
alignment which will damage the existing foot trail. These will impacts on local as
well as tourist in the project area. The predicted impact will be direct, low in terms of
magnitude, site specific in terms of extent, and short-term in terms of duration.
5.2.3.2.1 Withdrawal of economic activities and people’s behavior
Acquiring of skills prior to and during the construction phase will make the local
residents marketable. However, employment opportunities in the project area will
cease once the construction phase is completed. Introduction of a market economy in
the place of a subsistence economy makes the households dependent on cash
income. If local industries do not grow during the construction phase, individuals
may prefer to migrate and utilize their newly acquired skills, which can bring higher
income rather than return to agricultural work or participate in local trade

industries. Consequently, individual may have to leave the area in search of related
work and thereby disrupting household unity as well as traditional social practices.
The predicted impact is indirect, moderate, site specific in extent and short-term in duration.
5.2.3.2.2 Impact due to sudden release of water in to downstream
Water is released suddenly to downstream area to flush out the sediment load from
settling basin. During sudden release of water to the downstream there might be
high risk of accidents and even loss of life if people are unknown and are not
informed about the sudden release of water. The predicted impact is indirect, moderate,
local in extent and short-term in duration.
5.2.3.2.3 Burden to the women
The completion of the project will result the job deficiency in the project area. The
lack of employment opportunities will result in the migration of men from the
project area for search of new jobs. Thus, the responsibility of women will increase,
having to perform household chores as well as farming activities. This will create
extra burden on women and will have negative impact on their health status too. The
predicted impact is indirect, moderately significant, local in extent and long-term in
duration.
5.2.3.2.4 Possibility of Accident to the Local people
Local people with ignorance may not know about the new structures and dangerous
places such as switch yards. They may visit this area and risk their well-being.
Children are especially susceptible to this hazards which can result in accident. The
predicted impact is direct, moderately significant, local in extent and long-term in duration.
5.2.3.2.5 Occupational Health and Safety
During the operation phase workforce are highly prone to health risk such as noise
pollution at powerhouse site and along the intake and powerhouse. If the safety
gadgets were not provided to the workforce there might be long term impact on the
workforce. The predicted impact is direct, moderately significant, local in extent and long-
term in duration.
Table 5-5: Adverse Impact Identification and evaluation Matrix
Impact Rating
S. N. Impacts
Nature Magnitude Extent Duration Rating
A Physical and chemical Environment
A1.1 Construction Phase
A1.1.1 Change in topography and land use pattern D H (60) S (10) Lt (20) Significant (90)
A1.1.2 Landslides and soil erosion due to site clearance
D M (20) S (10) Lt (20) Significant (50)
A1.1.3 Vibration, Noise pollution and Land instability

due to Tunneling
A.1.1.4 Change in River Morphology Due to Quarrying
Activities
A1.1.5 Establishment of crusher, batching plant and dust,
D H (60) S (10) St (05) Significant (75)
noise and air pollution due to crushing of stone
A.1.1.6 Vibration during Tunneling Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) St (05)
(45)
A.1.1.7 Possibilities of drying out of natural springs along Significant
IN M (20) S (10) Lt (20)
the tunnel alignment (50)
A.1.1.8 Dust emission during the transportation of the Insignificant
D M (20) S (10) St (05)
construction materials (35)
A.1.1.9 Impact due to Construction of Project Access Road Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) St (05)
(45)
A.1.1.1 Impact due to stock piling of construction Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
0 materials (25)
A.1.1.1 Impact due to muck/spoil disposal Significant
D M (20) S (10) Lt (20)
1 (50)
A.1.1.1 Construction of camp sites and solid waste Significant
D M (20) S (10) St (05)
2 management (35)
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd.
Page 113
Impact Rating
S. N. Impacts
A.1.1.1 Air, surface water and Noise pollution Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) Mt (10)
3 (50)
A.1.1.1 Top soil management Significant
D M (20) S (10) Lt (20)
4 (50)
A.1.1.1 Probability of leakage and mixing of oil, grease, Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) Mt (10)
5 lubricants and toxic chemicals (50)
A.1.1.1 Impact on existing public infrastructures such as
Significant
6 houses, schools etc. due to vibration during D H (60) Lo (20) Mt (10)
(90)
tunneling
A.1.2 Operation Phase
A.1.2.1 Change in water quality due to reduced flow in Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20)
dewatered zone (60)
A.1.2.2 Noise and vibration in power house area Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) Lt (20)
(40)
A.1.2.3 Degradation of natural springs and change in Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20)
ground water dynamics by tunnel (60)
A.1.2.4 River bed scouring and River bank erosion due to Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20)
turbid free discharge from tailrace (60)
A.1.2.5 Sedimentation along the downstream due to Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) St (05)
sediment flushing from desander (45)
A.1.2.6 Change in surface and ground water Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20)
(60)
A.1.2.7 River morphology and impact on microclimate Significant
D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20)
due to reduced flow in dewatered zone (60)
A.1.2.8 Generation of Solid waste Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) Lt (20)
(40)
A.1.2.9 Reclamation and reinstatement of camp site and Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) Lt (20)
crusher plant (40)
B Biological Environment
Page 114
Impact Rating
S. N. Impacts
B.1.1 Construction phase
B.1.1.1 Forest and Vegetation Clearance During the
D H (60) S (10) Lt (20) Significant (90)
Construction of Project Structures
B.1.1.2 Increase in fishing activities
D H (60) S (10) Lt (20) Significant (90)
B.1.1.3 Loss of Natural Habitat and Wild life Disturbance Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
(25)
B.1.1.4 Habitat fragmentation of aquatic life D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
B.1.1.5 Illegal hunting and Poaching Insignificant
IN L (10) Lo (20) St (05)
(35)
B.1.1.6 Impact on aquatic ecosystem due to spoil/muck
D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
disposal and quarrying of construction materials
B.1.2 Operation Phase
B.1.2.1 Obstruction of fish migration
D M (20) Lo (20) St (05) Significant (45)
B.1.2.2 Degradation of aquatic life such as fishes in
dewatered zone
B.1.2.3 Disturbance to Aquatic Flora and Fauna
B.1.2.4 Impact on aquatic life due to sudden release of
water in the dewatered zone D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
B.1.2.5 Reduction in river flow in the dewatered zone D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
B.1.2.6 Habitat fragmentation due to access road D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
C Socio-economic and Cultural Environment
C.1.1 Construction Phase
C.1.1.1 Land acquisition and compensation D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
C.1.1.2 Loss of Agricultural productivity and standing
crops
Page 115
Impact Rating
S. N. Impacts
C.1.1.3 Occupational health and safety Insignificant
D M (20) S (10) St (05)
(35)
C.1.1.4 Pressure on Public utilities Insignificant
D M (20) S (10) St (05)
(35)
C.1.1.5 Social conflict due to influx of work force Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
(25)
C.1.1.6 Health and Sanitation Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
(25)
C.1.1.7 Increment on price of Goods Significant
D M (20) S (10) Lt (20)
(50)
C.1.1.8 Increase in women’s and children’s workload Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
(25)
C.1.1.9 Gender Biasness Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
(25)
C.1.1.1 Increase in anti-social activities Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
0 (25)
C.1.1.1 Damage and cracking in the household due to Insignificant
D L (10) S (10) St (05)
1 vibration during tunneling (25)
C.1.1.1 Impact on existing water use right
D M(20) S (10) Lt (20) Significant (50)
2
C.1.2 Operation Phase
C.1.2.1 Withdrawal of economic activities and people’s Insignificant
IN M(20) S (10) St (05)
behavior (35)
C.1.2.2 Impact due to sudden release of water in to Insignificant
IN M(20) S (10) St (05)
downstream (35)
C.1.2.4 Burden to the women IN M(20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
C.1.2.5 Possibility of Accident to the Local people Significant
IN M(20) S (10) Lt (20)
(50)
C.1.2.6 Occupational Health and Safety D M (20) Lo (20) Lt (20) Significant (60)
Page 116
Note: Impact rating was done based on following;

Nature of Impact: D = Direct; IN = Indirect;
Magnitude: H = High (60); M = Medium/Moderate (20); and
L = Low (10)
Extent: R = Regional (60), Lo = Local (20); and S = Site-specific (10)
Duration: Lt = Long-term (20), Mt = Medium-term (10); and St = Short-term (5)
The points/scoring are taken from the National EIA Guidelines, 1993
Significance of Impact
Total Score: More than 75: Very Significant
50-75: Significant
Less than 45 Insignificant
Page 117
CHAPTER 6 : ALTERNATIVE ANALYSIS

Alternative analysis has been studied from environmental point of view to avoid or
reduce possible adverse impacts due to implementation of project. Different
alternatives in terms of design have been studied. The project site, size and height of
diversion dam, powerhouse (design), necessary technology, time schedule, raw
materials, construction techniques, training and monitoring processes, operation and
maintenance procedures have been considered for alternatives.
6.1 No project option
In the present context of the energy crisis scenario, No project option is absolutely
invalid and irrational because country itself is facing huge power shortage problem.
To combat with this problem country urgent need to developed electricity within the
country and such project contribute in some extent to reduce burden problem.
Besides, socioeconomic development will be halted with no project option.
Furthermore, electricity is synonymous with development. For the purpose of
lighting, cooking, heating, commerce and industry reliable and dependable power
supply is essential. In this context, a project like Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project
with an installed capacity of 57.30 MW will significantly contribute to fulfill the
power demand of the country.
With the implementation of the project, people from local residing will get job
opportunity and there will be increase in local economic activities. Hence the no
project option alternative is rejected.
6.2 Project site/ Design
Alternative site for project implementation should be environmentally safe and
sound, economically viable and socially acceptable. The main project components
and allied structures and other associated facilities can be diverted to save the
natural environmental settings. The location of headwork site is same at the
elevation for the options 1 and option 2. The possible alternative layouts of
alignment for the proposed project are headrace tunnel alignment along the right
bank following headrace tunnel alignment along the right bank of the river. Both
options consider the different location of power house site.
Alternative-1: Headrace tunnel alignment along the right bank
Alternative-2: Headrace tunnel alignment along the left bank
Page 118
The comparison of two alternatives is given below:

Table 6-1: Comparison of two alternatives of the project
Component/ Alternative I Alternative II

environmental parameter
Head works areas The headworks will be located The headworks will be
at dovan located at dovan
Power house area The power house will be The power house will be
located right bank of river at located left bank of river at
Jeltung. Jeltung
Head race tunnel Headrace tunnel along the Headrace tunnel on left bank
right bank
Geology/environmental This option is the best to There is a greater risk
perspective develop for project considering regarding geology,
geological, environmental and environmental degradation
financial perspectives. comparison to Alternative-1.
Forest Land requirement 5.30 ha More than 5.30 ha

Installed capacity 57.30 MW Less than 57.30 MW
Alternatives Selection
Due to the construction easiness and less expected environmental problems
Alternative-1 alignment along right bank is chosen after discussion and different
field visits from the experts. The two alternative of project alignment is shown in fig.
6.1.
Page 119
Figure 6-1: Project Alignment along the right and left bank of River
6.3 Project location, “No Forest Option”

Various project location alternatives of MKHPP have been studied from
environmental consideration including no forest option for the identification of
environmentally best alternative layout.
Page 120
6.4 Technology, Procedures of Operation, Time Schedules and Raw materials to be

used
The proponent will consider the alternatives for technology, operation procedures,
time schedules and raw material requirements associated with aspects of MKHPP
construction and operation. In order choices will be considered in the context of cost
effectiveness, labor intensive and with minimum environmental impacts.
6.5 Environment Management System
The proponent have been analyzed the different alternatives of environmental
management system to implement the project so as to implement the best practice in
the environment management system. The proponent will abide all the
enhancement, mitigation measure, Environmental Management Plan and
Monitoring Plan given in this report for the safeguarding of the local environment.
6.6 Whether or Not the Risks resulting from the implementation of the proposal
can be accepted
The various project alternatives have been evaluated based on the acceptability of
risks during project. Implementation for the evaluation of best alternative from
acceptability of risks and analysis will be carried out on Whether or Not the Risks
resulting from the Implementation of proposal can be accepted.
Page 121
CHAPTER 7 : ENVIRONMENTAL ENHANCEMENT AND

MITIGATION MEASURES
The study team identified the most effective mitigation measures for all the
perceived impacts to enhancement of beneficial impacts and minimizes the adverse
impacts of the proposed project. The study team also provides the cost estimation
for the proposed mitigation measures. The cost estimated for the proposed
enhancement and mitigation measures is based on severity of impacts caused and
past experiences of past hydropower project of similar natures.
The proponent of MKHPP project will implement all the mitigation and
enhancement measures mentioned in this chapter as its own cost of primary
responsibility. Besides any impacts that were not identified during the study, if
incurred during construction and operation phases will also mitigated by
proponent.
7.1 Enhancement Measures
7.1.1 Construction Phase
7.1.1.1 Increase in job opportunity and enhancement of Skill for workforce
The project will include the binding clause in the contractor’s agreement to give first
priority to the local people of the project affected area while hiring both skilled and
unskilled workforce. Project affected families will be given priority on employment.
During hiring process women shall be encouraged to employment giving skilled
training. Workforce will be provided skill training to know about the related work of
the project.
Table 7-1: Cost allocated for the skill enhancement for construction workers
Particulars Total Number Allowance @ Total number Total NRs.

day of days
Electrical Wiring
Trainees 25 500 5 62500
Training 2 3000 5 30000
experts
Training Lump sum 40000
Materials
Total 132500
Plumbing
Trainees 25 500 5 62500
Training 2 3000 5 30000
experts
Materials
Page 122
Total 162500
Welding
Trainees 30 500 5 75000
Training 3 3000 5 45000
experts
Materials
Total 180000
Driving
Trainees 5 500 10 25000
Trainer 1 2000 10 20000
materials
Total 65000
Masonry Training
Trainees 10 500 7 35000
Trainer 2 3000 7 42000
Materials
Total 97000
Sub total 1347000
7.1.1.2 Increase in trade

During the construction of the hydropower project, large number of workforce will
involve on construction activities which requires large number of food item such as
milk, meat, tea for fulfill the demands of workforce local people will supply the
required materials and will establish small scale trade and business such as tea stall,
restaurant item and dairy product.
7.1.1.3 Skill enhancement

Awareness program, capacity building program and training will be given to the
Local people so that their skill will be enhanced and empowers.
Table 7-2: Cost allocated for Skill Enhancement training for local people
Particulars Total Number Allowance @ Total number Total NRs.

day of days
Training on Sewing and Tailoring
Trainees 30 500 7 105000
Training 2 3000 5 30000
experts
Materials
Total 175000
Training on Handicrafts
Trainees 30 500 10 150000
Page 123
Training 2 3000 5 30000

experts
Materials
Total 225000
Sub total 400000
7.1.1.4 Improvement of public facilities through implementation of the CSP activities
The proponent will support to the local area through implementation of the CSP
activities. Following activities will be implemented for the community support
program (CSP).
 Support will be provided to improve the Tatopani located in dewatered
zone of this project
 Improvement of existing road from mudi to Bagar
 Educational support to the educational institution located in project
affected area
 Training will be given to the Aama Samuha on tailoring/sewing, beauty
parlor and handicraft
 Support will be provided to the local Club by providing sports materials
 Awareness program will be conducted to the CFUG for biodiversity
conservation
 Training will be provided on NTFPs to the CFUG
 Support on Tourism Development Activities in the project area co-
ordination with Local Club
Table 7-3: Cost allocated for the Community Support Program (CSP)
SN Item Estimated cost (NRs.)

1 Support will be provided to improve the 45,00,000/-
Tatopani located in dewatered zone of this
project
2 Educational support to the educational 16,23,925/-
institution located in project affected area
3 Training will be given to the Aama Samuha on 10,00,000/-
tailoring/sewing, beauty parlor and handicraft
4 Support will be provided to the local Club by 20,00,000/-
providing sports materials
5 Awareness program will be conducted to the 20,00,000/-
CFUG for biodiversity conservation
6 15 days Training will be provided on NTFPs to 10,00,000/-
the CFUG
Page 124
7 Support on Tourism Development Activities in 10,00,000/-

the project area co-ordination with Local Club
8 Improvement of existing road 59562430/-
Total 7,26,86,355/-
7.1.2 Operation Phase

7.1.2.1 Employment opportunity
The proponent will provide the job to the locals as soon as possible during operation
phase
7.1.2.2 Opportunity of royalty for local development
After the completion of the project certain amount of the royalty will be shared to
the local body which will help to developmental activities in the project affected
area.
7.1.2.3 Provision of Local Share
The project will open its share to the local and project affected families as per the
Government Rules.
7.1.2.4 Enhancement on tourism sector

Tourism sector will be enhanced due to implementation of the proposed project by
improving the accessibility on transportation and electrification.
7.1.2.5 Increase in trade and business

Due to accessibility on transportation and electricity in the project area trade and
business will be increased.
7.1.2.6 Enhancement of power supply

After the operation of the proposed project 57.30 MW electricity will be generated
which will helps to reduce the demands and enhance on power supply of the
country.
7.1.2.7 Reduced greenhouse gas emission

By the development of project renewable energy such as electricity shall be
produced which helps to reduce the dependency on natural forest resources and
consequently reduce the greenhouse gas.
Page 125
7.2 Mitigation Measures

7.2.1.1.1 Change in Topography and Land-use pattern
The following mitigation measures will be carried out to mitigate the impact on
topography and land-use pattern
 The excavated site will be landscaped after the completion of project
 Private (temporary used) land will be decommissioned to the land owner
after reinstated form
 Plantation will be conducted around the excavated site to compensate the
impact on land use pattern
 Private (Permanent) land will be compensated and compensation will be paid
for loss of productivity
 Bio-engineering technique will be conducted around the excavated site such
as intake and power house site for maintain the landscape.
7.2.1.1.2 Impact due to Construction of Access road
The project will construct about 8 km access road from power house to intake area.
During the construction activities the major impact will be landslide and soil erosion
along the geologically unstable area. Following mitigation measures will be carried
out to minimize the impact due to construction of access road.
 Slope protection measures such as gabion wall, retaining structures, drainage
and cross drainage will be constructed
 Bioengineering techniques will be carried to stabilize the slope instability
 Cut volume of the road will be used to filling of the road alignment
7.2.1.1.3 Landslide and Soil erosion due to site clearance
During the construction of the different project structure such as intake structure,
adit and power house earth will be cleared. There will be chances of landslide and
soil erosion at the excavated site. Following mitigation measures will be conducted
for the mitigation of landslide and soil erosion.
 Retaining and breast walls will be installed to prevent erosion and scouring
of river banks at the intake and power house site
 Slope stabilization measures such as gabion wall and retaining structures
will be provided at intake and power house site
 Bio-engineering techniques will be applied to control the landslide
 Armoring of banks will be done to prevent landslides and erosion at the
intake site
 Tunnel and other engineering structures standard engineering practices will
be followed to ensure that the structures are safe and durable.
Page 126
7.2.1.1.4 Impact due to Stockpiling of Construction Materials

Following mitigation measures will be applied to minimize impacts from
stockpiling.
 Stockpiling of the construction materials will be done at the allocated site only
 Permission from the local stakeholder will be taken before commencing the
stockpiling of the construction materials
 Construction materials will be covered to prevent from rain water and dust
emission from stockpiling site
 Construction materials will be placed far from agricultural and water bodies
7.2.1.1.5 Impact due to Construction of Labor camp and Solid Waste Management
Following mitigation measures will be applied to minimize impacts from camp
construction and solid waste management.
 Camp site must be suitable selected and approval of land owner to be taken
 Solid waste must be segregated as degradable and non-degradable solid
waste before deposing it
 3R principles will be used for the management of the solid wastes
 Liquid waste generated from camp site will be used on garden at campsite
7.2.1.1.6 Impact due to Muck/Spoil Disposal
The following corrective actions will take to minimize the impacts due to muck and
spoil disposal. About 67050.208 cum muck/spoil will be generated from the
construction of proposed project. Three muck/spoil disposal sites are allocated
along the project alignment intake site, adit and power house are namely; Dovan,
Libsiba and Jeltung respectively.
 Muck and spoil will be disposed only in the allocated sites
 The dispersal materials will be compacted with moisture so that it is stable
and less dust is released during disposing
 The disposal area will be shaped and landscape to give attractive aesthetics
and also harmonize with the surrounding area by planting trees of
indigenous species and other bioengineering works
 Muck released from the construction work will also be used for
maintenance work and powerhouse
7.2.1.1.7 Change in River Morphology due to quarrying of construction materials
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to minimize the impacts of
quarrying sites.
 Only allocated sites will be used for the quarrying of construction materials
Page 127
 Approval from concerned authority of government and land owners will

be taken
 Quarry site will be established far from settlement and agricultural land
 Avoid the formation of ditches and pounding at the site
 Quarrying will not be done inside the River
 Heavy machinery should not be taken in to the River
 Only estimated quantity will be extracted from the allocated site
 Top soil will be managed after the completion of quarrying
 Quarry sites will be rehabilitated to suit local landscape
7.2.1.1.8 Vibration, Noise pollution and land instability due to tunneling
During the construction of the tunnel use of explosives may cause vibration and
noise pollution nearby settlement, besides this vibration land instability along the
tunnel will be caused. The following mitigation measures will be given to minimize
such impacts.
 Local people near by the settlement will be informed time to time about
potential dangerous area such as blasting and vibration
 Adequate training will be provided to all workers
 Provision of warning sign will be placed along the tunnel area
 Large amount of explosion in one time will be restricted
 Health and safety gadgets such as mask, helmets boots etc will be provided
to all the workers, supervisors and visitors.
7.2.1.1.9 Probability of leakage and mixing of oil, grease, lubricants and toxic
chemicals
There is likely to be some impacts on soil and water due to leakage and mixing of oil,
grease, lubricants and chemicals during construction phase.
The following mitigation measures will be adopted for the mitigation of such
impacts;
 Vehicles and appliances which use chemical substances like petrol, diesel,
grease, lubricating oil etc, will be regularly monitored to detect any
leakage;
 Vehicles will be maintained in proper condition;
 Fueling and refueling of the vehicle will be done carefully
 Storage of petroleum product will be handled properly
 The wastes of chemical substances like grease and used lubricating oil will
not be disposed into environment. It will be either recycled or sold to
license holding contractors who recycle these materials for further use;
Page 128
 Regular monitoring on the use, disposal, and collection of these toxic

materials will be done with due consideration. Furthermore, containers of
sikalatex will be disposed carefully; and
 Strict rules will be implemented to control the haphazard disposal of these
toxic materials.
7.2.1.1.10 Establishment of crusher, batching plant and dust, noise and air
pollution due to crushing of stone
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to minimize the impacts of crusher,
batching plant and dust, noise and air pollution.
 Crusher and batching plant will be established at least 500 m away from
settlement and public sensitive area.
 Ground surface of sites where the crusher plant located will be covered by
tarpaulin layer to minimize the dust generation.
7.2.1.1.11 Impact on existing public infrastructures such as houses, schools etc. due
to vibration during tunneling
Following mitigation measure will be conducted to minimize the impact on public
infrastructures such as houses, school etc.
 Compensation will be provided for damaged or cracked public
infrastructures
 Physical infrastrctures will be protected
 Information will be provided before each blasting to be done along the school
and settlement are
 Blasting activities will be done small scale in spite of single huge blasting
7.2.1.1.12 Impact on natural springs and sources of water due to tunneling
Following mitigation measure will be conducted to minimize the impact on natural
springs and sources of water due to tunneling.
 If the sources of drinking water will be drought out the proponent will
manage sources of drinking water from other nearby water sources
7.2.1.1.13 Top soil management
Top soil from the excavated places will be collected and reused after the completion
of project work. The topsoil will be covered by plastic and stockpiled over a drained
area.
Page 129
7.2.1.1.14 Air, surface water and Noise pollution

The probable cause of air, water and noise pollution in the project area is by
construction activities and vehicular movement. To reduce this impact, following
mitigation measures will be adopted;
 Proper maintenance of the vehicles, machines and equipment will be done
 The wastes generated from construction activities will be properly handled
according to the nature of waste during different steps like storage, usages
and disposal
 The waste water generated from labor camp, vehicular washing, run offs
and other activities will be managed properly
 The storage sites will be placed appropriately and storage area will be lined
in to reduce the surface and ground pollution in the event of spill
 Debris will not be disposed to impound water to avoid water pollution
7.2.1.2.1 Change in water quality due to reduced flow in dewatered zone
Due to the diversion of water during the operation phase, the downstream flow
between intake and powerhouse will be reduced especially during dry period. To
mitigate this impact, the following mitigation measures are proposed:
 Regular monitoring of the downstream water flow will be carried out
7.2.1.2.2 Sedimentation along the downstream due to sediment flushing from
desander
Sediment flushing is a regular process which cannot be avoided in hydropower
projects. However, to reduce the impacts, sediment flushing will be flushed to the
downstream at a regular interval.
7.2.1.2.3 Noise and vibration in power house area
Following mitigation measures will be applied for the mitigation of noise and
vibration in the power house.
 Working room in the power house will be made sound proof with sufficient
ventilation and air conditioning
 Workers will be provided sound protection equipment such as air plug
7.2.1.2.4 River morphology and impact on microclimate due to reduced flow in
dewatered zone
Following mitigation measures will be carried out to mitigate the impact on
microclimate and river morphology.
Page 130

 Bank protection works (gabion wall, spur/or revetment) will be under taken
to prevent erosion near major project structures
 Longitudinal and cross sections of affected portion of river will be studied
after rainy season
7.2.1.2.5 Degradation of natural springs and change in ground water dynamics by
tunnel
However the tunnel will be constructed deep to the hill but during the tunneling,
vibration along the alignment will have impact on the existing natural springs and
ground water dynamics will be changed this impact cannot be avoided. To mitigate
this impact the proponent will established drinking water facilities for the local
people from nearby water resources.
7.2.1.2.6 River bed scouring and River bank erosion due to turbid free discharge
from tailrace
Following mitigation measures will be carried out to mitigate the impact on river
bed scouring and river bank erosion due to turbid free discharge.
 River bank protection works (gabion wall, spur/or revetment) will be under
taken to prevent erosion near tailrace structures
 Settling basin have been proposed underground type
7.2.1.2.7 Reinstatement/Decommissioning of the project site and facilities
Following mitigation measures will be carried out to mitigate the impact.
 Temporary leased private land will be rehabilitated at least its original
landscape before use
 All the constructed temporary project facilities will be decommissioned and
reinstated
 Final cleanup of project facilities will be carried out
7.2.2.1.1 Loss of forest and vegetation due to construction of project component
and Access road
Altogether 21,460 saplings will be planted by the project (12,500 saplings for the loss
of 500 trees to fulfill the requirement of GON and 8960 saplings will be planted for
the replacement of 5.6 ha land at 1600 saplings/ha). The selection of plant species for
afforestation program will be mainly based on the species that are available as tree
species in the natural surroundings. According to the provision of the Working
Page 131
Procedure for use of National Forest Area for National Priority Project, 2074
compensatory plantation of fell down trees in the ration 1:25 will be carried out as
following given plan. As per the provision of Guideline for the allocation of forest
land for national priority project 2074 the proponent will purchase 5.6 ha land for
replacement of forest land permanently acquired for the project and handed to
concerned forest office within one year of agreement with the forest office. Such land
will be provided in adjoining forest area with similar topography.
Table 7-4: Compensatory Plantation plan
Cost for Compensatory Plantation
S. N. Plantation Cost (NRs.)
1. Cost of 21,460 seedlings @60 NRs. Per seedling 12,87,600/-
2. Plantation cost including site preparation, pitting, composting, 1,39,900/-

mulching
3. Care of plantation area 5,00,000/-
Total 19,27,500/-
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to mitigate the impact of loss of

forest and vegetation.
 Project will compensate the forest loss on the basis of the government policy
decision of 1:25 i.e. plantation of 25 seedlings for each tree felled for the project
and management of the plantation area for 5 years at its own cost and
handover the plantation to users groups of respective community forests or the
local forest office. As per this policy, proponent will plant 21,460 Seedlings by
developing the plantation site in and around the project area and manage it for
five years
 A nursery of 21,460 seedlings capacity will be established for providing the
sapling for plantation. It will also be a part of the slope stabilization and
erosion control measures. Encroachment into nearby forest areas will be strictly
banned. Similarly, the strict rules and regulations of DFO and CFUG will
discourage people to settle near forest areas after the project construction
activities are completed
 Kerosene and LPG will be provided to the workers for cooking proposes
Additionally, the project will develop a mechanism to make kerosene available
in the local market to reduce the pressure on fuel wood
Page 132
 The project will also provide some support to forest regeneration programs
operated by DFO, Community forest and Community Based Organizations
(CBOs) in the immediate watershed of the project area in order to minimize
possible soil loss and/or sediment yield during the construction and operation
periods;
 Bioengineering techniques will be implemented along the intake site and
powerhouse site to control further destruction of ground vegetation during the
construction phase and to control/avoid possible landslides;
 Awareness programs will be organized to educate local people on the
importance of protected plant species and conservation practices; and DFO and
CFUG will be involved in conservation of protected species. It will indirectly
compel the contractor to comply with rules and regulations made by these
organization for the protection of resources.
 Local people will be encouraged to participate in forest conservation programs.
Similarly, awareness campaigns will be conducted for the conservation of
forests. Therefore, it is expected that easier accessibility will not have severe
impacts on vegetation and wildlife;
7.2.2.1.2 Loss of Natural Habitat and Wild life Disturbance
During the construction phase blasting, movement of heavy vehicles and other
construction activities may create some kind of disturbance to the wild animals. This
will force them to migrate away. For the MKHPP, major construction activities will
be limited to headworks, tunnel and powerhouse site.
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to mitigate such impacts;
 Re-vegetation will be done along the cleared site with local plant species
 Construction activities like blasting, drilling and also vehicle movement will
be carried out in the day time as far as possible to minimize its impact on local
fauna;
 At a single time large blasting will be prohibited
7.2.2.1.3 Illegal hunting and Poaching
 Hunting and poaching around the project area will be strictly prohibited.
There will be the provision of punishments if anyone is found to be involved
in hunting, trapping or harassing wildlife. Coordination with DFO and CFUG
will further help to mitigate the illegal hunting and poaching by the workers;
Page 133
 Illegal hunting and poaching of protected faunal species will be strictly

banned. Any person found guilty of hunting of these species will be
punished. Similarly, awareness campaigns will also be conducted for the
conservation of these precious species;
 Regular monitoring of the workers will somehow discourage activities like
illegal hunting and poaching;
7.2.2.1.4 Impact on aquatic ecosystem due to spoil/muck disposal and quarrying of
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to mitigate the impact on aquatic
ecosystem due to spoil/muck disposal and quarrying of construction materials.
 Spoil/muck disposal sites will not be placed nearby water body such as River
 Spoil/muck disposal sites will be fenced and managed so that spoil/muck
will not be washed out by rain water
 Construction materials will not be excavated from river channel and will not
be extracted haphazardly
7.2.2.1.5 Impact on rare, endangered and threatened species of flora and fauna
Following mitigation measures will be adopted to minimize the impacts
 Illegal hunting and poaching of rare, endangered and threaten species will be
prohibited
 Awareness campaign will be conducted specially on conservation of rare,
endangered and threaten species
 Cleared protected floral species will be planted and managed in the project
area
7.2.2.2.1 Impact on wild life due to sudden release of water in the dewatered zone
 Siren system will be established targeting the downstream during sudden
release of water from the headworks during the operation period. This may
give the wildlife sufficient time to escape from the area due to the siren noise.
 MKHPP will install a special alarm system so that in case of sudden shut
down of powerhouse or tunnel, the system will automatically ring loudly at
least 5 minutes. The released water will take some time to travel downwards
during which people nearby bank will have sufficient time to move safety
7.2.2.2.2 Reduction in river flow in the dewatered zone
Page 134
 For the survival of aquatic life such as fish, 0.436 m 3/s flow will be released
along the dewater zone
 Regular monitoring system will be conducted for the confirmation of the required
minimum flow during dry season.
7.2.2.2.3 Disturbance to Aquatic Flora and Fauna

 For the survival of aquatic life such as fish, 0.436 m 3/s flow will be released
along the dewater zone
7.2.2.2.4 Habitat fragmentation due to access road
 Roadside plantation along the access road.

7.2.3.1Construction Phase
7.2.3.1.1 Acquisition of land and other private property
The compensation will be provided to the affected families for the land acquisition
for the different project components. The project will acquired permanent land by
purchasing the land permanently and temporary land will be acquired by leased
basis. When the temporarily acquired land is returned, they must be reinstated to a
quality equal to or better than that of the time of initial lease.
7.2.3.1.2 Loss of Agricultural productivity and standing crops

The project will provide the compensation to the lost agricultural land and crops.
The project will provide adequate compensation for the loss of agriculture land.
Trainings on scientific agriculture technologies and an improved seed program will
increase the agricultural production in the project area. Moreover, people on the
project area/s will be motivated for cash crop plantation. Such trainings will
somehow compensate for the loss in agriculture production and will help economic
conditions of the locals.
7.2.3.1.3 Occupational health and safety
The contractor(s) should adopt Safe Construction Practices (SCP) in order to
minimize construction related accidents. Measures to be practiced by the contractor
will be as follows:
 Trainings will be provided to all construction workers about SCP;
 Fencing will be done to restrict public movement around the construction sites;
 Personnel protective equipment (PPE) such as helmets, boots, gloves and masks
will be provided to construction workers, supervisors and visitors;
Page 135
 Warning signs/posts will be installed for informing the local people about the
potentially dangerous areas such as quarry site, weir site (dam site), tunnel
outlets and tailrace outlet;
 Only authorized persons will be given responsibility to operate machinery and
other heavy equipment;
 Temporary support structures will be constructed to avoid rock falls, erosion
and landslides during construction. Soil excavation during monsoon in unstable
areas will be minimized, if not totally avoided;
 Adequate lighting and ventilation facilities will be maintained at all construction
sites;
 Emergency equipment like first-aid kits, flashlights, fire extinguishers, siren,
emergency vehicles and phones will be made available at construction sites;
 Qualified medical personnel will be appointed at the construction sites to
oversee emergencies related to occupational health and safety;
 An emergency response contingency plan will be prepared to appropriately deal
with emergencies. The workers will be trained to follow the plan in case of
accidents;
 The contractor(s) or the client will obtain insurance against any possible harm to
all project staff/workers including client's personnel. Furthermore, the
responsible party will also obtain third party insurance against any possible
harm to visitors and possible victims.
7.2.3.1.4 Pressure on Public utilities
The project will construct the all needed utilities such as toilet, drinking water
facilities etc. for the use of workforce. Other necessary infrastructures will be
improved by the project to reduce the pressure on existing public utilities.
7.2.3.1.5 Social conflict due to influx of work force

 Maximizing the use of local labors in the project works
 Strict code of conduct will be operated to regulate the workforce
 Awareness to be given to the workforce about the local norms and condition
7.2.3.1.6 Damage and cracking in the household due to vibration during tunneling
To mitigate this impacts compensation will be provided to damaged or cracked
houses.
Page 136
7.2.3.1.7 Impact on Gender and Disadvantaged group

The women in the project area will be equally treated as their male counterpart.
Equal wages will be paid for male and female workforce.
7.2.3.1.8 Increase in anti-social activities or Law and order
Strict code of conduct for the workforce will be enforced to maintain law and order.
Workers found being involved in prostitution, gambling or alcohol abuse will be
first warned; necessary trainings class about moral lesson will be provided.
7.2.3.1.9 Impact on social, cultural and religious practices

Following mitigation measures will be adopted for such impacts.
 Local workforce will be given first priority on project work
 Code of conduct will be established for workforce
 Knowledge about local culture and tradition will be provided to the workforce
 Drinking of alcohol will be prohibited in the labor camp
7.2.3.1.10 Impact on existing foot trail along tunnel alignment
Following mitigation measures will be adopted for such impacts.
 Damaged foot trail will be constructed

 Cooperation will be made with local people for construction of trail
7.2.3.2.1 Withdrawal of economic activities and people’s behavior
Upon the completion of the project, most of the skilled labor will lose jobs. They will
not be able to utilize their skills locally. In order to maintain their economy through
the utilization of their skills, they will have two options: either, they have to leave
the area and go elsewhere in search of jobs that match their skills or they have to
remain in the local area and find jobs which are locally available.
In order to mitigate such kind of trauma of job loss after the project, the following
measures will be adopted by the project:
 The project will try to appoint maximum number of local people as far as
possible during the operation period;
 Training sessions will be conducted at least 3 months prior to the project
completion, so that the labor force will be able to start their own businesses
immediately upon the termination of their jobs in the project;
Page 137
 Training programs will be organized particularly targeting the skilled labor

force willing to establish their own entrepreneurship, where they can utilize
their skills and make a living; and
 Possible efforts will be made by the project to help the trained and interested
local human resources obtain employment in new hydroelectric projects.
7.2.3.2.2 Impact due to sudden release of water in to downstream
During the operation phase, the sudden release of water downstream of the
headworks may cause accidents. Thus, as a mitigation measure, a siren system will
be established to make the downstream people aware about the timings of the
release of water. Similarly local people will be made aware about the siren system.
Beside this,
 MKHPP will notify the concerned communities about the plan of release
through written notices, mouth to mouth information.
 MKHPP will install alarm warning system (Siren) at appropriate location so
that alarm sounds in disseminated to all concerned. Warning signal (Siren) will
be made at least three times (before 1 hour, 30 minutes and 15 minutes) before
water is released.
 MKHPP will install a special alarm system so that in case of sudden shut down
of powerhouse or tunnel, the system will automatically ring loudly at least 5
minutes. The released water will take some time to travel downwards during
which people nearby bank will have sufficient time to move safety.
7.2.3.2.3 Burden to the women
Male migration from the project area will increase on responsibilities of women
when the project is completed. Thus, to restrict male migration, the project will
employ local people as far as possible. Similarly, women will be encouraged to work
in the project. Women involvement programs such as non- formal education, cottage
industries, promotion of improved cooking stoves, safe maternity, women
entrepreneurship and other activities contributing to women empowerment will be
supported by the project.
7.2.3.2.4 Possibility of Accident to the Local people

Following mitigation measures will be adopted to control accidents during the
operation phase:
 All dangerous sites such as switch yard, surge tank area will be fenced as a
precautionary measure to restrict people's movement in the area;
 Safety signs and posts will be erected at critical areas and
Page 138
 Local people will be made aware of dangerous project areas

7.2.3.2.4 Occupational Health and Safety
Following mitigation measures will be carried out to minimize the impacts
 Working room in the power house will be made sound proof with sufficient
ventilation and air conditioning
 Workers will be provided sound protection equipment such as air plug
Page 139
Table 7-5: Matrix for Environmental Enhancement Measures

Activity Impacts Enhancement Measures Cost (NRs) Responsible Remarks
Agency
Benefit Augmentation measures
Job - Income  Locals will be given priority to 13,47,000/- MKHPP/contractor
opportunity generation and project work
and skill employment  Training will be provided to the
enhancement workforce
of workforce
Trade and - Income  Opportunity will be provided No cost MKHPP/contractor
business generation of required
local
Skill - Skill enhanced  Training will be provided to the 4,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
enhancement local people
of local
Share - Benefited from  Share will be opened for locals No cost MKHPP/contractor
distribution share required
Permanent - Job opportunity  Priority will be given to the local as No cost MKHPP/contractor
job per their expertise required
Total enhancement Cost 17,47,000/-
Table 7-6: Matrix for Adverse Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures

Activity Impacts Mitigation Measures Cost (NRs) Responsible Remarks
Agency
Physical and Chemical Environment
Construction Phase
Site clearance  Change in  The excavated site will be 30,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
and topography and landscaped after the completion of
excavation for land use pattern project
construction  Landslide and  Private (temporary used) land will
of project soil erosion be decommissioned to the land
structures owner after reinstated form
and facilities  Plantation will be conducted
around the excavated site to
compensate the impact on land use
pattern
 Private (Permanent) land will be
compensated and compensation
will be paid for loss of productivity
 Bio-engineering technique will be
conducted around the excavated
site such as intake and power house
site for maintain the landscape.
 Retaining and breast walls will be
installed to prevent erosion and
scouring of river banks at the
intake and power house site
 Slope stabilization measures such
as gabion wall and retaining
structures will be provided at
intake and power house site
 Armoring of banks will be done to

Agency
prevent landslides and erosion at
the intake site
Construction  Landslide and  Slope protection measures such as 15,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
of Access soil erosion gabion wall, retaining structures,
road  Land use change drainage and cross drainage will be
 Dust emission constructed
and air pollution  Bioengineering techniques will be
 Spoil/muck carried to stabilize the slope
generation instability
 Cut volume of the road will be used
to filling of the road alignment
Storage of  Water, air and  Stockpiling of the construction 3,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
construction soil pollution materials will be done at the
materials allocated site only
 Permission from the local
stakeholder will be taken before
commencing the stockpiling of the
 Construction materials will be
covered to prevent from rain water
and dust emission from stockpiling
site
 Construction materials will be
placed far from agricultural and
water bodies
Construction  Generation of  Camp site must be suitable selected Included in MKHPP/contractor
of camps solid waste and approval of land owner to be project cost
 Generation of taken
liquid waste  Solid waste must be segregated as
 Land use change degradable and non- degradable

Agency
solid waste before deposing it
 3R principles will be used for the
management of the solid wastes
 Liquid waste generated from
camp site will be used on garden
at campsite
Disposal of  Land use change  Muck and spoil will be disposed 10,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
muck/spoil  Water, air and only in the allocated sites
soil pollution  The dispersal materials will be
compacted with moisture so that
it is stable and less dust is
released during disposing
 The disposal area will be shaped
and landscape to give attractive
aesthetics and also harmonize
with the surrounding area by
planting trees of indigenous
species and other bioengineering
works
 Muck released from the
construction work will also be
used for maintenance work and
powerhouse
Extraction of  Change in river  Only allocated sites will be used 5,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
construction morphology for the quarrying of construction
materials  River water materials
(quarrying) pollution  Quarry site will be established
 Change in far from settlement and
landscape agricultural land
 Avoid the formation of ditches

Agency
and pounding at the site
 Quarrying will not be done
inside the River
 Only estimated quantity will be
extracted from the allocated site
 Top soil will be managed after
the completion of quarrying
 Quarry sites will be rehabilitated
to suit local landscape
Blasting for  Vibration and  Local people near by the 5,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
tunneling noise pollution settlement will be informed time
 Impact on houses to time about potential
and dangerous area such as blasting
infrastructures and vibration
 Impact on natural  Adequate training will be
springs provided to all workers
 Provision of warning sign will be
placed along the tunnel area
 Night time blasting will be
prohibited
 Health and safety gadgets such
as mask, helmets boots etc will
be provided to all the workers,
supervisors and visitors
 Large volume blasting will be
avoided
Establishment  Air pollution  Crusher and batching plant will Included in MKHPP/contractor
of crusher  Noise pollution be established at least 500 m project cost
and batching away from settlement and public
plant sensitive area.

Agency
 Ground surface of sites where
the crusher plant located will be
covered by tarpaulin layer to
minimize the dust generation.
Operation Phase
Diversion of  Change in water  0.436 m 3/s flow will be released No cost MKHPP/contractor
water in weir quality along the dewater zone required
 Impact on aquatic
 Regular monitoring of the
life
downstream water flow will be
 Impact on
carried out
microclimate
Sediment  Sedimentation  Sediment will be released small No cost MKHPP/contractor
flushing from along scale and frequently required
deseander downstream
 Change in water
quality
Operation of  Noise and  Working room in the power house 2,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
power house vibration will be made sound proof with
pollution sufficient ventilation and air
conditioning
 Workers will be provided sound
protection equipment such as air
plug
Tunneling  Degradation of Residual impact No cost MKHPP/contractor
activities natural springs required
 Change in
ground water
dynamics
Water  River bed  Bank protection works (gabion wall, 2,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
discharge scouring spur/or revetment) will be under

Agency
from tailrace  River bank taken to prevent erosion near major
erosion project structures
Settling basin have been proposed
underground type
Reinstatement  Reduction on  Temporary leased private land will 5,00,000/- MKHPP/contractor
of project aesthetic beauty be rehabilitated at least its original
facilities of landscape landscape before use
 Reduction in  All the constructed temporary
productivity project facilities will be
decommissioned and reinstated
 Final cleanup of project facilities
will be carried out
Biological Environment
Construction Phase
Forest and  Loss of trees  Project will compensate the 12,87,600 MKHPP/Proponent Lost tree is
vegetation  Landslide and forest loss on the basis of the 500,
clearance soil erosion government policy decision of compensated
 Reduction of 1:25 i.e. plantation of 25 at the ration
wildlife habitat 1:25 and 1600
seedlings for each tree felled for
 Change in land seedling per
the project and 1600 seedling per ha i.e. total
use pattern
ha and management of the 21460
plantation area for 5 years at its seedling will
own cost and handover the be planted @
plantation to users groups of NRs. 60 for
respective community forests or single
the local forest office. As per this seedling
policy, proponent will plant
21460 Seedlings (which is twenty
five times of the total lost plants)

Agency
by developing the plantation site
in and around the project area
and manage it for five years
 A nursery of 21460 seedlings
Nursery
capacity will be established for
development
providing the sapling for 6,50,000/- and
plantation. management
 Encroachment into nearby forest cost
areas will be strictly banned.
Similarly, the strict rules and
regulations of DFO and CFUGs
will discourage people to settle
near forest areas after the project
construction activities are
completed
 Kerosene and LPG will be
provided to the workers for
cooking proposes Additionally,
the project will develop a
mechanism to make kerosene
available in the local market to
reduce the pressure on fuel
wood
 The illegal harvesting of NTFPs

will not be allowed in the project
area. Furthermore, local people
will be encouraged to plant

Agency
NTFPs on their farmland by
providing seedlings free of cost.
These activities will be carried
out at the early stage of project
construction
 The project will also provide
some support to forest
regeneration programs operated
by DFO, Community forest and
Community Based
Organizations (CBOs) in the
immediate watershed of the
project area in order to minimize
possible soil loss and/or
sediment yield during the
construction and operation
periods;
 Bioengineering techniques will
be implemented along the intake
site and powerhouse site to
control further destruction of
ground vegetation during the
construction phase and to
control/avoid possible
landslides;
 Emphasis will be given to native
and locally available plant
species during plantation and re-

Agency
vegetation activities;
 Awareness programs will be
organized to educate local
people on the importance of
protected plant species and
conservation practices; and DFO
and CFUG will be involved in
conservation of protected
species. It will indirectly compel
the contractor to comply with
rules and regulations made by
these organization for the
protection of resources.
 Muck disposal sites will be
landscaped by planting
indigenous plant species. It will
somewhat compensate for the
loss of trees species;
 Local people will be encouraged
to participate in forest
conservation programs.
Similarly, awareness campaigns
will be conducted for the
conservation of forests.
Therefore, it is expected that
easier accessibility will not have
severe impacts on vegetation
and wildlife

Agency
Illegal  Loss of wild life  Hunting and poaching around 100000/- MKHPP/Contractor
hunting and the project area will be strictly
poaching prohibited. There will be the
provision of punishments if
anyone is found to be involved
in hunting, trapping or
harassing wildlife.
Coordination with DFO and
CFUG will further help to
mitigate the illegal hunting and
poaching by the workers;
 Illegal hunting and poaching of
protected faunal species will be
strictly banned. Any person
found guilty of hunting of these
species will be punished.
Similarly, awareness
campaigns will also be
conducted for the conservation
of these precious species;
 Regular monitoring of the
workers will somehow
discourage activities like illegal
hunting and poaching;
Wildlife  Harassment to  Construction activities like 100000/- MKHPP/Contractor
disturbance the wild life blasting, drilling and also
vehicle movement will be
carried out in the day time as

Agency
far as possible to minimize its
impact on local fauna;
 Harassment to the wildlife will
be prohibited
Quarrying  Impact on aquatic  Quarrying of construction materials No cost MKHPP/Contractor
and life will not be done in the river required
muck/spoil  Spoil/muck disposal will be
allocated far from water body such
as river
Operation Phase
Sudden  Impact on aquatic  Siren system will be placed 3,00,000/- MKHPP/Contractor
release of and wild life targeting the downstream during
water in sudden release of water from the
dewatered headworks
zone
Construction  Impact on fishes  0.436 m 3/s flow will be released Included in MKHPP/Contractor
of weir along the dewater zone project cost
Habitat  Habitat  Roadside plantation along the Included in MKHPP/Contractor

fragmentation fragmentation access road project cost
due to access
road
Socio-economic and Cultural Environment
Construction Phase
Land  Loss of  Compensation to be paid for land 1,33,51,874 MKHPP/Proponent
acquisition agricultural land and property acquisition
and  Reduction on  Training on cash crop and
compensation agricultural scientific agricultural technique
productivity and  Improved agricultural practices

Agency
standing crops will be motivated
Loss of  Loss of  Compensation will be paid 164550 MKHPP/Proponent
standing productivity equivalent to lost standing crops
crops
Occupational  Possibility of  Trainings will be provided to all 5,00,000/- MKHPP
health and accident an construction workers about SCP; /Contractor
safety injuries to the  Fencing will be done to restrict
workers, visitors public movement around the
and supervisor construction sites;
 Protective gear such as helmets,
boots, gloves and masks will be
provided to construction
workers, supervisors and
visitors;
 Warning signs/posts will be
installed for informing the local
people about the potentially
dangerous areas such as quarry
site, weir site (dam site), tunnel
outlets and tailrace outlet;
 Only authorized persons will be
given responsibility to operate
machinery and other heavy
equipment;
Immigration  Pressure on  New needed labor utilities such as 5,00,000/- MKHPP
of workforce public utilities drinking water, toilet and facilities /Contractor
 Social conflict due will be provided
to influx of work  Improvement of existing public
force utilities will be done
 Local people will be given priority

Agency
on job
 Code of conduct will be
established for labor
Antisocial  Quarreling and  Maximizing the use of local labors No cost MKHPP
activities conflict in the project works required /Contractor
 Disharmony in  Strict code of conduct will be
the society operated to regulate the workforce
 Awareness to be given to the
workforce about the local norms
and condition
Health and  Occurrence of  Local people will be employed as 5,00,000/- MKHPP
sanitation diseases far as possible to reduce the /Contractor
 Transfer of STD pressure on local health
and institutions and other services;
communicable  The project will provide funds for
diseases the improvement of the existing
local services like water supply,
health posts, etc;
 The project will also support for
educational programs;
 The project will build adequate
construction camps to cater the
necessities of the workers.
Blasting and  Impact on houses  Damaged/cracked public - MKHPP
drilling and public infrastructures will be repaired or /Contractor
infrastructure compensated
Impact on  Destruction on  Destructed portion of the trail will 10,00,000/- MKHPP
existing trail trail be re-constructed /Contractor
Operation Phase
Withdrawal  Outside  The project will try to appoint 5,00,000/- MKHPP

Agency
of economic migration of maximum number of local /Contractor
activities workforce mainly people as far as possible during
male from the the operation period;
project site  Training sessions will be
 Increased work conducted at least 3 months
load on women prior to the project completion,
 Disharmony on so that the labor force will be
social relation able to start their own businesses
immediately upon the
termination of their jobs in the
project;
 Training programs will be
organized particularly targeting
the skilled labor force willing to
establish their own
entrepreneurship, where they
can utilize their skills and make
a living; and
 Possible efforts will be made by
the project to help the trained
and interested local human
resources obtain employment in
new hydroelectric projects.
Sudden  Possibility of  MKHPP will notify the concerned 5,00,000/- MKHPP

release of accident in communities about the plan of /Contractor
water in downstream release through written notices,
dewatered mouth to mouth information.
zone  MKHPP will install alarm warning
system (Siren) at appropriate

Agency
location so that alarm sounds in
disseminated to all concerned.
Warning signal (Siren) will be made
at least three times (before 1 hour,
30 minutes and 15 minutes) before
water is released.
 MKHPP will install a special alarm
system so that in case of sudden
shut down of powerhouse or
tunnel, the system will
automatically ring loudly at least 5
minutes. The released water will
take some time to travel
downwards during which people
nearby bank will have sufficient
time to move safety.
Accident to  Loss of live and  All dangerous sites such as switch 5,00,000/- MKHPP
the local injuries yard, surge tank area will be fenced /Contractor
people as a precautionary measure to restrict
people's movement in the area;
 Safety signs and posts will be erected
at critical areas and
 Local people will be made aware of
dangerous project areas
Total Mitigation cost for Physical, Biological and Socio-economic Environment 2,76,43,924/-
CHAPTER 8 : ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

An environmental management plan (EMP) is an important document to prepare
during EIA. EMP refers to the documentation pertaining to the project
management, monitoring and examination of the implementation of the mitigation
measures and verification of the predicted impacts during EIA process and project
cycle. EMP becomes an important management tool to ensure the proper project
implementation of the mitigation measures for minimizing the adverse impacts
and maximizing the beneficial impacts.
Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared for effective implementation
of proposed augmentation and mitigation measures, auditing for assessing the
effectiveness of mitigation measures and the institutional arrangement for the
implementation of the EMP.
EMP focuses on the inclusion of planning, organization, staffing, directives,
coordination, reporting and budgeting. Within this broad framework, the following
sections describe to address 5W’s (what, why or how, where, when and who) for
the implementation of benefit augmentation and mitigation measures,
environmental monitoring and auditing works. The Manual for Preparing EMP for
Hydroelectric Projects (DoED/ USAID/ IRG, 2002) has been duly considered
during the preparation of this EMP. The EMP guides the project management in
such a way that the environmental protection measures and adequately
implemented, effectiveness of such measures are monitored and environmental
auditing is carried out to know the project performance on the environmental
ground.
The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been prepared for the Myagdi
Khola Hydropower project to set out environmental management requirements
and to develop procedures to ensure that all mitigation measures and monitoring
requirements specified in this Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study
report will be carried out in subsequent stages of project development. This plan
covers structures of the Environmental and Social Unit (ESU) of the Project
Management Office (PMO) and main roles and responsibilities of the parties
involved in all phases of project viz., pre-construction, construction and operation.
8.1 Statutory Requirement

This EMP is based on the experiences of previously constructed hydroelectric
projects of similar nature, findings of the EIA study and review of other EMPs
prepared for the Environmental Management and Government of Nepal Act, Plan,
Policies, Strategies, Rules/Regulations, Guidelines and Manuals relevant to the
Proponent: Hydro Village Pvt. Ltd. Consultant: Technoquarry Consult Pvt. Ltd Page 156
hydropower projects particularly “Manual for Preparing Environmental

Management Plan of Hydropower Projects” published by DoED. Environmental
Protection Act and Environmental Protection Rules are umbrella Act and Rule of
level which covers environmental aspect of the project. There are several other
policies, plans, acts, regulations, guidelines, manuals along with international
convention signature by government in different time are the major environmental
legislation related to project construction and operation are listed in chapter 9.
8.2 Environmental Permit and approval
The Overall project environmental management is the responsibility of Myagdi
Khola Hydropower project Management Office (PMO). Key stakeholders including
the project, to be involved for project environmental management in hierarchal order
is listed below:
 Ministry of Forests and Environment, (MoFE)
 Ministry of Energy , Water Resources and Irrigation (MoEWRI)
 Department of Electricity Development (DoED)
 Department of Forest (DoF)
 Division Forest Office (DFO)
 Construction Contractor (CC)
 EIA Experts
 Supervising Engineers (SE)
 The Proponent and its line offices
 Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality
 Non-government Organizations, Community Based Organizations
The roles and responsibilities of the key stakeholders have been described in the
Table 8-1.
Table 8-1: Roles and Responsibilities of Stakeholders
SN Stakeholder Roles and Responsibilities Time Schedule

Final approval of the EIA report as per the Prior to proposal
provisions of Act and Rules implementation
Review of project monitoring reports As and when required
during construction and operation phases during construction
and give comments for corrective actions and operation phases
Auditing of project general performance After two years of
during operation phase operation phase
1 MoFE
Review and comments on EIA for Final
Prior to EIA approval
approval of EIA
Give approval and permission for forest After approval of EIA
clearance of the national forest land Pre-construction phase
Assist proponent in pegging, measuring and
Before construction
evaluation of the forest resources of the
starts
affected forest stretch

Review of monitoring reports of project
As and when required
construction and operation and give
construction and
comments for corrective actions related to
operation phases
forest and ecology
Assist the proponent in identification of
construction and
compensatory afforestation areas
operation phases
Advise and assist the proponent in the
construction and
forestry awareness programs
operation phases
Review and comments on EIA for Final
Prior to EIA approval
approval of EIA
Licensing and give permission for Project
After approval of EIA
Implementation
Review project design and contract
MoEWRI/Do
2 documents , against approved EIA measures
ED Before contract bidding
and national environmental standards and
give comments for corrective actions
Review of monitoring reports of project As and when required
construction and operation and give construction and
comments for corrective actions operation phases
Ensure that the EIA measures are
incorporated in the final project design and
Prior to contract award
tender documents of project construction
and operation
Acquire necessary permits and approval for
Before construction
project construction and operation
Ensure that the project construction and
operation activities are in accordance with During construction,
EIA and other GoN legislative requirements and operation phase
as well as international standards
Proponent
Monitoring and record keeping regarding During construction,
and its
environmental measures and impacts and operation
3 institutional
Ensure public participation and involvement During construction,
line offices
in project implementation and operation and operation
Compilation of environmental monitoring
Every 2 month during
and performance report and dispatch for
construction
review through proponent to stakeholders
Compilation of Environmental monitoring
Once within 3 months
and performance report of construction
of construction
activity and dispatch for review through
completion
proponent to stakeholders
Compilation of Environmental monitoring Once in three months
and performance report of operation activity for the first two years of
and dispatch for review to stakeholders operation
Environment Supervision, baseline, compliance and
al and Social impact monitoring of construction monthly, three monthly
4
management contractor's activities as per responsibilities
Unit in the contract document and advise the

proponent and Supervising engineers for
needed actions at the site in regular
environmental management meetings.
Monitoring of implementation of the socio-
economic physical, cultural, chemical and
biological environmental responsibilities of Regularly during
the proponent not included in the contract construction phase
document and advise the proponent for
needed actions
Provide needed corrective action as per the Regularly during
field requirements to minimize the impacts construction phase
Bi-monthly during
Prepare environmental monitoring report of construction and after
the project construction and forward to the three months of the
proponent for review to the stakeholder project construction
completion
Supervise the construction works as per the
provisions of EIA and direct construction Regularly during
contractor in consultation with the construction phase
environmental engineers for the
environmental improvement
Construction
Preside monthly Environmental
5 Supervising
Management and Health and Safety
Engineers
Meetings of the supervising engineers,
Monthly during
contractors and Environmental Engineers
construction
and maintain the records for
implementation status and needed
corrective actions
Implement mitigation measures as specified
Daily during
in EIA or as instructed by supervising
construction phase
engineer
First hand monitoring and record keeping of
Regularly during
environmental mitigation measures
Construction construction phase
6 implemented and their performance
Contractor
Implement any corrective actions specified
Regularly during
by supervising engineers within specified
construction phase
time
First 1 years of
Provide training to operator
operation phase
Provide recommendations to the proponent
Prior to proposal
with comments and suggestions and assist
implementation
proponent in the project implementation
Assist in public consultation awareness During construction
Division building organized by the proponent and operation
7
Forest Office Assist and provide suggestions to the
During construction
proponent in the matters related to
and operation
community mobilization
Assist MoFE in the proposal audit During Operation

construction and operation and give construction and
Ensure that transparency in the project
Regularly during
activities are maintained by all the
construction and
concerned stakeholders as per EIA report
operation
and commitments
Provide recommendations to the proponent Prior to proposal
with comments and suggestions and assist implementation
building organized by the proponent and operation
Assist and provide suggestions to the
During construction
and operation
Assist MoFE in the proposal audit Operation
Affected
8 construction and operation and give construction and
Municipality
Form Stakeholder committees in each of the Pre-construction and as
project affected Ward through a public and when required
franchise process to select and assist to during construction
implement the programs of Environmental and operation
Enhancement Programs
Ensure that transparency in the project
Regularly during
activities are maintained by all the
construction and
concerned stakeholders as per EIA report
operation
and commitments
Provide recommendations to the proponent
Prior to proposal
with comments and suggestions and assist
implementation
building organized by the proponent and operation
Assist and provide suggestions to the
During construction
and operation
Assist MoFE in the proposal audit Operation
NGOs, CBOs, construction and operation and give construction and
9
CFUG comments for corrective actions operation phase
Assist project affected Rural Municipality to
form Stakeholder Committees in each of the Pre-construction and as
project affected Ward through a public and when required
franchise process to select and assist to during construction
implement the programs of Environmental and operation
Enhancement
Ensure that transparency in the project Pre-construction and as
activities are maintained by all the and when required
concerned stakeholders as per EIA report during construction
and commitments and operation and

Regularly during
construction and
operation
8.3 Environmental Management Framework

As per Environment Protection Rules, environmental management of the project is
the responsibility of the proponent. For the project, the proponent’s Project
Management Office (PMO) has the responsibility of Project's Environmental
Management. Hence, to ensure that the EIA recommended mitigation and
monitoring actions are duly implemented, monitored, assessed, evaluated and
disseminated to the stakeholders for feedback and improvement, the PMO will
establish a separate Environmental and Social Unit (ESU) of its own. The proposed
ESU has four major roles to play. Firstly, it will implement and administer land and
property acquisition, compensation of affected parties. Secondly, it will implement
and administer the program in the project-affected areas. Thirdly, it will
disseminate information to the project's stakeholders and co-ordinate with the
different line agencies. Lastly, it will monitor the environmental and social
measures and its performance as per EIA and EMP.
The ESU will comprise of two sub-units namely Environmental and Social
Implementation Sub-Unit (ESISU) and Environmental and Social Monitoring Sub-
Unit (ESMSU). The former sub-unit will have the responsibility to implement
environmental provisions not included in the contract documents of the contractor
and liaison with the other governmental and non-governmental organizations. As
these works require official responsibilities, the members of this sub-unit will be
the regular members of the proponent organization with past experience in the
implementation of environmental provisions and also in the operation of Public
Information Center (PIC) and grievance handling. The ESMSU on the other hand
will be managed by the consultants with experience in environmental monitoring
of the projects in the past. As the project envisages a third party monitoring during
construction, the experienced consultants, will be contracted to fulfill this
requirement. They will work in close co-ordination with project ESU coordinator
and ESISU and will report directly to project ESU coordinator. Stakeholder
Coordination Committee (SCC) will forbed by including representative from
project affected families.The project ESU shall be established at least six months
before project's civil construction award. The ESU shall function directly under the
Project Manager but the ESMSU will have a responsibility to co-ordinate with the
project's Supervising Consultant whereas ESISU will coordinate with ESU
coordinator and stakeholders of the project such as Local community, CFUGs,
Rural Municipality, DCC, CBOs, affected parties, DFO, DoED, MoEWRI and MoFE.
8.4 Project Management Plan structure at Design Phase

The environmental management plan structures for different phase of the project
development are described in figure 8-1, 8-2 and 8-3
Pre-construction Phase
Myagdi Khola HPP

MoFE DCC
MoEWRI CDO
DOED DFO
DOF
Rural Municipality
Project management Office Ward

CFUG
Interested local bodies
Environment Design
Team
Team
Figure 8-1: Project Management plan for Pre-construction Phase
Construction Phase
Myagdi Khola HP MoFE

MoEWRI
DoED
DoF
Myagdi Khola DCC
Project Manager CDO
Office DFO
Rural Municipality
Local concern
Environmen Supervision body and affected
t and social Engineer families
unit
ESISU ESMSU Contractor
Figure 8-2: project Management plan for Construction Phase
Operation Phase
MoFE DCC
Myagdi Khola HPP
MoEWRI/D CDO
oED DFO
DoF Rural
Municipalit
Project y
Management Office Local
interested
body
Affected
families and
ESU forest user
groups
Figure 8-3: Project Management plan for Operation Phase
8.5 Environment Enhancement and mitigation plan

Environmental management actions to be undertaken and to be adopted for the
realization of environmental enhancement and environmental mitigation during
construction and operation phases are presented in Chapter 7. This plan briefly
describes impacts, description of enhancement/mitigation action required,
individual responsibility, national standard and guidelines, timing of action,
individual or agency responsible and tentative financial requirements.
Environmental mitigation plan will include mitigation and enhancement measures
and organization responsible for implementation of mitigation measures of the
project.
8.6 Environment Management during Construction and Operation
8.6.1 Contractors Responsibilities for Environmental and Social Compliance
The contractor is responsible for preparation of the site specific plans as stipulated in
the EMP and its subsequent obligations under each plan. The plans will be inclusive
in a broader Environmental Management and Execution Plan (EMEP) of contractor
to be submitted by the contractor to the client.
The project management will include the above provision in the contract
documentation as a priority clause for compliance. The EMEP shall be approved
prior to the implementation of contractor’s mitigation obligations or as per deadline

highlighted in the contract documentation.
The plans to be submitted by the contractor within EMEP include:
 Construction camps and traffic management plan
 Temporary land acquisition plan,
 Pollution abatement plan,
 Terrestrial ecology management plan,
 Aquatic ecology management plan,
 Erosion abatement and muck/spoil management plan,
 Public health and occupational health and safety plan,
 Emergency management plan
 Rehabilitation management plan
The implementation modality of above plans shall be clearly mentioned by the
contractor in the EMEP. The implementation modality shall include the
organizational structure of the EMEP implementers, timeframe, methods,
monitoring and reporting mechanisms.
8.6.2 Permits and Approvals
The objective of permits and approvals is to comply with the government legislative
mechanism and to keep cordial relationships with the project stakeholders. There are
a number of legislative provisions which require prior permits and approvals from
the concerned government agencies to commence the works. Besides, some activities
would require general consensus of the project area communities or individuals for
smooth operation of certain activities of construction and operation. In these cases,
project management will obtain prior permits and approvals or consensus of the
affected communities and general public before the start of activities. The permits
and approval or consensus required for the project are presented in table 8-2.
Table 8-2: Permit and Approval Plan
Required Permits and Authority Timeline in Responsibility

Approvals Project Lifecycle
EIA Approval MoFE Pre-construction Proponent
Generation License MoEWRI Pre-construction Proponent
Tree clearing in MoFE, Department of Pre-construction Proponent
Community Forest Forests, DFO and CFUGs
Tree clearing in private Land owner Pre-construction Proponent
forest
Permanent land Chief District Officer Preconstruction Proponent
acquisition
Temporary land Landowner Preconstruction Proponent
acquisition
Entry and works on Landowner Construction Proponent
Required Permits and Authority Timeline in Responsibility

Approvals Project Lifecycle
private land and property
All approvals and permits will be procured at least a week before the start of pre-
construction and construction works by the responsible stakeholders as listed in the
table above. The permits and approval will be documented and recorded at the
Project information Centre at the site.
8.6.3 Pollution Abatement Plan
The objective of the pollution abatement plan is to avoid or minimize the pollution
streams (gaseous, liquid, solid and acoustic) from the project activities during pre-
construction, construction and operation periods of the project. Both preventive and
remedial measures will be implemented by the project. The preventive measure
focus on preventing pollution streams whereas the remedial measures will focus on
the measures to minimize the effects of pollution through end of the pipe treatment
technologies. A number of measures have been listed in the mitigation measures in
Chapter 7 for air, water, land, and noise pollution. Table 8-3 highlights the key
features of the pollution abatement plan
Table 8-3: Pollution (Air, Water, Land, and Noise) Abatement Plan and solid waste
management plan
Activities Timing of Location Responsibilities

Action
Air Pollution Abatement
The earthen and graveled road Construction All active Contractor/
corridors will be sprinkled regularly construction MKHPP
to minimize the fugitive dusts sites
generated by construction related including
vehicles plying particularly in the access road
winter and summer dry season. Jeltun to
intake site
The aggregate crushing sites and Construction Aggregate Contractor/
active construction sites will be crushing site MKHPP
sprinkled regularly by water as to the
requirement on the advice of
supervising engineers.
Use of breathing mask by the Construction All Contractor/
construction workers in the dust- construction MKHPP
prone areas such as crushing plant, sites
batching plant, rock drilling areas etc
will be made compulsory.
All vehicles belonging to the project Construction Project Area Contractor/
i.e. consultants, owner, contractors, MKHPP
vendors will comply with the
national emission standards and
regular (monthly) check-up for
maintenance of all vehicles will be

Action
carried out every 3000 km.
Water and Land Pollution
Abatement
The water discharged from aggregate Construction Aggregate Contractor/
batching plant will be collected in batching MKHPP
settling tanks/ponds at suitable plants
location for sedimentation and
treatment
(minimum water retention time of
the tanks is 2 hours)
All spent grease and Mobil and Pre- All the Contractor and
unused or date expired toxic construction , project sites Operation
chemicals will be collected separately Construction and facilities Manager
in plastic drums and stored in a safe and Operation
place under the shade
Spent oil shall be collected and stored Pre- All the Contractor and
in suitable storage tank and returned construction , project sites Operation
to supplier/manufacturer. Construction and facilities Manager
and Operation
The waste water from the mechanical Construction Mechanical Contractor/
yards will be collected in a separate yard and MKHPP
area. The water will be treated for the waste
oil and grease and then released into discharge
the water bodies. point
Discharge of construction waste such Construction Headwork Contractor/
as cement and concrete slurry will and MKHPP
not be discharged to the river water. powerhouse
Provision of toilets with septic tanks Preconstruction All camps Contractor/
shall be made in all camps. Toilets and and active MKHPP
shall be made at the rate of one toilet construction construction
for 10 workers in temporary camps sites
and one toilet for 50 workers at the
work site. Separate toilets will be
constructed for male and female
workers.
Open defecation will be prohibited in Preconstruction Areas Contractor/
and around the construction sites, and surrounding MKHPP
camp sites and in the river bank area. construction construction
Hoarding sign boards will be placed sites
in the construction camps, and active
construction sites.
A solid waste collection and storage Preconstruction, All camps Contractor/
system will be established in all the construction (construction MKHPP
construction related camps and and operation and
construction sites. The collected operation)
waste will be segregated as to the and active
property of the waste as degradable, construction
glass, metals, plastics, cloths and sites

Action
leather etc. and will be stored in
separate bounded areas. These
materials will be disposed as to the
recommendations and approval of
the project ESU.
Garbage containers of adequate size Preconstruction, Construction Contractor/
will be placed at critical places in the construction and MKHPP
construction related camps and and operation operation
construction sites. The collected camps and
garbage will be collected daily for active
segregation and storage as outlined construction
above. sites
The quarry operation will not be Construction Quarry site Contractor/
carried below the flowing water level MKHPP
of the river
Excavation of the aggregates from Construction Quarry site Contractor/
river wet channels will be prohibited MKHPP
Stockpiling and storage of the Construction Stockpiling Contractor/
construction materials in designated area MKHPP
sites only away from the water paths.
Prohibition on the stockpiling of
construction materials in other areas
Spoil disposal will be carried out in Construction Spoil Contractor/
the designated sites only. Prohibition disposal site MKHPP
of spoil disposal in other non-
designated areas
Noise Pollution Abatement
Operation of noise generating Preconstruction
All camps Contractor/
construction activities in the day time and and active MKHPP
zone as far as possible construction
construction
sites
Regular maintenance of the vehicles Preconstruction, All vehicle Contractor/
to reduce the mechanical and body construction and MKHPP
noise while plying and operation machinery
Prohibition in the blowing of horns Preconstruction, Villages and Contractor/
in critical stretches close to villages construction school areas Operation
and near the school area along the and operation Manager
road
Fitting of noise reducing equipment Preconstruction Compressors Contractor/
in the compressors and diesel and and diesel MKHPP
generator sets construction generator
Ear mufflers should be provided to Construction Active Contractor/
labors operating with high dB construction MKHPP
construction equipment sites
The contractor will prepare issue based and site specific pollution abatement plan
incorporating the minimum provisions listed above and in the mitigation section of
Chapter 7. This plan will be submitted to the supervising engineers for a prior
approval of a concerned environmental officer before the project construction works

start. The approved pollution abatement plan of the contractor will be documented
and placed in the public information center at the site office as a reference document.
8.6.4 Erosion abatement and Muck/Spoil Management Plan

The MKHPP development works involves a number of activities that directly
interact with the existing landform. The topographic setting in the Himalayan terrain
is dynamic and is constantly eroding to form stable landform in equilibrium with the
acting geomorphic and tectonic agents. Any interaction with the landform means
promoting land erosion. The objective of this plan is to minimize the landform
instabilities to reduce land erosion to the extent possible. The secondary objective is
to conserve the top soil, the lifeline for any vegetative productivity. The key
elements of the management plan are presented in the Table 8-4.
Table 8-4: Erosion and Muck/Spoil Management Plan

Action
While preparing the site for construction Pre- All Contractor/
at the access road, powerhouse and construction/ project MKHPP
headworks, the top soil will be managed Construction sites
separately and saved separately for later
rehabilitation works.
All surface excavation above 2 m vertical Construction All Supervising
height will be excavated through project Engineer/
benching. sites Contractor
Potential landslide and soil erosion will Pre- Project Contractor
be controlled through: construction area
 Pegging and flagging on the and
boundary of the landslide area construction
 Maintenance of slope less than the
angle of response
 Provision of proper drains
 Bio-engineering measures on
landslide
 Grass turfing on gentle slope and
concreting on the steep slope with
benching height >2m & proper
drainage
The excavated surface will be protected Construction All Supervising
against the water erosion by adequate project Engineer/
vertical and horizontal drainages and the sites Contractor
water collected from the excavation area
will be discharged into safe area.
All excavated areas and spoil deposited Construction All Contractor/
areas will be stabilized by civil and bio- project MKHPP
engineering works. sites
Stockpiling and storage of the Construction All Contractor

Action
construction materials will be done in project
designated sites only. Prohibition on the sites
stockpiling of construction materials in
other areas.
Muck disposal sites will be carried out in Construction All Contractor
the designated sites only. Prohibition of project
muck disposal in other non-designated sites
areas.
Prior to the start of spoil disposal, the Construction Muck ESU/Contractor
contractor will make a plan for spoil disposal
disposal and get approval from the area
project environmental officer. The plan,
among others, will have measures for toe
protection from the monsoon washout.
The muck deposited will be properly Construction Muck Contractor/
compacted and will be facilitated by disposal MKHPP
surface runoff drainage facilities to avoid area
air pollution and run off erosion.
The runoff discharge from the muck Construction Muck Contractor/
disposal areas will be collected through disposal MKHPP
proper drainage arrangements and area
passed through sedimentation tanks to
arrest the suspended sediments prior to
discharge into receiving water bodies.
All project facility sites (camps, Construction All ESU/Contractor
mechanical yards, storage facilities muck project
disposal sites etc.) will have drainage sites
facilities to collect and discharge the
runoff water safely to the natural water
bodies
The contractor will prepare a spoil disposal plan and topsoil saving and reuse plan
in the designated areas provided by the project management at least a month before
the actual excavation works and will take approval from the project environmental
officer. The spoil disposal and top soil saving plan will incorporate the minimum
provisions as stipulated in the mitigation section in Chapter 7. This document will be
placed in the project information centre as a reference document.
8.6.5 Construction Camps and Traffic Management Plan
Transportation of construction equipment and accessories and establishment of
various camps for engineers, contractors, workers, storage yards, and mechanical
yards are the first activities of the inception phase of hydropower project. The
construction preparation activities at the site have a lasting consequence both
environmentally and socially. Therefore, planning for traffic management (on site
and along the road corridor) and management of construction camps and storage
facilities (fuel and hazardous materials) are crucial for the overall environmental
management plan. A proper and sensible planning at this stage will avoid likely
environmental and social adverse consequences in the future. The highlights of
construction camps and traffic management plan are presented in the table 8-5.
Table 8-5: Construction Camps and Traffic Management Plan

Action
Pre-information to the local area people Pre- Local Village MKHPP/PMO
on the start date of project preparation construction
works and the range of activities to be
undertaken
Preparation of environmental Pre- All project Contractor
management plan for the construction construction sites
camps (issue based and site based)
Check landscape harmony, adequacy of Pre- All project Contractor and
space, room size, ventilation system, construction sites Supervising
fire hazard equipment placements, engineer of
toilets, water supply system, MKHPP
communication systems, medical
facilities, drainage system, common
cooking and dining space, sewage
treatment system, recreational facilities,
solid waste collection and storage
facilities, top soil excavation, and
storage area for later use, spoil
placement site for later final disposal in
spoil disposal sites, fencing, hoarding
board placement sites etc.
Identification and preparation of sites Preconstruction Project site Contractor/
for the parking of the project vehicles as required MKHPP
(off the road site)
Identification and preparation of sites Preconstruction All project Contractor/
for material storage and staying sites as MKHPP
facilities for the early construction required
workers/contractors with adequate
facilities of water supply, drainage,
cooking, dining, toilets, solid waste
collection and storage, place of disposal
of various categories of wastes etc.
Site clearance and construction plan for Preconstruction Plan Contractor/
construction camps (engineer, documents MKHPP
contractor, labor force, mechanical
yards, long term storage facilities for
lubricants and fuel etc.) with plans to
save top soil for later use
Preparation of a Guideline for Preconstruction Guideline Supervising
construction vehicle operation (speed, document engineer at
use of horn, parking on the road and off MKHPP

Action
the road etc.) and meet pollution criteria
green stickers, OD equipment
movement, Transport Emergencies,
timing of movement,
Construction of camps and facilities Preconstruction Construction Contractor/
including fuel storage yards, lubricant area MKHPP
and other hazardous material storage
yards etc.
Operation management guideline for Start of All project Project
permanent operation camps, transport operation site Management
vehicle, code of conduct of the Team
operation personnel, of sanitation
facilities etc.
8.6.6 Afforestation Plan

The objective of Afforestation management plan is to ensure that the forest resources
such as forests/vegetation, of the project site and surroundings will not face adverse
impact due to the project implementation. However, project efforts will help to
safeguard ecosystem and enhance its goods and services. The activities of the
terrestrial ecology management plan are presented in table 8-6 as follows.
The contractor will be made contractually responsible for provisioning local
employment, supply of kerosene and LPG at the labor camps, for prohibiting the use
of local NTFP and wildlife within the camp etc. The project management will ensure
that the above provisions are adequately covered in the bid documents. The project
management and its environment and community development unit will be
responsible for drawing terrestrial ecology management plan, particularly the public
awareness and compensatory afforestation management plan, based on the wider
consultation with the local communities and concerned government line agencies.
Table 8-6: Afforestation Plan

Action
Construction Area as MKHPP/ESU
and designated
 Consultation with the DFO, local Operation by
community and forest user committee
groups to identify the required
area for compensatory plantation
 Seedling preparation or
procurement
 Plantation of at least 21,460
seedling in the afforestation area
as per forest norms
 Taking care of the plantation area

Action
for 5 years to ensure that the
planted trees or deposit the
required amount to the district
forest office to grow to sufficient
height and Handover the
afforested area to the district
forest office after 5 years
Priority to the local for project Pre- All project MKHPP/
employment construction, works Contractor
construction
and
operation
Provision of LPG or kerosene to the Pre- Construction Contractor
outside workforce for cooking/heating construction workers of
and all project
construction sites
Prohibition on the sale and purchase of Pre- All project Contractor
the local NTFP and fishes in the camps construction, locations
construction
and
operation
Prohibition in roaming in the local forest Pre- Surrounding MKHPP/
area by the outside workforce construction, project areas Contractor
construction
and
operation
Lease compensation to the Forest Area Construction All MKHPP /ESU
and permanently
Operation occupied
forest area
Clearing of the forest vegetation and Construction All Contractor
stockpiling the vegetation products before permanently
handover to Community Forests Users occupied
Groups (CFUGs) forest
areas
Clearing of the forest vegetation as to the Construction All MKHPP /ESU
requirement of project structures and permanently
facilities only by pegging the area and occupied
numbering the trees forest
areas
Project will inform the local Rural Construction Surrounding MKHPP /ESU
Municipality, CFUG, Range post in the areas of the
protection works of the forest areas close project site
to the construction sites
Hoarding/Arrow boards will be placed at Construction Surrounding MKHPP /ESU
critical location as needed areas of the
project site
Public awareness programs will be Construction Surrounding MKHPP /ESU

Action
launched to prevent the forest fires in the areas of the
local area project site
Conservation awareness training to the Construction Surrounding MKHPP /ESU /
workforce and project staff areas of the Contractor
project site
8.6.7 Aquatic life Management Plan

One of the key impacts of proposed hydropower project will be on the aquatic
ecology of the Myagdi River. Though the impacts of the river diversion cannot be
completely avoided, however, it could be minimized to the extent possible by
implementing the activities listed (Table 8-7) as a part of the aquatic management
plan in the project life cycle.
Table 8-7: Aquatic life Management Plan
Activities Schedule Location Responsibility

Restriction on fishing Construction and Myagdi Contractor
activities by the construction Operation River and
workforce in the River its
tributaries
in the
project area
Monitoring of fish along the Pre-construction and Reduced Contractor
reduced flow zone construction flow zone
Implementation of the Pre-construction and All project Contractor
activities in water and land construction sites
pollution abatement
Strict prohibition of muck/ Pre- All Contractor
spoil disposal into the river construction/Construction construction
bed sites
Design the provision of Design Intake Design
releasing 10% of the engineer and
minimum mean monthly flow supervising
as a inbuilt structure of the engineer
weir
8.6.8 Public Health and Occupational Safety Management Plan

The project development sites are areas of high human concentration. High human
concentration at one location is always associated with high pollution loads to the
environment, particularly sanitary and solid waste. Normally, the project
development sites in the rural areas are thinly populated and the population is not
exposed to high pollution loads of diverse types. This increased pollution, in an
infrastructure deficient area to treat the pollution, becomes the primary cause of
public health degradation. Apart from this, people from different places and with
different diseases come in the area as project workers or economic opportunity
seekers. They may also act as carriers of the communicable diseases which are
otherwise alien to the local population of the project area.
As the construction work is associated with diverse types of risk prone activities. The
workers involved in the construction works are exposed to these occupational risks.
Sickness, injuries, and even fatal accidents cannot be ruled out. The increased traffic
of construction vehicles and associated fugitive dust and noise are yet another
source of direct imperative health effects, even fatal to both the project area people
and occupational workers.
Taking the above mentioned probabilities into consideration, this public health and
occupational safety management plan will be developed to minimize the risk on
public health and occupation health of the construction workers. Table 8-8
highlights the key features of the Plan.
Table 8-8: Public Health and Occupational Safety Management Plan

Action
Implement Pollution Abatement During All project Contractor
Plan construction sites
Preparation of occupational health Preconstruction All project Contractor
and safety plan and submission to sites and all
ESU of MKHPP for approval workforce
Provision of First aid facilities Construction All active Contractor
construction
sites and yards
Medical checkup of the workforce Construction All Contractor
before employment construction
workers
Regular medical checkup of the Construction All Contractor
construction workers every 6 construction
months workers
Support to Health facilities Construction People of Contractor/
(intermittent health camps, project area MKHPP
strengthening health post nearby
the project) to local public as per
the CSP
Water supply facility with a Construction All project Contractor
treatment unit camp
Establishment of construction Construction All active Contractor
waste collection system and construction
management sites
Fencing of all construction sites construction All active Contractor
and restriction on entry to the construction
outsiders others than authorized sites
person
Appropriate danger signs in all construction All active Contractor
active construction sites work areas construction

Action
as to the degree of risk in the site sites
Provision of Personal Protective construction All Contractor
Equipment (such as boots, gloves, construction
masks, ear plugs, helmets, safety workers
goggles etc.) to the construction
workers as appropriate to the
requirement and risk of the
working area and implement the
use effectively
Regular training as required to the Before and All Contractor
construction workers and health during construction
and safety issues of the construction workers
construction works
Regular training to operation staffs Operation All Contractor
as required on occupation health construction
and safety issues workers
Insurance of workers Pre-construction All workers Contractor
8.6.9 Rehabilitation Reinstatement Management Plan

The primary objective of the plan is to rehabilitate the affected land area, facilities,
construction sites, muck/spoil disposal sites, quarry sites, storage and mechanical
yards, temporary camp sites, solid and liquid waste storage and treatment sites etc.
once the construction works and its utility for the construction period is over in the
designated site. This activity is envisaged to clean up the pollution created by the
construction activities on land, water and air and help to restore the general aesthetic
of the area similar to pre-construction period. The key highlights of the plan are
presented in Table 8-9.
The rehabilitation plan with the outlined provisions will be prepared by the
contractor including the provisions listed in the mitigation section in Chapter 7 and
agreement with the private parties by the contractor at least a year before the closure
of the construction works. The environmental officer will review and approve the
document with needed changes. This document will be placed in the public
information center as a reference document for monitoring.
Table 8-9: Rehabilitation Management Plan
Activities Schedule Location Responsibilities

Rehabilitate the excavated slopes of Post- Access roads, Contractor
the construction areas using construction headworks,
appropriate bioengineering, adit and
plantation/vegetation penstock
area,
powerhouse,
tailrace

Rehabilitation the drainage networks Post- Access roads, Contractor
as to the requirement (some area construction headworks,
might need strengthening while in camps, storage
some it might have to demolish area,
completely to give the land and powerhouse,
drainage the natural condition) spoil disposal
sites etc.
Demolition of all unnecessary Post- Temporary Contractor
structures, their foundations, clean up construction residential
and reclaim the sites to pre- camps, storage
construction phase yards,
mechanical
yards,
batching plant,
aggregate
crushers,
aggregate
washing
plants,
etc.
Rehabilitation the muck disposal site Post- Muck disposal Contractor
with proper drainage facility as per construction site
approved plan. Use the saved top soil
on the top of the spoil sites to develop
the land in an usable land for
afforestation or other purpose as per
the recommendation of the ESU
Rehabilitation of the quarry area in Post- Quarry area Contractor
such that puddles and depressions are construction
not left out
Rehabilitate the temporarily acquired Post- Temporary Contractor
cultivable land by tilling and construction camp and
spreading the top soil saved. storage area
Handover the temporary land Post- Labor camps, Contractor
acquired sites to the respective construction
owners and get a certificate of
handover
8.6.10 Disaster Management Plan

The disaster management needs to be prepared to handle unforeseen events during
emergency operations. This disaster management plan highlights some key features
of the emergency preparedness in the event of such unforeseen events.
Table 8-10: Disaster Management Plan

Provision of standby ambulance to Construction Powerhouse and Contractor/
evacuate the injured at the earliest Headwork’s area MKHPP
to the nearest hospital
Provision of medical stock Construction Health care Contractor

particularly for water borne facility at project
disease to tackle the epidemic in site
the camp or in the villages
surrounding the project site
Provision of firefighting Construction Construction Contractor
equipment and regular firefighting site
training as needed
Provision of sirens to inform Construction Powerhouse, Contractor
people of the emergencies (fire camp sites,
hazards, blasting operations, headwork, adit
chemical hazard, traffic accidents, portals
earthquake etc.) and drill
operations at least once in 6
months
Emergency preparedness training Operation All project Operation
and on drill operation (floods, site/powerhouse Manager
release of water from dam, and headwork
epidemic outbreak, earthquake and dewatered
etc.) at least every 6 months stretch
8.6.11 Project Information Management Plan

Project Management Office (PMO) has the responsibility of Project's Management.
The PMO will establish a separate Environmental and Social Unit (ESU) of its own.
ESU shall be responsible for maintenance of records by acquisition from the
contractor and proponent, dissemination of information to the project stakeholders
and co-ordinate with the different line agencies. A public information center (PIC)
will be established within the project office premise to maintain necessary records
that could be of public interest.
8.6.12 Public Grievance redress mechanism

The project company will establish grievance redress mechanism to allow the project
affected persons and community to appeal against any disagreeable decisions,
practices and activities arising from compensation for land and assets, technical and
general project-related disputes. ESU will be responsible for redressing general
public grievance. Grievance recording register will be established at the MKHPP site
offices and all grievances, filed orally or in writing, will be registered. At local level,
a Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be formed with involvement of
Environment and Social Officer and representatives from Concern Committee (CC),
Rural Municipality and Contractor in advance in order to address the grievances of
local people. The central project level GRC will be comprised of Project Manager,
Chief District Officer (CDO) and Chairman of the Concern Committee. The CDO and
the Chairman CC will be the independent members of this committee. It will look
after the grievances that cannot be resolved at the site by ESU or local level GRC.
CHAPTER 9 : REVIEW OF LEGAL DOCUMENTS

Main legislations that were reviewed during EIA study are given below. Besides
these, project proponent will abide by the laws besides those already mentioned in
the document, are attracted due to various activities, that will be undertaken as the
part of the project activities.
9.1 Constitution
9.1.1 Constitution of Nepal
In the Article 30 of part 3 of constitution of Nepal states about the Right to clean
Environment: According to this Article all citizens shall have right to live in clean
Environment and incase if there is injury caused from environmental pollution or
degradation the victim have the right to obtain compensation. In the same way,
Article 51 (g) explains policies relating to protection, promotion and use of natural
resources under the policies of state as follows;
 to protect, promote and make environmentally friendly and sustainable use of
natural resources available in the country, in consonance with national
interest and adopting the concept of intergenerational equity, and make
equitable distribution of fruits, according priority and preferential right to the
local communities,
 to make multipurpose development of water resources, while according
priority to domestic investment based on public participation,
 to ensure reliable supply of energy in an affordable and easy manner and
make proper use of energy, for the fulfillment of basic need of citizens, by
generating and developing renewable energy,
 to develop sustainable and reliable irrigation by making control of water-
induced disaster, and River management,
 to conserve, promote and make sustainable use of forests, wildlife, birds,
vegetation and biodiversity by mitigating possible risks to environment from
industrial and physical development , while raising awareness of general
public about environmental cleanliness,
 to maintain the forest area in necessary lands of ecological balance,
 to adopt appropriate measures to abolish or mitigate existing or possible
adverse environmental impacts on nature, environment or biological
diversity,
 to pursue the principle of environmentally sustainable development
protection and of prior to informed consent
9.2 Plan/ Policy/Strategy

9.2.1 15 th Plan (Approach paper), 2076/77-2080/81 B.S.
This plan has a long term vision of graduating Nepal from the LDCs into a middle
income economy by 2030 by achieving the sustainable development goal. The 15th
periodic plan will incorporate strategies to meet these goals to ensure socio-
economic transformation envisaged by the Government could be achieved. The
approach paper of the 15th five-year plan also states that contribution of services
sector in gross domestic product (GDP) can reach 57.6 per cent by fiscal 2023-24
while the contribution of the agriculture sector and industrial sector in the national
GDP can reach 22.1 per cent and 20.3 per cent, respectively.
9.2.2 Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan, 2050 B.S.

The Nepal Environmental Policy and Action Plan (NEPAP), endorsed in 1993
recognize that a growing number of people are exposed to pollution from industrial
enterprises. NEPAP identifies the following factors as contributing to this process.
 Industrial plants inappropriately sited close to pollution centre
 Insufficient emphasis on fuel efficiency
 Little if any pollution abatement equipment used for reducing emission
and
 A total lack of industry pollution standards.
The Action Plan for infrastructure development within NEPAP recommends the
finalization of draft EIA guidelines for water resources, the development of EIA
guidelines for road construction and the use of EIA when designing hydroelectric
projects.
9.2.3 Nepal National Biodiversity strategy and Action Plan (2014-2020A.D.)
The NBSAP has been prepared by the Ministry of Forests and Soil Conservation with
funding support of the Global Environment Facility through the United Nations
Environment Program. The overall goal is to significantly enhance the integrity of
Nepal’s ecological systems by 2020, thereby contributing to human well-being and
sustainable development of the country. The main strategy of the Nepal National
Biodiversity strategy and Action Plan are;
 Management of rangeland biodiversity emphasize on improving
knowledge and understanding of rangeland ecology and biodiversity, and
development and implementation of integrated rangeland management
plans and programmes for the conservation of rangeland and enhancing
the herders’ livelihood.
 Improving and expanding the existing community-based management of
agricultural genetic resources; strengthening the national ex-situ
conservation programme; enhancing communication, education and public

awareness; and promoting indigenous traditional knowledge, skills and
practices are some of the strategies for management of agro biodiversity.
 Managing mountain biodiversity include: improving understanding of
mountain biodiversity and ecosystem services; promoting environment-
friendly economic development and alternative livelihood opportunities
through development of local forest and agriculture based enterprises;
designing and implementation of ecosystem based adaptation
programmes; and promoting public–private partnerships and regional
cooperation.
9.2.4 National Water Plan 2059-2064 B.S.
The National Water Plan 2002-2007 (NWP) was prepared to implement the Water
Sector Strategy of Nepal. The Plan targets an increase in Nepal's hydropower
generation from 600 MW in 2007 to 4,000 MW by 2027. The NWP emphasizes the
need for Strategic Environmental Assessment. Section 7 of the NWP highlights the
Environment Management Plan (EMP) as a strategic document for the
implementation, monitoring and auditing of environmental protection programs.
9.2.5 National Energy Crisis alleviation and Electricity Development Decade
Concept Paper and Action plan, 2072 B.S.
Then Ministry of Energy has declared the decade 2016-2026 as the National Energy
Crisis Reduction and Electricity Development Decade (“Energy Emergency
Decade”). In this regard, the MOE has issued a Concept Paper on Elimination of
Energy Emergency and Electricity Development Decade, 2015 (2072) (“Concept
Paper”) on February 18, 2016, with the objective to substantially end the power
outage within the next one year, completely end power outage (even in the dry
season) within the next two years, and to ensure energy security within the next
decade. The paper ensure that energy projects are not delayed due to delay in
obtaining regulatory clearances, the Concept Paper attempts to ease and clarify the
process for obtaining environmental and social clearances by prescribing timelines
for environmental and other agencies to process applications and review / approve
relevant documents and provide necessary clearances.
9.2.6 National Environment Policy, 2076 B.S.
The main objectives of National Environment Policy area;
 To prevent and mitigate water, air, soil, noise, chemical, radioactive pollution
 To manage solid waste generated from household, industry and other areas
 To develop garden and greenery in Urban area
 To mainstream environment in all development area
 To ensure public participation for environment protection and sustainable

management of natural resources
 To enhance capacity through thesis and research for environment protection
and management
 To use land according land use policy
9.2.7 Hydropower Development Policy, 2058 B.S.
The goal of hydropower development policy is to develop environmental friendly
hydropower to meet the country energy needs and to encourage private sector to
invest in hydropower. The policy have a provision to make public the programs and
measures identified by the IEE/EIA study for implementation to the local area
people. This policy focuses more on electricity generation. The important working
policies as mentioned in this policy are as follows:
 Rural electrification shall be encouraged in rural areas affected directly from
the electricity generation project. Royalty on electric energy consumed in
such an area shall be exempted. Such exemption shall be given till the first
15 years of the commencement of commercial generation
 Rural electrification fund shall be established for the development of micro-
hydropower and rural electrification by pooling a certain percentage of the
amount received as royalty
 Provision shall be made such that local people can also be directly benefited
from the operation of the hydropower generation project. Such provisions
shall be included in the agreement to be made with the licensee
 Downstream release shall be maintained, either 10% of the minimum mean
monthly discharge or the quantity identified in the EIA study whichever is
higher
 Private sector shall be encouraged to acquire the houses or land of its own
 Rehabilitation and resettlement shall be made for displaced families as
specified by the government
9.2.8 National Wetland Policy, 2069 B.S.
National wetland Policy, 2069 mentions the need for conservation, restoration and
effective management of wetlands. In addition to this, its objectives are the wise
utilization of wetland resources and support for community dependent on such
wetlands. It also makes clear that development activities should not lead to reduced
quality and area of wetland. The policy has classified wetlands based on ownership,
vulnerability, management and importance.
9.2.9 Climate Change Policy, 2076 B.S.

The main of the objectives of the policy include the promotion of the use of clean
energy such as hydroelectricity, renewable and alternative energies and thereby
increasing energy efficiency and encouraging use of green technology. Some of the
major objectives of the policy are as follows:
 To implement climate adaptation-related programmes and maximize the
benefits by enhancing positive impacts and mitigating the adverse impacts;
 To reduce GHG emissions by promoting the use of clean energy, such as
hydroelectricity, renewable and alternative energies, and by increasing energy
efficiency and encouraging the use of green technology;
 To enhance the climate adaptation and resilience capacity of local
communities for optimum utilization of natural resources and their efficient
management;
 To adopt a low-carbon development path by pursuing climate-resilient socio-
economic development;
9.2.10 National Forest Policy, 2075 B.S.
National Forest Policy, 2075 that highlight the forest conservation, management and
their sustainable use through people’s participation. The long term objectives of the
policy are, to meet people’s basic needs for fuel, wood, timber, fodder, and other
forest products on sustained yield basis to protect land against degradation, and to
conserve the ecosystems and genetic resources. The implementation of the project
should not hamper the objectives. The policy is important and related to the
implementation of the proposed project in sustainable way.
The forest policy, 2075 aims to strengthen the forest resources of Nepal. The policy
aims:
 To manage forest resource sustainably, increase productivity of forest
area/sector and increase overall production from forest.
 To conserve biodiversity, conservation of sources, and equal sharing and
distribution of environmental services gained from conservation.
 The policy also aims to conservation of water, soil on basin level studying
and planning based on catchment level. The Hydropower sector while
promoting conservation at local level shall think and act on the watershed
conservation basis.
 To encourage private sector for the development and conservation of forest
sector. Also aims to promote the forest based entrepreneurships,
diversification, value addition through marketing and creation and
promotion of green employment
 To reduce and mitigate the adverse impacts of climate related hazards and
enhance climate change adaptation measures and resilience in Nepal.
 Good governance, inclusion and social justice for the conservation of forest
resources.
 To enhance the conservation the policy aims to encourage forest

conservation groups to manage forest in scientific way to strengthening
ecosystem and other environmental services.
9.2.11 Forest Sector Strategy, (2016-2025)
The Forestry Sector Strategy (FSS) is formulated to guide the future development of
Nepal's forestry sector for the coming ten years. It is based on the framework of the
Forest Policy 2015, past learning from the implementation of the Master Plan for the
Forestry Sector, which came to an end in 2011, visualizing the future political and
socio-economic scenario of Nepal, and the generation of theory of change. The
theory describes the steps and their linkages that will lead to the planned outcomes.
The FSS identifies seven key thematic areas which form the core area of the strategy
i.e managing Nepal’s forests, managing ecosystems and conserving biodiversity,
Forestry Sector Strategy, responding to climate change, managing watershed,
promoting enterprise and economic development, enhancing capacities, institutions
and partnerships and managing and using forestry sector information.
9.3 Acts
9.3.1 Water Resources Act, 2049 B.S.
The objectives of the water resources act, 1992 is to make legal arrangements for
determining beneficial uses of water resources, preventing environmental and other
hazardous effects thereof and also keeping water resources free from pollution. The
act strives to minimize environmental damage to water bodies, especially lakes and
rivers through Environmental Impact Assessment studies and the proponents who
wish to use water resources for various purposes should prepare EIA report before a
license can be granted. Section 16 deals with utilization and acquisition of land and
houses.
9.3.2 Electricity Act, 2049 BS

This act was promulgated to manage the survey, generation, transmission and
distribution of electricity and to standardize and safe guard electricity services.
Section-4, subsection states “… survey, generation, transmission and distribution of
electricity over 1 MW, require to submit an application to the prescribed officer
along with the economic, Technical and environmental study report.” Section 24
states “While carrying out electricity generation, transmission or distribution, it shall
be carried out in such a manner that no substantial adverse effect be made on
environment by the way of soil erosion, flood, land slide, air pollution, etc.”
9.3.3 Environment Protection Act, 2053 B.S.

The Environment Protection Act (EPA) of 1997 can be considered as the first act
dealing with environment in totally. It considers that sustainable development is
possible through proper consideration of interdependency of economic development

and environmental protection. The Act has taken the term “Environment” as a
physical, biological and social-economic and cultural aspects and their interaction
and inter relation. The projects and program are to be developed and implemented
to minimize adverse impact on physical, biological and social-economic and cultural
environment. The salient features of the Act are consideration of proper use and
management of natural resources, incorporation of environmental concerns in the
development process, participatory role of communities and stakeholders to
mention the few. The procedure and framework as outlined in the Act are as follows;
 Project planning and project approval
 Project implementation and pollution control mechanism
 Punishment and penalties for non-compliance
The EPA, 2053 has made public consultation a pre-requisite to all the prescribed
development projects and programs. The legal provision has provided the local
people an opportunity to voice their concerns and issues right from the scoping
stage to approval of the EIA report. The section 3 of the EPA, 2053 calls for carrying
out IEE or EIA for the prescribed proposals. Section 4 of the said Act prohibits the
proponents not to execute the projects without approving IEE/EIA reports. Section 6
empowers the concerned Ministry and the Ministry of Forests and Environment to
approve IEE and EIA reports respectively.
9.3.4 Land Acquisition Act, 2034 B.S.
According to (sections 3 and 4) Act, Government can acquire land at any place in
any quantity by giving the compensation pursuant to the Act for the land required
for any public purpose or for the operation of any development project initiated by
government or government authorized institution.
9.3.5 Forest Act, 2049 B.S.
Forest Act, 1993 recognize the importance of forests in maintaining a healthy
environment. Section 49 of the Act prohibits reclaiming lands, setting fires, grazing,
removing or damaging forest products, felling trees or plants, wildlife hunting and
extracting boulders, sand and soil from the National forest without the prior
approval. The Act empowers the government to permit the use of any part of
government managed forest, community forest, leasehold forest, if there is no
alternative except to use the forest area for the implementation of a plan or project of
national priority without significantly affecting the environment.
9.3.6 Local Government Operation Act, 2074 B.S.
The newly formed Act describes about the criteria to divide a state into
municipalities or rural municipalities and respective rights, duties and
responsibilities in different development and conservation sectors. It clarifies the
rights of municipalities/ rural municipalities to form local laws, regulations and

criteria for conservation of environment protected areas and species; for
environment pollution and hazard control, solid waste management etc.
9.3.7 Labor Act, 2074 B.S.
The labor act mandates the employer to give priority to the Nepalese citizen while
employing the company personnel and workers. The labor act prohibits the
employment of the child or under-aged person. The employer could not force the
workers to work for long hours other than defined by the law. The employer has the
responsibility to ensure the healthy environmental conditions of the workplace as
defined by the law.
9.3.8 National Parks and Wildlife Conservation Act, 2029 B.S.
This act prohibited actions without permission from authorized persons inside
national parks and reserves, including: hunting or damaging any form of wildlife;
building or occupying any form of shelter, hut or house; occupying, clearing or
cultivating land, damaging or felling any trees etc. The act provides complete
protection to 27 species of mammals, 9 species of birds and 3 species of reptiles.
9.3.9 Soil and Watershed Conservation Act, 2039 B.S.
Soil and Watershed conservation Act enacted with the sole objective of protecting
various watershed of the country. The watershed management is necessary for
maintaining healthy environment of the country. Among other section 10 of the Act
has empowered the Watershed Conservation Officer to grant permission in the areas
of construction dams, drainage, ditches and canals, felling of trees owned by
privately, excavate sand, boulders and soil, discharge solid waste and setting up of
factories residential building within protected watersheds. Moreover, the Act has
outlined the essential parameters for proper watershed management.
9.3.10 Solid Waste Management Act, 2068 B.S.
The Solid Waste Management and Resource Mobilization centre has prepared a
'Solid Waste Management Act' related for sustainable management of garbage and
to minimize the negative impacts of garbage on environment and public health.
According to the act, the local agency will manage garbage under the public and
private partnership concept. The Act has provisions for segregation of garbage
according to its nature and for managing hazardous, industrial, medical and
domestic wastes accordingly. Provisions of complete responsibility to local bodies
and strict punishment have also been proposed in the act for effective monitoring
system.
9.3.11 Control of International Trade of Endangered Wild Fauna and Flora Act,
2073 B.S.
This Act was enforced for the enactment of Convention on International trade in
endangered species of wildlife flora and fauna (CITES, 1973) being Nepal is parties
country of Convention. This acts states about the regulation and control of
international trade of such endangered flora and fauna species.
The species are protected by CITES against over exploitation and they are listed in
three CITES Appendices I, II, and III for different levels or types of protection.
Appendix I lists species that are the most endangered among the CITES listed
animals and plants. These are threatened with extinction and CITES prohibits
commercial international trade except for scientific research. Appendix II lists
species that are not threatened with extinction at present but may become so unless
trade is closely controlled. Appendix III lists species that are included at the request
of a Party that regulates trade and that needs cooperation of other countries to
prevent unsustainable or illegal exploitation.
9.3.12 Aquatic Animal Protection Act, 2017 B.S.
The aquatic Animal protection Act (AAPA) has taken care of aquatic creatures. In
other words, it has provided legal protection to aquatic habitats. Section 3 renders
punishable any party introducing any poisonous, noxious or explosive materials in
to water resource, or destroying any dam, bridge or water system with the intension
of catching or killing aquatic beings. The act has been effective in protecting the
biodiversity of aquatic ecosystems, as both noxious and explosive materials are
increasingly found use. Section 4 has empowered GoN to prohibit catching, killing
and harming certain kinds of aquatic animals through notification in the Nepal
Gazette.
9.3.13 Explosive Act, 2018 B.S.
It is expected that explosives will be used during the construction of the Project.
Hence, the provision of the Explosive Act, 2018 also needs to be taken into
consideration. Section, 3 of the Act state that GoN by a notification in the Nepal
Gazette may declare any substance as explosives. Section 4 forbids producing,
storing, using, carrying and importing explosives without a license. The Section also
provides the person to apply for the license to the Chief District Officer with
prescribed descriptions.
9.3.14 Contribution Based Social Security Act, 2074 B.S.

Contribution Based Social Security Act 2017 (2074) ("Social Security Act") was passed
by the Parliament on July 24, 2017 (Shrawan 09, 2074) and accorded the assent by the
President on 13 August, 2017 (2074-04-29). The Social Security Act will be effective
from November 11, 2017 (Kartik 25, 2074) by virtue of Section 1(2) of the Act.
Government notification is required for the Social Security Act to be applicable to

any industries, business or service sector. The Social Security Act provides that the
government publishes the notice in Nepal gazette prescribing the sector, industries,
business, service or employer undertaking certain transaction to whom the Social
Security Act applies. The government specifies the timeline within which the
employer is required to be listed in the Social Security Fund ("Fund"). The time is
specified in the Gazette notice that prescribes the sectors, business, industry or
service that the Social Security Act applies. The employer should submit an
application to the office of the Fund in the prescribed format with the prescribed
details. Upon the receipt of the application, the office of the Fund provides the listed
number.
9.3.15 Electricity Regulation Commission Act, 2074 B.S.

In chapter 2, there is provision for establishment and formation of the Electricity
Regulation Commission for regulate the generation, transmission, distribution or the
business of electricity. The commission shall be an autonomous and a corporate
body with the perpetual succession. For the policy reform to make the electricity
generation, transmission, distribution or business related provision reliable and
effective one the commission shall give essential advice and suggestion to
Government of Nepal.
9.3.16 Muluki Civil Act (Code), 2074 B.S.

This act came into action from 1st Bhadra, 2075. Clause 617 states that the tenure of
lease contract lasts for fourty years for the construction, development and operation
of infrastructure like electricity generation. Clause 640 states about the age of person
engaging in the manual works. It states that a person under 16 years should not be
forced to engage in physically challenging works. Clause 641 states that workers
should not be liable to work more than 8 hours a day and 48 hours a week without
extra time payments.
9.4 Rules/ Regulation
9.4.1 Electricity Regulation, 2050 B.S.
Rules have been formulated for the implementation of the previous made in the
Electricity Act, 1992. Rules 12 (f) are related to the environmental studies, which
emphasizes that the environmental study report should include measures to be
taken to minimize the adverse effects of the project on physical, biological and socio-
economic & cultural environments and should also elaborate utilization of local
labor, source of materials, benefits to the local people after the completion of the
project, training to the local people in relation to construction, maintenance and
operation, facilities required for construction site and safety arrangements.
9.4.2 Environment Protection Rules, 2054 B.S.

The proposal requiring IEE/EIA studies are broadly listed in Schedule 1 and
Schedule 2 under rules 3 of EPR enforced under the provisions of EPA. As per rule 4,
proposal requiring EIA will have to prepare a scoping document incorporating the
public concerns and apply to Ministry of Forests and Environment through
concerned agencies. In this process a 15 days public notice in the national newspaper
requesting suggestions and comments on environmental issues arising due to the
proposal implementation has to be published. The Ministry of Forests and
Environment is empowered to review the document and give approval with or
without needed amendments.
As per rule 5, proponent of both IEE/and EIA proposals has to prepare Terms of
Reference (ToR) of the proposal of approval. In the case of IEE, ToR is approved by
the concerned agency whereas Ministry of Environment will give ToR approval
requiring EIA, it will have to comply with all provisions of EIA. Rule 7 of EPR
provides that the IEE proposal proponent to publish fifteen day’s public notifications
in the national daily newspaper and present the notification to the public institution
of the affected areas for comments and suggestion on IEE proposals during the study
phase. Whereas proponents of the EIA proposal has to organize a public hearing in
the project affected area to collect public concerns and suggestions.
Rule 12 of EPR stipulates that the proponent is obliged to follow the terms of
conditions set by concerned agencies or Ministry of Environment in the approval
letter during project implementation and operation. Rule 13 provides that the
concerned agency to be responsible for the project monitoring. Rule 14 provides that
the Ministry of Forests and Environment to be responsible for environmental audit
after 2 years of project implementation
9.4.3 Forest Rules, 2051 B.S.
Rule 65 stipulates that in case the extraction of any project having national priority in
any forest area causes loss or harm to any local individual or community the
proponents of the project itself shall bear the amount of compensation to be paid.
9.4.4 Solid Waste Management Rules, 2070 B.S.
Solid waste management Rules 2070 BS have been issued by the Government of
Nepal by power conferred by section 50 of the solid waste management Act 2068.
Rule 3 of this Rules enforced the segregation and management of the solid waste.
Sub rule 1 of this rule stipulates the segregation of solid waste at least organic and
inorganic solid waste at its source under section 6 have to management and
segregation of harmful and chemical waste separately. The responsibility of
managing of the chemical and harmful solid waste under sub Rule1 shall be a
concern generator. Rule 4 of this rules endorsed the discharge the solid waste as
comfortable manner for transportation, processing and final discharge by take in to
account the possible adverse effect on the public health and environment and the
ways of reduction of such effect.
9.4.5 National Parks and Wildlife conservation Rules, 2030 B.S.
The NPWC Rules prohibits inside the protected areas without permission from
authorized persons including hunting damaging any form of wildlife, building or
occupying any form of shelter, hut or house, occupying, clearing or cultivating land,
pasturing domesticated livestock, damaging, felling or removing any trees, shrubs of
forest products and settings of forest fire, mining and removing stone, minerals,
creating earth works using explosives, using immunization or poisons, block,
diverting River or stream.
9.4.6 Contribution Based Social Security Regulations, 2075 B.S.

The Government of Nepal (“GoN”) has framed the Contribution Based Social
Security Regulations, 2018 (2075) (“Social Security Regulations”) by exercising the
power conferred to it under Section 69 of the Contribution based Social Security Act
(“Social Security Act”). The Social Security Regulations has been published in Nepal
Gazette on November 19, 2018 (Mangsir 03, 2075) with immediate effect. The Social
Security Regulations has prescribed certain matters as required by the Social Security
Act. Such matters include (a) the procedure for participation in Social Security
Schemes (b) registration of the employer and employee with Social Security Fund (c)
operation of fund etc.
9.4.7 Electricity Regulatory Commission Rules, 2075 B.S.

In exercise of powers conferred by Section 41 of the Electricity Regulatory
Commission Act-2017, the Government of Nepal has made Electricity Regulatory
Commission Rules, 2018. The Commission may, pursuant to Clause (b) of Sub-
Section (1) of Section 12 of the Act, develop and implement necessary standards for
the purpose of fixation of power purchase/sales rate between the persons obtaining
distribution license and the persons obtaining generation license or persons
obtaining trade license or a corporate body established by the Government of Nepal
under the prevailing law. In a case where an agreement has been entered into
between the generation licensee and electricity consuming industry or institution as
to purchase/sell electricity, the generation licensee and such an industry or
institution may specify power purchase/sales rate on a mutual understanding by
obtaining consent of the Commission. The Commission shall conduct a public
hearing prior to taking decision on the matters relating to fixation of electricity tariff,
fixation of power purchase/sales rate, fixation of transmission charges and power
trade. Any company or institution licensed to carry out functions related to
electricity generation, transmission, distribution or trade shall obtain prior approval
of the Commission to issue shares publicly or to purchase/sell shares which
constitutes change of more than Five percent in share structure. Provided, however,
that no prior approval shall be required to purchase/sell shares of a company or

institution listed in Nepal Stock Exchange.
9.4.8 Explosive Regulation, 2020 B.S.

This regulation regulates the production, storage, use, sale, transportation and
import of explosives.
9.5 Guidelines/Order
9.5.1 National Environmental Impact Assessment Guidelines, 2050 B.S.
As recommended by National conservation strategy and Nepal Seventh Five Year
Plan, National planning Commission (NPC) with assistance from IUCN prepare the
National EIA Guidelines, which provides the procedural guidelines for integrating
environmental aspects in the development project. Those guidelines were prepared
entirely through the participatory process with a view to suit the local context. The
guidelines contains objectives, criteria for project screening, IEE, Scoping,
preparation of ToR, Format of EIA Report, impact identification and prediction,
mitigation measures report review, monitoring evaluation and auditing, Community
participation, Schedules and annexes to IEE and EIA.
Project screening criteria is provided under sub-section 1 of section 8. To further
assist in the screening decision, development project are divided under three broad
categories as mentioned in schedule 1, 2 and 3 reflecting various degree of potential
impacts on environment. Subsection 2, 3 and 4 help to determine whether to
undertake IEE/EIA study based on under which schedule the purposed projects
falls. Section 13, 14, 15 and 16 deals with scoping and its methods, responsible
agencies, and appropriate for scoping respectively. Section 18 provides the
guidelines for ToR preparation according to the format as given in schedule 4 section
19 of the guideline requires the proponent to Prepare the EIA report upon
completion of EIA exercise of project. The EIA report must be concise; pay attention
to significant issues, impact studies, analysis and extent and depth of impact
commensurate with the nature of potential impact; and due consideration must be
paid to the responsibilities of target users such as project proponent, designers, and
decision makers. Section 20 and 21 requires the proponent to follow the format and
Annexes to EIA report as per the Schedule 5 and 6 respectively.
(Section 23), section 24 requires the proponent to identify the possible positive and
negative impact of project and analyze them based on their extent using the method
like checklist matrix of network method. Under section 25 of the guideline, the
proponent is required to pay special attention to magnitude, extent and duration of
impact. Section 26 facilitates the comparison of different project alternatives using
impact ranking methodology for which the magnitude, extent and duration of the
types of impacts associated with the projects should be ascertained and a numerical
scale need to be developed to provide a quantitative assessment of predicted

impacts.
In order to remove, reduce undesirable impacts and maximize the benefits, the
mitigative measures such as Consideration of alternatives, Compensatory measures,
Corrective measures and Preventive measures should be adopted (Section 27).
Section 28 states that EIA report must be released for public review and comments.
The comments received should be made available for review by the project
proponent along with other stakeholders.
Section 32 requires monitoring of the environmental impacts to ensure that the
impact does not exceed the legal standards to check the implementation of
mitigation measure to see whether it is in conformity with the EIA report and to
provide a timely warning on the potential environmental damage. After the project
has been operational at same time, the environmental auditing is recommended
under section 42 to assess the accuracy of prediction, effectiveness of environmental
impact mitigation and enhancement measures and functioning of monitoring
mechanism.
9.5.2 Forest Products Collection, Sale and Distribution Guidelines, 2073 B.S.
The guidelines, clauses 3 to 4 have specified various procedures and formats for
getting approval for vegetation clearance, evaluation of the wood volume etc. and
government offices and officials responsible for the approval. These provisions have
a direct relevance to the development of the project and need compliance to these
provisions.
9.5.3 Forestry Sector EIA Guidelines, 2052 B.S.
The forestry sector EIA guidelines aim to facilitate the sustainable use of forest
resources for the socio-economic development and to meet the basic needs of the
communities for the forest products. The guideline requires the proponent to
consider alternative to the proposed project. The proponent must consider the
alternatives of site, technology, location, fuel, raw materials, design, time schedule
and economic aspects.
9.5.4 Working Procedure for use of National Forest Area for National Priority
Project, 2074 B.S.
It shall be followed while proposing mitigation measures regarding impact on forest
and vegetation. The cost for mitigation and enhancement measures will also be
provided separately for physical, biological and socio-economic and cultural
environment according to construction and operation phase in EIA report. This
procedure also specifies the compensation tree as per 1:25 and replacement of forest
land. This procedure simply the replacement forest land as replacement money can
be given for the forest land.
In addition to this the working procedure makes various provisions for

environmental studies (IEE/EIA) as well as requesting and granting the use of
national forest for national priority project. Section 3 suggests that the feasibility
studies for project should be conducted as there is no or less impact on forest areas.
Section 4 suggest that the Environmental studies (IEE/EIA) should be conducted if
the project need national forest area. The section 4(4) also includes the provision for
need for consent from Ministry of Forests and Environment before approval of
IEE/EIA.
9.5.5 Order for removing the land restriction, 2074 B.S.

This order has made various provision for use of excess land different industries,
institution, hydropower project and other projects to acquire, use land more than
limit if such land is essential for them. The land acquired in such way shall be used
for any other proposes. This order has made provision that if any industries,
institution, hydropower project and other projects require land more than limit
delineated by Land Act 2021; they have to apply for their authoritative agencies with
all the informations related to required land and proper documentations. Then the
authoritative agencies after proper inspection and montoring will recommend for
land acquisition.
9.5.6 Directive Relating to Licensing of Power Projects, 2075 B.S.

The Ministry of Energy, Water Resources and Irrigation by virtue of the power
conferred by Rule 94A of the Electricity Regulation 2050 (1993) issued the Directive
Relating to Licensing of Power Projects 2075 ("Directive") on Kartik 7, 2075 (October
24, 2018). The Directive has repealed Directives Relating to Licensing of Power
Projects 2073 (2017) which was in force previously. This directive has set various
provisions on survey license of electricity generation, transmission and distribution
as well as issuing license of generation, transmission or distribution or license
amendment and its cancellation.
9.5.7 Social Security Schemes Operation Directives, 2075 B.S.

The Social Security Fund (the “SSF”) has formulated the Social Security Schemes
Operational Directives (“Directives”) to operate the Social Security Schemes
pursuant to Section 10 of the Social Security Act. The Directive has been approved by
the Ministry of Labor, Employment and Social Security on November 22, 2018
(2075/08/06) and has been effective thereof.
9.6 Manuals
9.6.1 Manual for conducting public hearings in the Environmental Impact
Assessment Process for Hydropower Projects, 2004 A.D.
This manual has been developed in order to provide general guidelines for the
public hearing process and to help the proponents conduct public hearings
effectively for hydropower projects. It should be noted that this manual is not a legal
document and is not mandatory for the proponents to follow the guidelines
recommended herein. It is believed that this manual will help hydropower
developers, regulatory and monitoring authorities, affected public and other
stakeholders interested in hydropower development and the public hearing process.
For further information on the public involvement process the reader should consult
DOED’s Manual for Public Involvement in the Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) Process of Hydropower Projects.
9.6.2 Manual for Addressing Gender Issues in Environmental impact
Assessment/Initial Environmental examination for Hydropower Projects, (2005
A.D.)
The purpose of this manual is to recommend various approaches, actions, and
strategies to assist developers in improving gender involvement in hydropower
development. This manual is designed primarily to help integrate gender issues as
one of the essential components of social considerations, including public
involvement strategies, in the EIA/IEE practice. The ultimate goal is to make IEEs
and EIAs more effective and thus save the developer time and money.
This manual will help project developers and other stakeholders to achieve the
following:
 Promote the concept of integrating gender issues into the EIA/IEE process.
 Help raise local public awareness and encourage public participation for
increased involvement of local representatives and other local authorities
and other community groups and local organizations in all phases of project
design and development.
 Encourage skills training for local women's groups.
 Encourage and facilitate women's involvement by sensitizing women
stakeholders groups in decision-making, by enhancing their capabilities to
participate actively in all phases of hydropower development of the most
vulnerable social groups, especially women, children, unemployed youth,
indigenous peoples, social minorities, the disabled, the very poor, etc.
 Encourage the involvement of the women members of the political
community, especially among women members of parliament, and local
political groups.
 Assist local authorities and women representatives of committees, including

local consultative forums (LCFs) and compensation fixation committees
(CFCs), to be fully involved, informed, and capable of conducting
resettlement as well as infrastructure planning, and rehabilitation, and other
activities associated with the EIA/IEE implementation of hydropower
development.
Through proper implementation of this manual the involvement of women in
project planning and implementation, as well as in the EIA/IEE process of
hydropower projects, will be enhanced. In the long run, the objectives of gender
balance in the development process would be fulfilled and the women in the country
will be able to share responsibility, as well as the project benefits, with their male
counterparts.
9.6.3 Manual for Developing and Reviewing Water Quality Monitoring Plans and
results for Hydropower Projects, 2002 A.D.
Because there is not currently a regulatory framework or an accepted set of water
quality standards for evaluating the effects of hydropower development on water
quality, a general manual that provides insight into the types of water quality effects
that are attributable to hydropower developments and how to obtain appropriate
information to evaluate and assess the effects needed. The following manual seeks to
provide a framework for establishing effective monitoring programs that will enable:
 Accurate prediction of the effects of hydropower development on water
quality, and
 Evaluation of the effectiveness of mitigation measures and operating
regimes during construction and operation of a hydropower project.
The objectives of this manual include:
 Brief discussions of the common effects of hydropower developments on
water quality parameters along with potential measures to avoid or
mitigate potential water quality impacts;
 Identification of water quality parameters for which information is
necessary to adequately evaluated the effects of hydropower
developments;
 Suggestions for developing effective water quality monitoring plans to be
implemented during the baseline, construction, and operation periods of
the project cycle; 5
 Protocols for an environmental audit to be conducted as per Environmental
Protection Rules, 2054 (1997);
 Procedures for interpreting the results of the monitoring programs;
 Suggestions for establishing an institutional framework for water quality

monitoring programs and review of those programs; and
 Suggestions for risk assessment where mitigation or management
programs are ineffective and protocols for remedial actions.
9.6.4 Hydropower Environmental Impact Assessment Manual, 2018A.D.
The Environmental Impact Assessment Manual has been developed to facilitate the
sustainability of the Hydropower sector development process in Nepal and provide
guidance on good practice.
The manual enforces a comprehensive EIA adhering to the spirit of Environment
protection Act and associated Environment Protection Rules and National EIA
Guideline and International good practice for sustainable hydropower development
This manual facilitate the EIA process for all type of the hydropower projects such as
run-of-river, storage reservoir, pumped storage, and associated facilities of the
project such as transmission line, substation, construction materials and access road.
The manual outline the hydropower EIA process and format for the study and
report writing of EIA of Hydropower.
9.7 Standards
9.7.1 National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2012
In exercise of the power conferred by rule 15 of the environment protection rules,
1997 the government of Nepal has set the following National Ambient Air Quality
Standards, 2012.
Table 9-1 National ambient air quality standards, 2012
Parameters Units Averaging Concentration Test methods

time max
TSP µg/m3 Annual -
24 hours* 230 High volume sampling
and gravimetric
Analysis
PM20 µg/m3 Annual -
24 hours* 120 High volume sampler
and Gravimetric
Analysis, TOEM, Beta
Attenuation
Sulfur µg/m3 Annual 50 Ultra violet
Dioxide Fluorescence, West
and Geake Method
24 hours* 70 Same as annual
Nitrogen µg/m3 Annual 40 Chemiluminescence
Dioxide 24 hours* 80 Same as annual
Carbon µg/m3 8 hours* 10,000 Non Dispersive infra

Monoxide red Spectrophotometer
Lead µg/m3 Annual** 0.5 High volume sampling
followed by atomic
absorption
spectrometry
Benzene µg/m3 Annual** 5 Gas chromatographic
technique
PM2.5 µg/m3 24 hours* 40 PM2.5 sampling
gravimetric analysis
Ozone µg/m3 8 hours* 157 UV spectrophotometer
9.7.2 National Drinking Water Quality Standards, 2062 B.S.

Nepal's Drinking Water Quality Standards came into force in Nepal after its
publication in Ministry of Physical Planning and Works, Nepal Gazette (B.S.
2063/03/12). The standards provide the maximum concentration limits of fifteen
physical parameters, ten chemical parameters and two micro germs for drinking
purpose.
9.7.3 Nepal Vehicle Mass Emission Standards, 2012 A.D.
Government of Nepal have endorsed the Nepal Vehicle Mass Emission Standards in
2056 B.S. and set off the standards about the vehicle mass emission, the government
of Nepal after the enforcement of this standard the vehicles should be in Euro 1
standards except tractor, power tripper, dozer, loader, dumper, crane, roller and
excavator to reduce the pollution.
9.7.4 Generic Effluent Standards Discharged into Inland Surface Water, 2001 A.D.
The then Ministry of Population and Environment has published waste water
standards for various sectors of industries and also for discharging to common waste
water treatment plant. However, the generic standard or the tolerance limits for
discharge to surface water will be taken as the guidelines for discharge from the
proposed complex. The proposed limit is given below;
Table: 9-2 Generic effluent standards into inland surface water
Characteristics Tolerance limit
Total suspended solids mg/L, Max 50
Particle size of total suspended particles Shall pass 850-micron sieve
pH 5.5-9.0
Temperature Shall not exceed 40 degree C in any section
of stream within 15 meters downstream
from effluent outlet
BOD for 5 days at 20 degree C mg/L, Max 50
Oil and Grease mg/L, Max 10
Phenolic compound mg/L, Max 1
Cyanides (as CN) mg/L, Max 0.2

Sulphides (as S), mg/L, Max 2
Radioactive materials:
Alpha emitters c/ml, Max 10-7
Beta emitters c/ml, Max 10-8
Insecticides Absent
Total residual chlorine mg/L, Max 1
Fluorides (as F) mg/L, Max 2
Arsenic (as As), mg/L, Max 0.2
Cadmium (as Cd), mg/L, Max 2
Hexavalent chromium (as Cr), mg/L, Max 0.1
Copper (as Cu), mg/L, Max 3
Lead (as Pb), mg/L, Max 0.1
Mercury (as Hg), mg/L, Max 0.01
Nickel (as Ni), mg/L, Max 3
Selenium (as Se), mg/L, Max 0.05
Zinc (as Zn), mg/L, Max 5
Ammonical Nitrogen, mg/L, Max 50
COD, mg/L, Max 250
Silver, mg/L, Max 0.1
9.7.5 National Noise Level Standards, 2012

In exercise of the power conferred by Rule 15 of the Environment Protection Rules,
1997 the Government of Nepal has set the following National Noise Level Standards,
2012.
Table: 9-3 National Noise level standards, 2012
Area Sound Level Leq. (Decibel)
Day Night
Industrial Area 75 70
Business Area 65 55
Rural Area 45 40
Urban Area 55 50
Mixed Area 63 55
Peace Area 50 40
9.8 International Convention

9.8.1 Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Flora and
Fauna (CITES), 2032 BS (1973)
Nepal became a contracting party of in this convention 1975. It is an international
agreement between governments. It aims to ensure international trade in specimens
of wild animals and plants does not threaten in survivals. This convention provided
for the international coordination of trade and control of wild fauna and flora whose
conservation status is unfavorable through the acceptance of obligations under
international law. The objective of the treaty is to arrest, reduce or eliminate the
international trade in those species whose number or contribution suggests further
removal of individuals from its natural habitat and the activities that would be
detrimental to the species survival. Roughly 5,000 species of animals and 25,000
species of plants are protected by CITES against overexploitation through
international trade. They are listed in the three CITES Appendices. Appendices I, II
and III to the Convention are lists of species afforded different levels or types of
protection from over-exploitation.
Appendix I lists species that are the most endangered among CITES-listed animals
and plants. These are threatened with extinction and CITES generally prohibits
commercial international trade in specimens of these species. However, trade may be
allowed under exceptional circumstances, e.g. for scientific research. In these cases,
trade may be authorized by the granting of both an export permit (and re-export
certificate) and an import permit.
Appendix II lists species that are not necessarily now threatened with extinction but
that may become so unless trade is closely controlled. It also includes so-called "look-
alike species", i.e. species of which the specimens in trade look like those of species
listed for conservation reasons. International trades in specimens of Appendix-II
species may be authorized by granting an export permit or re-export certificate; no
import permit is necessary.
Appendix III is a list of species included at the request of a Party that already
regulates trade in the species and that needs the cooperation of other countries to
prevent unsustainable or illegal exploitation. International trade in specimens of
species listed in this Appendix is allowed only on presentation of the appropriate
permits or certificates.
9.8.2 Convention on Biological Diversity, 2049 B.S.
GoN is committed to the protection and management of biological resources and
their diversity on a sustainable basis for the benefit of Nepal's present and future
generations and for the global community as a whole in accordance with the
principles of the Convention on Biological Diversity.
The objective of this convention was to conserve the flora and fauna useful to human
beings and for the Sustainability of ecosystems. The Nepalese parliament ratified the
convention in 1993 and has taken policy and legal measures for the conservation of
biodiversity in compliance with the convention. This convention provides the
broader framework on the need for carrying out EIA to minimize adverse impacts of
the projects and programs on biodiversity. The convention has 27Articles. Some of
them related to our study are given below.
ARTICLE 1
Objectives: The objectives of this convention, to be pursued in accordance with its
relevant provisions are the conservation of biological diversity, the sustainable use of
its components and the fair and equitable sharing of the benefits arising out of the
utilization of genetic resources, including by appropriate access to genetic resources
and by appropriate transfer of relevant technologies, taking in to account all right
over the resources and to technologies, and by appropriate funding.
ARTICLE 2
Impact assessment and minimizing adverse impact: Each contracting party, as far as
possible and as appropriate shall:
a) Introduce appropriate procedures requiring EIA of its proposed projects that are
likely to have significant adverse effects on biological diversity with a view to
avoiding or minimizing such effects and, where appropriate, allow for public
participation in such procedures.
b) Introducing appropriate arrangement to ensure that the environmental
consequences of its program and policies that are likely to have significant impact
on biological diversity are duly under taken in to account.
ARTICLE 14
Article 14 of the Convention provides provision on impact assessment and
minimizing adverse impacts. In broader sense, it calls upon the Parties to introduce
appropriate procedures for EIA and ensure public participation; exchange
information and consult on adverse effects on biodiversity of other States; notify
immediately to other States in case of danger or damage to biodiversity and initiate
action to prevent or minimize such damages; and promote national arrangements for
emergency responses and establish joint contingency plans.
9.8.3 International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention of Indigenous and
Tribal Peoples (No.169)
Nepal ratified ILO Convention No. 169 on September 14, 2007 AD. In 2007 AD the
UN Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples was adopted by the General
Assembly. The declaration reaffirms the importance of the principle and approaches
provided for under Convention No. 169 and its adoption therefore provide a fresh
impetus for promoting the ratification and implementation of 169. ILO Convention
No. 169 highlights the need to recognize indigenous and tribal people’s specific
knowledge, skills and technologies as the basis for their traditional economies and
self-determined development process. Article-1 of the convention provides
definition of the tribal indigenous people. Article-6 deals the consultation of the
people concerned through appropriate procedure in particular through their
representative institutions. Whenever, consideration is being given to legislative or
administrative measures which may affect them directly.
In Article 15, the rights of the people concerned to the natural resources pertaining to
their lands shall be covers the total environments of the areas which the peoples
concerned occupy or other use. The peoples concerned shall wherever possible
participate in the benefit of such activities and shall receive fair compensation for
any damage which they may sustain as a result of such activities. Article 16 (2)
clearly mention that where the relocation of these peoples is considered necessary as
an exceptional measure such as relocation shall take place only with their free and
inform consent.
CHAPTER 10 : ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND

AUDITING
10.1 Environmental Monitoring
Environmental Monitoring (EM) is undertaken to collect data/information on the
conditions of the environment to assess the compliance of the implementation of
Environmental Protection Measures (EPM) and other regulatory standards, and to
know the effectiveness of EPM. It involves the measuring of Physical, Biological
and Socio-economic and cultural variables associated with the development project
at different development stages. Environmental monitoring helps to collect baseline
conditions, environmental impact and the effectiveness of mitigation measures
implemented.
It gives meaningful information of the actual changes due to the project and
improves the implementation of mitigation measures. There are various types of
environmental monitoring, namely baseline, compliance and impact monitoring.
The environmental monitoring will be done by the Environmental Management
Unit (EMU) of MKHPP project. However, the EMU will perform its activities in
coordination with relevant stakeholders as needed during the monitoring works.
The main objectives of the Environmental Monitoring Framework are;
 To ensure the project components are constructed and operated in
compliance with Government of Nepal’s laws and regulations and approved
requirement of EIA
 To measures the success of proposed mitigation measures in minimizing
and/or reducing potential environmental and socio-economic impacts
 To continuously monitor changes to the baseline environmental and social
conditions during construction and operation activities
 To facilitate a continual review of post–construction and operation activities
based on performance data and consultation feedback and
 To implement corrective actions or new adaptive management programs as
required, if proposed mitigation measures are unable to reduce and /or
eliminate potential project related impacts or meet the predetermined level
of performance.
10.1.1 Baseline Monitoring
Baseline monitoring should be conducted on the basis of environmental parameters
in the surrounding of the proposed project before construction begins, so that
subsequent monitoring can assess changes in those parameters over time against
the baseline. If possible, reference sites, which are not likely to be affected by the
project, should also be used. The different parameters of baseline monitoring
including indicator, location and methods of measurement are described in Table

10-1 Further; the baseline monitoring is scheduled before the construction begins.
10.1.2 Compliance monitoring
It involves a periodic sampling method or continuous recording of specific
environmental quality indicators or pollutants to ensure project compliance with
recommended environmental protection standards. This type of monitoring helps
to assess the compliance of mitigation measures as proposed in the EIA report by
the proponent and will be conducted during construction and operation phases.
The compliance monitoring plan includes monitoring parameter, indicator,
methods and schedules used in table 10-1.
10.1.3 Impact Monitoring
Environmental parameters of the project area are expected to change due to the
project associated activities. These parameters must be measured during the project
construction and operation phases, in order to detect impact. The different
parameters of impact monitoring includes indicator, location, methods and
schedules used describes in table 10-1.
Table 10-1 Environmental Monitoring Framework
Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring Monitoring
Parameter Indicators Location Method Schedule Agency Cost
A. Baseline Monitoring
Landslide Number of Intake site, Direct Pre- MoFE/ 50,000/-
and erosion landslides/d weir site, observation construction MoEWRI/
ebris access road, and phase DoED /RM
flows/gully quarry site, mapping in
formation camp site, the
sites power appropriate
house area scale
and
stockpiling
sites
Air quality TSP, PM10 Intake site, Measuremen Pre- MoFE/ 65,000/-
and PM2.5 weir site, t and as per construction MoEWRI/
access road, national phase DoED /RM
quarry site, ambient air
camp site Quality
and Standards of
stockpiling GoN
sites, power
house area

Noise level dBA Intake site, Sound level Pre- MoFE/ 22,500/-
powerhous meter construction MoEWRI/
e area, measuremen phase DoED /RM
camp site t and
and meeting
stockpiling standards
site
Water pH, Intake site, Lab analysis Pre- MoFE/ 27,500/-
quality test conductivity, dewater As per construction MoEWRI/
temperature, zone and Generic phase DoED/RM
turbidity, power standards
TSP, Total house area Part I:
Alkali, caco3 tolerance
Total limits for
hardness etc. industrial
effluent to be
discharge in
to inland
surface
water, Nepal
Land Visual Waste Direct Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-
pollution ( inspection, disposal observation construction MoEWRI/
waste beauty of area phase DoED/RM
generation, landscape
garbage
disposal
places)
Forest Status of Project area Direct Pre- MoFE/ 30,000/-
ecology forest, type observation, construction MoEWRI/
of forest in measuremen phase DoED/RM
terms of t, interview
coverage, etc.
total forest
loss
Wild life/ Wildlife Project area Direct Pre- MoFE/ 20,000/-
habitat status in observation, construction MoEWRI/
terms of scat, phase DoED /RM
species pugmark
present, analysis,
reported, birding,
raider consultation,
wildlife key
informant
interview
etc.

Aquatic life Types of Upstream/ Sampling, Pre- MoFE/ 25,000/-
fishes in downstrea consultation construction MoEWRI/
terms of m of River /key phase DoED/RM
species informants
interview
Economic Per capita Project Household Pre- MoFE/ 20,000/-
status of the income, affected survey construction MoEWRI/
project expenditure, area phase DoED/RM
affected living
area standards
Agriculture Type of Project Questionnair Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-
pattern and crops affected e /field construction MoEWRI/
practices grown/ area survey phase DoED/RM
productivity
Markets No. of Project Questionnair Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-

hotel/restau affected e /Market construction MoEWRI/
rant and tea area survey phase DoED/RM
stalls
Demograph Demography Project Questionnair Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-

y and data in terms affected e /field construction MoEWRI/
population of area survey/ phase DoED/RM
population, interview
household,
sex ration,
etc.
Consumer Price of local Project Market Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-
price and affected survey/docu construction MoEWRI/
imported area mentation phase DoED/RM
consumer
item such as
rice, wheat,
maize,
millet, milk,
sugar,
kerosene,
LPG,
vegetables/
rent, labor
cost etc.
Sanitation Status of Project Observation Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-
toilet/drinki affected / construction MoEWRI/
ng water area interview/h phase DoED/RM
supply ousehold
system survey

Education -Number of Project area Inquiry with Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-
status admitted local construction MoEWRI/
student, teachers, phase DoED/RM
status of records
schools, review of
school and
campus
Migration -Decrease Project area Questionnair Pre- MoFE/ 10,000/-
pattern and increase and service e with local construction MoEWRI/
in center people phase DoED/RM
economically
active
population
Total cost for Baseline Monitoring 3,40,000/-
B. Compliance Monitoring
Pre- construction Phase
Inclusion Review of All Written Before the MoFE/ No cost
of detailed structures statement in approval of MoEWRI/ required
environm design and and their tender tender DoED/RM
ental tender surroundin document document
considerat document g
ion of
tender
document
s in
tenders
work plan
Incorporat Review on All The presence During MoFE/ No cost
ion of the proposed structures in the approval MoEWRI/ required
environm work plan and their contractors DoED/RM
ental and budget surroundin work plan
considerat g for each of
ion from the
the tender environment
in to al
contractor consideratio
s n
proposed
work plan
Land Land Affected Discussion During land MoFE/ 30,000/-
acquisitio acquisition Family/ with the acquisition MoEWRI/
n and plans and acquired local people DoED/RM
compensa procedures land and
tion the project
management

Construction Phase
Maintena -Noise from Vehicle Site Weekly MoFE/ 2,25,000/-
nce of the vehicles, used in observation MoEWRI/
machiner maintenance project and vehicle DoED/RM
y from observation/
equipmen records, certification
t and emission of the vehicle
levels,
comments
from driver
Maintena Dust Along the Direct Daily MoFE/ 1,25,000/-
nce of emission access road
observation/ MoEWRI/
access /air measuremen DoED/RM
road pollution t and
consultation
Land Location /no Muck/spoil Direct Monthly MoFE/ 1,00,000/-
pollution complaints disposal site observation MoEWRI/
from local and DoED/RM
consultation
Diesel Noise and DG set used Site Weekly MoFE/ 1,00,000/-
generator sound for project observation MoEWRI/
sets pollution and vehicle DoED/RM
complaints observation/
and ear certification
diseases of the
seen to the suppliers
labors
Camp site Waste Camp area Direct Weekly MoFE/ 1,00,000/-
collection observation/ MoEWRI/
and questionnair DoED/RM
dumping e to the
practices workforce
Noise - Constructi Site Weekly MoFE/ 1,00,000/-
pollution Complaints on site observation MoEWRI/
from /measurem DoED/RM
workers ent and
and discussion
diseases from
related to workers
ear
Water Parameter Upstream Measuremen Monthly MoFE/ 2,40,000/-
quality tested and down t /analysis MoEWRI/
stream DoED/RM
Afforestatio Status of Allocated Direct Twice in a MoFE/ 1,00,000/-
n plantation area observation/ year MoEWRI/

measuremen DoED/RM
t
Wild life Status of Project area Direct Thrice in a MoFE/ 50,000/-
wild life visit observation/ year MoEWRI/
questionnair DoED/RM
e
Aquatic life Status of Upstream Observation Twice in a MoFE/ 50,000/-
fiches and down /measureme year MoEWRI/
stream nt and DoED/RM
questionnair
e
Occupation Incidence of Labor camp Questionnair Weekly MoFE/ 2,30,000/-
al health accident e/observatio MoEWRI/
and safety n DoED/RM
Law and Cases to be Project area Questionnair Weekly MoFE/ 50,000/-
order registered e/records MoEWRI/
from DoED/RM
contractor
Operation Phase
Mitigation All All Direct Monthly MoFE/ 10,000/-
measures mitigation structural observation MoEWRI/
measures sites and and DoED/RM
listed in facilities documentati
EMP and and their on
Environmen surroundin
tal g
Mitigation
management
Water As per Water Tested Weekly MoFE/ 2,40,000/-
quality drinking supply MoEWRI/
water system DoED/RM
quality
standards
for
compliance
Landslide Number of Intake/acce Direct Twice in a MoFE/ 1,00,000/-
and erosion landslide/an ss road and observation year MoEWRI/
d gully power and DoED/RM
formation house site measuremen
t
Air quality TSP, Intake/acce Measuremen Weekly MoFE/ 3,20,000/-
PM10,PM2.5 ss road and t MoEWRI/
power DoED/RM
house site
Water Parameter Upstream As per Thrice in a MoFE/ 1,00,000/-

quality listed in and “Tolerance year MoEWRI/
“Tolerance downstrea limit for DoED/RM
limit for m industrial
industrial Effluents to
Effluents to be
be discharged
discharged into inland
into inland surface
surface water, 2003”
water, 2003-
to examine
impact on
the receiving
water body”
Noise level dBA Intake Measuremen Daily MoFE/ 50,000/-
site/power t MoEWRI/
house site DoED/RM
and access
road
Forest and Forest status Project Measuremen Yearly MoFE/ 50,000/-
vegetation in terms of component t and MoEWRI/
coverage site sampling DoED/RM
and species /DFO/CFUG
Wildlife Wildlife Project area Questionnair Thrice in a MoFE/ 50,000/-
status in e /visit year MoEWRI/
terms of DoED/RM
species and /DFO
reported
Aquatic life Fish types Upstream/ Sampling Twice in a MoFE/ 50,000/-
available downstrea year MoEWRI/
m DoED/RM
Land Performance All project Survey/doc Yearly MoFE/ 50,000/-
acquisition site and umentation MoEWRI/
and surroundin from PMO DoED/RM
resettlemen g area
t
Markets No. of Project area Questionnair Twice in a MoFE/ 20,000/-
hotel/tea e/and year MoEWRI/
stall/restaur survey DoED/RM
ant
Consumer Price of local Project area Questionnair Twice in a MoFE/ 20,000/-
price consumable e/and year MoEWRI/
product survey DoED/RM
Occupation Incidence of Power Questionnair Weekly MoFE/ 50,000/-
al health accident house/ e/observatio MoEWRI/
and safety intake site n DoED/RM

Sanitation No. of Project Field Weekly MoFE/ 20,000/-
and health households component survey/docu MoEWRI/
having mentation DoED/RM
toilet, and
practice of photography
sanitation,
source of
drinking
water
Total cost for Compliance Monitoring 25,80,000/-
C. Impact Monitoring
Landslide Number of Intake/acce Direct Twice in a MoFE/ 1,50,000/-
and erosion landslide/an ss road and observation year MoEWRI/
d gully power and DoED/RM
formation house site measuremen
t
Land Muck/spoil Disposal Direct Twice in a MoFE/ 50,000/-
pollution disposal site observation year MoEWRI/
and DoED/RM
measuremen
t
Air quality TSP, Intake/acce Measuremen Weekly MoFE/ 2,30,000/-
PM10,PM2.5 ss road and t MoEWRI/
power DoED/RM
house site
Water Parameter Upstream As per Thrice in a MoFE/ 75,000/-
quality listed in and “Tolerance year MoEWRI/
“Tolerance downstrea limit for DoED/RM
limit for m industrial
industrial Effluents to
Effluents to be
be discharged
discharged into inland
into inland surface
surface water, 2003”
water, 2003-
to examine
impact on
the receiving
water body”
Noise level dBA Intake Measuremen Daily MoFE/ 1,00,000/-
site/power t MoEWRI/
house site DoED/RM
and access
road

Forest and Forest status Project Measuremen Yearly MoFE/DoED 1,00,000/-
vegetation in terms of component t and /DFO/CFUG
coverage site sampling
and species
Wildlife Wildlife Project area Questionnair Thrice in a MoFE/DoED 7,5,000/-
status in e /visit year /DFO/RM
terms of
species and
reported
Aquatic life Downstream Dewater Direct Twice in a MoFE/DoED 7,5,000/-
release and zone observation year /DFO/RM
fish type and
measuremen
t
Land and Performance All project Survey/doc Yearly MoFE/ 50,000/-
Property site and umentation MoEWRI/
acquisition surroundin from PMO DoED/RM
g area
Occupation Incidence of Power Questionnair Weekly MoFE/ 7,5,000/-
al health accident house/ e/observatio MoEWRI/
and safety intake site n DoED/RM
Health and No. of Project Field Weekly MoFE/ 7,5,000/-
sanitation households component survey/docu MoEWRI/
having mentation DoED/RM
toilet, and
practice of photography
sanitation,
source of
drinking
water
Consumer Price of local Project area Questionnair Twice in a MoFE/DoED 30,000/-
price consumable e/and year /RM
product survey
Markets No. of Project area Questionnair Twice in a MoFE/DoED 30,000/-
hotel/tea e/and year /RM
stall/restaur survey
ant
Total cost for Impact Monitoring 11,15,000/-
Subtotal cost for Monitoring 40,35,000/-
10.2 Environmental Auditing

An audit implies some kind of testing and verification process. It will be carried out
for those parameters, which are most significant. An environmental auditing will
compare monitoring results with information collected during the pre-project

period. Comparisons can be made with similar projects or against standard norms. It
helps to evaluate the accuracy and adequacy of EIA predictions by relating actual
impacts with predicted impacts. Impact monitoring provides raw data, which can be
used to undertake an EIA audit. Such audit can be effective tools by providing
control authorities with an overall picture of the main impacts of the project and
identifying issues of concern, where actual impacts have exceeded norms. Although
not a mandatory and legal requirement, an internal audit study shall be carried out
by the proponent in order to examine the actual environmental impacts, accuracy of
predictions, effectiveness of environmental impact mitigation and enhancement
measures and functioning of monitoring mechanisms. However, MoFE may carry
out the separate environmental audit study after two years of commencement of
project, if required.
Table 10-2 Environmental Auditing Checklist
Parameter Indicator Location Methods Sources

Physical Environment
Air quality Total suspended Intake, TSP and Dust Observation,
matter, dust powerhouse quality sampling
accumulation on site , access monitoring using
vegetation, road high volume
houses and sampler, visual
prevalence of air inspection,
borne diseases measurement and
comparison
with ambient
standard
Flow Turbidity, TSS, Upstream and Inspection and Observation and
measurement DO, BOD, COD, downstream of laboratory measurement,
and water Ph, prevalence of headworks, analysis sampling
quality water borne tailrace and
diseases, status spoil disposal
of aquatic life site
and algal growth
Noise quality Hearing Project area Measurement of Inspection and
impairment, noise level and measurement
existence of comparison of
ear borne standards
diseases, crack of
nearby buildings
Blasting and Crack of Tunnel Survey Observation and
vibration nearby buildings alignment and interview
periphery

Erosion and Slope failure and Intake, Observation and Photographs,
slope stability water turbidity powerhouse measurement geo-referencing
site and surge
shaft
Muck and Poor aesthetic Disposal site Observation and Photographs,
spoil disposal value, landslide interview inspection
and erosion,
impact on
agriculture and
vegetation
Stock piling Poor aesthetic Stockpiling Observation and Records and
and labor value, air sites and camp interview observation
camp pollution, waste site
construction pollution
Quarrying of Water pollution, Quarry site Observation Records and
construction river bed observation
material scouring and
erosion
Biological Environment
Forest status vegetation status, Project area Observation and Observation and
presence of tree measurement measurement
stump and cut
trees in forest,
change in
physical
condition of
forest
Wildlife Wild life Project area Observation and Records
status hunting, interview
trapping and
poaching by
workers, trading
of
wildlife product,
frequency of
wildlife
movement
Fish Abundance of Upstream and Sampling and Records
migration fish, fish type downstream of interview to the
and use of the intake site local fisher man
poison and
explosive
Socio-economic and Cultural Environment

Local Number of local Project affected Discussion with Records from
employment people employed area workforce project
and income management
generation
Employment Number of Project affected Discussion with Records from
to the women women area female workforce project
employed management
Early warning Installation of Intake, Direct observation Records from
system siren and danger downstream and discussion project
signal posted and risky area with local people management
system
Occupational Type of accident Project area Direct observation Record from
health and occurred during and discussion project
safety construction, with workforce management
adequacy of
occupational
health safety
measure,
facilities of first
aid, emergency
facilities,
compensation to
the loss and
disabled
Health and Cases of Project site/ Observation and Records
sanitation communicable health post interview
diseases and STD
Trade and Increased Project area Observation and Observation and
commerce number of shops interview records
and tea stall,
establishment of
industries during
construction and
their regularity
Anti social Cases of alcohol Project area Interview with Records from
activities abuse and local people contractors
quarrel in
compression
before project
Inflation Rise in price in Project area Interview with Market center
daily use goods local people
Economic Change in Local market Interview with Survey in market
condition lifestyle and per local people

capita income
Improvement Improve in Project area Direct observation Field survey
of existing service delivery
public utilities
Land Land holding Project affected Interview with Records from
acquisition status of affected families PAFs project
and parties management
compensation
Table 10-3 Estimated budget for environmental auditing
Items Duration Rate (NRs.) Total estimated cost

(months) (NRs.)
Environmental co-ordinate 3 70,000/- 2,10,000/-
Environmental engineer 3 50,000/- 1,50,000/-
Forester/biologist 3 60000/- 1,80,000/-
Office assistant 3 20000/- 60,000/-
Helper 3 15000/- 45,000/-
Field vehicles Lump sump 2,00,000/- 2,00,000/-
Logistic supports Lump sump 2,00,000/- 2,00,000/-
Detailed of fish sampling Lump sump 2,00,000/- 2,00,000/-
Total cost 12,45,000/-
Table 10-4 Summary of Environmental Cost

Item/ Description Total cost (NRs.)
Cost of enhancement measures 17,47,000/-
Cost for mitigation measures 2,76,43,924/-
Cost for CSP activities 7,26,86,355/-
Cost for Monitoring 4035000/-
Cost for auditing 12,45,000/-
Total Environmental Cost 10,73,57,279/-
Total Project cost (NRs.) 9,691,514,000/-
% of Environmental Cost 1.10
% of CSP cost 0.75
CHAPTER 11 : CONCLUSION
Myagdi Khola Hydropower Project is a Run-of-river (RoR) type hydropower project
with an installed capacity of 57.30 MW. Myagdi Khola Hydropower project is
located at Dhaulagiri Rural Municipality ward number-4 of in the Myagdi District.
The entire project components will be constructed along the right bank of Myagdi
Khola. The main objective of the project is to supply electricity to the national grid.
Topographically the project area lies in steep geographical terrain forming “V”
shaped Valley of Mygdi River. Geo-morphologically the area falls under lesser
Himalayan zone. The catchment area at intake site is 306 km2. The area falls under
subtropical to temperate climatic zone of Nepal. Abies pidrow is dominant along the
upper catchment area while Neolitsea umbrosa is dominant at the dewater zone of the
project and Alnus nepalensis-Albizia chinensis is dominant along the lower catchment
area of the project. Furthermore the project components do not fall under the
protected area of Government of Nepal. As with any Hydropower project, MKHPP
will also result in beneficial as well as adverse environmental impact. Apart from the
energy benefits, the project will beneficial to the Government of Nepal as well as
local body in terms of royalty. Besides this, the local people will also benefited
directly from the project by getting job opportunity, enhancement of trade and
business, provision for share, enhancement of technical skill etc. Beside this the
project will support to the development activities in the Project affected area by
implementation of the Community Support program (CSP).
EIA report has identified some long term impact due to implementation of the
proposed project such as land use change, landslide and soil erosion/watershed
management, impact on microclimate, impact on dewater zone due to reduced flow
along dewater zone, clearing of trees, impact on wildlife mostly movement,
intimidation and poaching etc. Similarly land acquisition and compensation, conflict
management, occupational health and safety are also long term impact due to
implementation of proposed project. To mitigate above mentioned impact the
proponent will implemented all the mitigation and management plan proposed in
the EIA report.
Thus adverse impact and beneficial impact identified has been assessed, its
mitigation/enhancement measures have been proposed and plan for
implementation has been formulated. Moreover, monitoring and auditing
mechanisms have been proposed.
The assessment of adverse as well as beneficial impacts concludes that the proposed
MKHPP have beneficial impacts in terms of electricity generation and fulfillment of
energy deficit of the country along with development of local area. However the
project has adverse impact on environment which will be mitigated at acceptable
level by implementation of proposed Mitigation/Management plan.
References
DoED/IRG/USAID, 2001. Manual for preparing Scoping Document for
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Hydropower Projects
DoED/IRG/USAID, 2001. Manual for preparing Terms of Reference (ToR) for
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of Hydropower Projects, with Notes on
EIA Report Preparation
DoED/IRG/USAID, 2001. Manual for Public Involvement in the Environmental
Impact Assessment Process for Hydropower Project
DoED/IRG/USAID, 2002. Manual for preparing Environmental Management Plan
(EMP)
Environment Protection Act, 1997, Government of Nepal.
Environment Protection Rules, 1997, Government of Nepal
Hydropower Environmental Impact Assessment, Manual Ministry of Forests and
Environment (2018)
MFSC, 1995. EIA Guidelines for Forestry Sector. Ministry of Forests and Soil
Conservation, Kathmandu.
National Population and Housing Census 2011, National Population CBS, 2011
National Population and Housing Census 2011, volume I, Village Development
Committee / Municipality CBS, 2011
NPC (1993) National Environment Impact Assessment Guidelines, IUCN and NPC
1993.
Shrestha T.K (1997), Mammals of Nepal .A.K. Printers, Teku, Kathmandu.
Shrestha, B. (1989) Forest Plant of Nepal, Eduational Enterprises Pvt. Ltd.
Updated Feasibility Study Report of Myagdi Khola Hydropower project (57.30 MW),
2017

Myagdi Khola EIA - 1569484079

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Myagdi Khola EIA - 1569484079

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA)

Submitted by: Prepared by:

!=@ k/fdz{bftfsf] gfd÷7]ufgf M

@= cfof]hgfsf] ;+lIfKt ljj/0f

^=! ;sf/fTds k|efjx?

 qm;/ tyf j]lrª KnfG6af6 x'g] c;/

&=@ gsf/fTds k|efj Go"gLs/0fsf pkfox?

lgdf{0f ;fdfu|L pTvgg\af6 gbLsf] agfj6df cfpg] c;/

gbLsf] ;"Id hnjfo'df x'g] c;/

;+/lIft jGohGt' tyf jg:kltdf kg]{ k|efj

 cfsl:ds b'3{6gf Go"gLs/0fsf nflu k|fylds pkrf/sf] Joj:yf ul/g]5

6.1 Beneficial impact

6.2.2 Biological Environement

Impact due to construction of Access road

 Reinstatement of quarry site will be conducted by maintaining the river

River bank cutting and Change in River morphology

Impact on endangered, rare and vulneralable wildlife and vegetation

Pressure on exising public utilities

9. Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

2.8.8 Quarry sites ........................................................................................................................ 24

4.1.9 Air and Noise Quality ...................................................................................................... 55

6.3 Project location, “No Forest Option”................................................................................... 120

9.1 Constitution ............................................................................................................................ 178

9.4.1 Electricity Regulation, 2050 B.S. .................................................................................... 187

9.8.2 Convention on Biological Diversity, 2049 B.S. ............................................................ 198

Table 8-5: Construction Camps and Traffic Management Plan................................................. 170

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

FSSD Forest Survey and Statistical Division

NPC National Planning Commission

CHAPTER 1 : NAME AND ADDRESS OF INDIVIDUAL OR

1.1 Project Proponent

1.3 Study Team

Table 1-1: Study team involved for the study of EIA

Name/Position in EIA Qualification Area(s) of study in EIA

Jay Raj Mishra M.Sc. Forest and Wildlife Expert

1.4 Objective of EIA

CHAPTER 2 : INTRODUCTION OF THE PROPOSAL

2.2 Project Description

2.4 Project location

Figure: 2-1 Project Location Map

2.5 Project Accessibility

S.N. Distance from To Distance (Km) Route description

2.6 Salient Features

Type Concrete gravity structure with overflow weir

Finished size 3.20 m x 3.50 m, D-shaped

Flushing system Intermittent

Dry Energy 55.06 GWh

2.6.1 Project Component

Plate 2.1: Proposed diversion weir

Bifurcated Feeder Tunnel

Proposed work adit

Plate 2.3: Proposed Surge Tank Areas

Plate 2.4: Different project component of MKHPP

Plate 2.5: General topography of powerhouse site at Jeltung village

A vertical turbine-generator alignment has been adopted, as this type of

Land type & area (ha)

Gov Pvt Gov Pvt

Table 2-4: Workforce to be recruited during construction phase

12 Equipment/vehicle helpers Unskilled 30 9 39

13 Labors Unskilled 150 450 600

Source: Feasibility Study Report of MKHPP, 2017

2.8.3 Construction Materials

S.N. Particulars Quantity Unit